CHORUS Catalogue

Index
ACTIVO enclosure
8 192
196
White
ENCLOSURES
CHORUS ONE CHORUS ONE INTERNATIONAL
34 12
CHORUS LUX
CHORUS ART
CHORUS LUX INTERNATIONAL
MODULAR DEVICES
40
52
18
26
DOMESTIC RANGE
Black 78 Titanium 104
RF COMMAND AND CONTROL
136236 245
HOME AUTOMATION WIRELESS DEVICES
RF BURGLAR ALARM
146
MASTER
156
HOME AUTOMATION BUS KONNEX EIB-EASY
HOME AUTOMATION
160
VIDEO ENTRYPHONE
170
VIDEO ENTRYPHONE
BUILDING AUTOMATION
182
BUILDING AUTOMATION BUS KONNEX EIB
46
General technical characteristics
Rapid index
250
254
IMP00001 31-01-2007 11:09 Pagina 1
International standards
STANDARD NORDAMERICANO (USA)
STANDARD CINESE
STANDARD INDIANO
STANDARD SUDAMERICANO (USA - D - F - IT)
STANDARD AUSTRALIANO
STANDARD SPAGNOLO(D - F - IT)
STANDARD TEDESCO
STANDARD FRANCESE
STANDARD INGLESE
STANDARD ITALIANO
2
ITALIAN STANDARD - IT
BRITISH STANDARD - UK
GERMAN STANDARD - D
CHINESE STANDARD -
(the most widely used)
AUSTRALIAN STANDARD INDIAN STANDARD FRENCH STANDARD - F
NORTH AMERICAN STANDARD - USA
ITALIAN STANDARD - I
SPANISH STANDARD - (D - F - IT)
FRENCH STANDARD - F
GERMAN STANDARD
BRITISH STANDARD
CHINESE STANDARD
INDIAN STANDARD
AUSTRALIAN STANDARD
SOUTH AMERICAN STANDARD (USA - D - F - IT)
NORTH AMERICAN STANDARD (USA)
IMP00001 30-01-2007 10:03 Pagina 2
RF command RF burglar alarm
Home Automation Master Activo Vision
3
CHORUS
The system and its tools
CHORUS is an innovative and perfectly integrated electrical system. Each piece is the result of in-depth
design research, the harmony of the shape, and the fusion with cutting edge materials. As in an
orchestra, each of its elements is original and distinct, capable of creating harmony alone, combined
to others to create perfection. The concord of elegance and innovation, CHORUS is a creative
symphony, a technological synthesis, which has been designed to embellish the surroundings and
satisfy your every aesthetic, functional and security need.
One Art Lux Lux International One International
IMP00001 30-01-2007 10:03 Pagina 3
Attuator comando motore EIB Easy
Master Chorus
Postazione interna
videocitofonica
Remotizzatore GSM EIB Easy
Videocamera da esterno
(utilizzabile qualsiasi prodotto
di mercato con uscita PAL)
Interfaccia citofonica
per remotizzatore GSM
Selettore video
Cronotermostato EIB Easy
Attuatore rel EIB Easy Termostato EIB Easy
Attuatore rel EIB Easy
REMOTIZZAZIONE
tramite GSM
REMOTIZZAZIONE
tramite rete WEB
Ricevitore radio
per sistema RF EIB Easy
Pulsantiera RF
Centrale di comando RF
Rivelatore perimetrale RF
Cronotermostato RF
Rivelatore volumetrico
di presenza IR - RF
Fan-coil di zona
Attuatore rel EIB Easy
Fan-coil di zona
Caldaia
Pulsantiera
EIB Easy
Pulsantiera
EIB Easy
Postazione interna
videocitofonica da tavolo
Modulo per funzione INTERCOM
Citofono viva voce
Videocamera
WEB
internet
ADSL
modem
Citofono con cornetta
Postazione videocitofonica esterna
Postazione videocitofonica esterna
con display e rubrica elettronica
VIDEOCITOFONIA
CONTROLLO
CLIMA - RF
ANTIFURTO - RF COMANDO - RF
AUTOMAZIONE - KNX/EIB Easy
CONTROLLO CLIMA
KNX/EIB Easy
VIDEOSORVEGLIANZA
bus KNX- EIB (2-fili) bus VIDEOCIFONICO (2-fili)
rete LAN - TCP/IP
segnale PAL
segnale PAL
Rivelatore dacqua
con interfaccia EIB Easy
Sonda acqua
ALLARMI TECNICI - KNX/EIB Easy
Advanced home and building automation
4
REMOTE ACCESS
via WEB
REMOTE ACCESS
via GSM
KNX/EIB Easy
TEMPERATURE CONTROL
KNX/EIB Easy
AUTOMATION
KNX/EIB Easy
TECHNICAL ALARMS
VIDEO SURVEILLANCE
VIDEO
ENTRYPHONES
BURGLAR ALARM -
WIRELESS
COMMAND -
WIRELESS
TEMPERATURE
CONTROL -
WIRELESS
GSM EIB Easy Repeater
Entryphone interface
for GSM repeater
Video Entryphone
internal position
Module for INTERCOM function Entryphone with receiver
EIB Easy timed thermostat
EIB Easy thermostat
EIB Easy relay actuator
Area fancoil
Boiler
Area fancoil
EIB Easy relay actuator
EIB Easy engine command
actuator
EIB Easy push-button
panel
Video Entryphone
internal free-standing unit
Entryphone with
speakerphone
Videocamera
Video selector
External videocamera
(use any product on the
market with PAL output)
EIB Easy push-button
panel
EIB Easy relay
actuator
Water detector with
EIB Easy interface
Water probe
Video Entryphone
external position
Wireless command centre
EIB Easy radio receiver
for wireless systems
IR volumetric presence
detector wireless
Perimetric detector
wireless
Push-button panel wireless Timed thermostat wireless
Video Entryphone external position with
display and electronic index
LAN network TCP/IP
KNX/EIB bus (2 wires) VIDEO ENTRYPHONE bus (2 wires)
WEB
Internet
PAL signal
PAL signal
IMP00001 30-01-2007 10:03 Pagina 4
CHORUS, the international domotic system, offers cutting edge solutions for the management and control
of the home and building, integrating the latest technology with the unmistakable form and lines of Italian
design.
THE CHORUS SYSTEM
S
a
f
e
t
y
P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l
i
t
y
D
e
s
i
g
n
IMP00001 30-01-2007 10:04 Pagina 5
6
Three shapes for three winning solutions ready to embellish every surrounding with the
sophistication and elegance of their lines, with state-of-the-art, long-lasting and precious materials.
THE DESIGN
ONE
LUX
ART
CHORUS ONE is the sober and discreet
elegance.
Its simple and overall perfect shape makes it an
object of youthful and informal design.
CHORUS LUX is the absolute perfect form.
An essential and clean lined plate sculpted in the
pureness of innovative materials.
CHORUS ART is the release of imagination.
Its oval shape illustrates the need for forever
creative, new and diverse ideas.
IMP00001 30-01-2007 10:04 Pagina 6
VISION: the CHORUS
video entryphone system
that offers multiple solutions:
f l us h- mount i ng, wal l -
mounting and free standing.
RF COMMANDS AND BURGLAR
ALARM: wireless device that
allows to increase the functionality
of the electrical system of the home
without the need of brickwork
operations.
THE FUNCTIONALITY
MASTER
HOME AUTOMATION
RF COMMAND
RF BURGLAR ALARM
ACTIVO
VISION
MASTER: a sophisticated
and user friendly system
navigator to fully control
all system functions.
ACTIVO: the enclosure
that individually manages
the entire electrical system
and ensures the safety you
are looking for.
HOME AUTOMATION:
the easiest way to enter
the home automation
world that conforms to the
KNX/EIB Easy standard.
7
IMP00001 30-01-2007 10:04 Pagina 7
design.
THE CHORUS SYSTEM
S
a
f
e
t
y
P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l
i
t
y
D
e
s
i
g
n
IMP00001 30-01-2007 10:04 Pagina 8
9
ACTIVO enclosure.
Thanks to its electronic unit, the ACTIVO enclosure combines a linear and
refined design to a cutting edge management, control and safety function.
ACTIVO: co-ordinated
enclosure 24 modules
ACTIVO: co-ordinated
ACTIVO: electronic
IMP00001 30-01-2007 10:04 Pagina 9
10
Characteristics of the electronic enclosure
ACTIVO ENCLOSURE
Safety
Restart with Autotest is the unique
and innovative device that
automatically restarts the residual
current circuit breaker after it has
previously checked that the
system is functioning correctly
and performs a weekly test on the
residual current circuit breaker
without turning the system's power
off.
Usability
The semitransparent door permits
the immediate reading of the
installed devices' operational
status (e.g. Restart with Autotest).
Practical
The door can be easily opened
by simply pressing the button.
Control
The i nt egr at ed cont r ol uni t
allows:
- moni t or i ng t he ef f ect i ve
consumption;
- controlling the load that, in the
event the energy consumption is
exceeded, disconnects a non
priority electric line avoiding a
blackout;
- viewing possible system faults on
the display;
- to connect with GSM repeater to
send alarms via SMS;
- commands of a load with daily
programming.
IMP00001 30-01-2007 10:04 Pagina 10
G
W
4
0
2
7
1
FLUSH-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES EQUIPPED WITH A SYSTEM MONITORING UNIT
230V - 50/60HZ - IP40
Code Colour External Dim. Dispersible Pack
LxHxD (mm) power (W) Carton
NO. EN 50022 MODULES: 12
GW40 251 Milk white 320x255x80 26 1/2
GW40 271 Titanium 320x255x80 26 1/2
GW40 261 Slate 320x255x80 26 1/2
NO. EN 50022 MODULES: 24 (12X2)
GW40 256 Milk white 320x360x80 36 1/2
GW40 276 Titanium 320x360x80 36 1/2
GW40 266 Slate 320x360x80 36 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: adhesive labels with graphic symbol to identify the users. Module masks.
Cables complete with test prods and supporting terminal board for connecting the intelligent unit. Sensors to measure the absorbed current and differential current.
APPLICATIONS: suitable for use in the home, or similar environments, with a contractual power up to 6KW.
NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to IEC 23-49. Complete insulation, in accordance with Standard EN61140.
EMPTY ENCLOSURES
G
W
4
0
8
1
1
FLUSH-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES EQUIPPED WITH A SYSTEM MONITORING UNIT -
230V - 50/60HZ - IP40 COMPLETE WITH RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT - BREAKER WITH
INCORPORATED RESTART WITH AUTOTEST, AND MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Code In MCB MCB Colour Free Pack
RCCB 10 A 16 A modules Carton
NO. EN 50022 MODULES: 12
GW40 801 25 A 1 3 Milk white 2 1/2
GW40 811 25 A 1 3 Titanium 2 1/2
GW40 806 25 A 1 3 Slate 2 1/2
NO. EN 50022 MODULES: 24 (12X2)
GW40 821 40 A 2 5 Milk white 11 1/2
GW40 831 40 A 2 5 Titanium 11 1/2
GW40 826 40 A 2 5 Slate 11 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: A-type residual current circuit breaker, Idn = 30mA. 2-pole miniature circuit breakers, C bend, Icu = 4.5kA.
Adhesive labels with graphic symbol to identify the users. Cables complete with test prods and supporting terminal board for connecting the intelligent unit.
Sensors to measure the absorbed current and differential current. Module masks.
APPLICATIONS: the enclosures can be completed with the GEWISS BIOCOMFORT GW96339 disconnection switch, for systems in the field of bio-architecture.
Suitable for use in the home, or similar environments, with a contractual power up to 6KW.
COMPOSITION: 1 AUTOTEST residual current circuit-breaker with reset, miniature circuit breakers as shown in the table,
1 shunt trip release to associate with a one-way switch for controlling a non priority load.
NOTES: complete insulation, in accordance with Standard EN61140. Dimensions: 320x255x80 (12 modules), 320x360x80 (24 modules).
Dispersible power calculated according to IEC 23-49: 26W (12 modules), 36W (24 modules).
COMPLETE ENCLOSURES
ELECTRONI C ENCLOSURES
G
W
4
0
9
9
1
V
T
CO-ORDINATED ENCLOSURES - FLUSH - MOUNTING
Code Colour External Dim. Dispersible Pack
LxHxD (mm) power (W) Carton
NO. MODULES: 12
GW40 981 TB Milk white 320x255x80 26 1/2
GW40 981 VT Titanium 320x255x80 26 1/2
GW40 981 VA Slate 320x255x80 26 1/2
NO. MODULES: 24
GW40 991 TB Milk white 320x360x80 36 1/2
GW40 991 VT Titanium 320x360x80 36 1/2
GW40 991 VA Slate 320x360x80 36 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: adhesive labels with symbol to identify the users. Module masks.
NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to IEC 23-49.
EMPTY ENCLOSURES
CO-ORDI NATED ENCLOSURES
11
CHORUS - ENCLOSURES
ACTIVO ENCLOSURES
CHORUS CATALOGUE 2007 > EURODOMO > DOMOTICS > CHORUS - ENCLOSURES
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS FROM PAGE 192
IMP00001 30-01-2007 10:04 Pagina 11
design.
THE CHORUS SYSTEM
S
a
f
e
t
y
P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l
i
t
y
D
e
s
i
g
n
IMP00001 30-01-2007 10:04 Pagina 12
13
T
E
C
H
N
O
P
O
L
Y
M
E
R
Milk white
Ruby
Slate Toner black
Mustard
Chrome Titanium
Water green
Gold
12 colours
Sea blue Turtle dove-grey Smoke grey
CHORUS ONE is the simple plate and at the same time perfect for all environments. It offers a highly modular range
that resolves the most varied of installation needs. The technopolymer plates are available in the classic metallic
colours and the new pastel colours with fabric effect.
CHORUS ONE
2 gangs 3 gangs 4 gangs 6 gangs 4+ 4 gangs 6+ 6 gangs
Modularity
IMP00001 30-01-2007 10:05 Pagina 13
14
RUBY
GW 16 102 VR 2 gangs
SEA BLUE
GW 16 102 VB 2 gangs
MUSTARD
GW 16 102 VS 2 gangs
TURTLE DOVE GREY
GW 16 102 VM 2 gangs
WATER GREEN
GW 16 102 VV 2 gangs
SMOKEY GREY
GW 16 102 VG 2 gangs
ONE PLATES
M
E
T
A
L
L
I
C

T
E
C
H
N
O
P
O
L
Y
M
E
R

MILK WHITE
GW 16 102 TB 2 gangs
TONER BLACK
GW 16 102 TN2 gangs
GW 16 103 TN3 gangs
GW 16 104 TN4 gangs
GW 16 106 TN6 gangs
TITANIUM
GW 16 102 VT 2 gangs
SLATE
GW 16 102 VA 2 gangs
CHROME
GW 16 102 MC 2 gangs
GOLD
GW 16 102 MO 2 gangs
T
E
C
H
N
O
P
O
L
Y
M
E
R
P
A
I
N
T
E
D

T
E
C
H
N
O
P
O
L
Y
M
E
R
P
A
I
N
T
E
D

T
E
C
H
N
O
P
O
L
Y
M
E
R

-

P
A
S
T
E
L

C
O
L
O
U
R
S
IMP00001 30-01-2007 10:05 Pagina 14
G
W
1
6
1
0
3
M
O
ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES - GOLD
Code Description For assembly Pack
on support Carton
GW16 102 MO 2 gangs GW16802 12
GW16 103 MO 3 gangs GW16803 12
GW16 104 MO 4 gangs GW16804 12
GW16 106 MO 6 gangs GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.
G
W
1
6
1
0
3
M
C
ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES - CHROME
on support Carton
GW16 102 MC 2 gangs GW16802 12
GW16 103 MC 3 gangs GW16803 12
GW16 104 MC 4 gangs GW16804 12
GW16 106 MC 6 gangs GW16806 6
ONE PLATES I N METALLI C TECHNOPOLYMER
G
W
1
6
1
0
3
V
A
ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES - SLATE
on support Carton
GW16 102 VA 2 gangs GW16802 12
GW16 103 VA 3 gangs GW16803 12
GW16 104 VA 4 gangs GW16804 12
GW16 106 VA 6 gangs GW16806 6
G
W
1
6
1
0
3
V
T
ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES - TITANIUM
Code Description Configuration For assembly Pack
on support Carton
GW16 102 VT 2 gangs GW16802 12
GW16 103 VT 3 gangs GW16803 24
GW16 104 VT 4 gangs GW16804 12
GW16 106 VT 6 gangs GW16806 6
GW16 108 VT 8 gangs 4+4 overlapping GW16808 6
GW16 112 VT 12 gangs 6+6 overlapping GW16812 6
ONE PLATES I N VARNI SHED TECHNOPOLYMER
G
W
1
6
1
0
3
T
N
ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES - TONER BLACK
on support Carton
GW16 102 TN 2 gangs GW16802 12
GW16 103 TN 3 gangs GW16803 24
GW16 104 TN 4 gangs GW16804 12
GW16 106 TN 6 gangs GW16806 6
G
W
1
6
1
0
3
T
B
ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES - MILK WHITE
Code Description Configuration For assembly Pack
on support Carton
GW16 102 TB 2 gangs GW16802 96
GW16 103 TB 3 gangs GW16803 96
GW16 104 TB 4 gangs GW16804 96
GW16 106 TB 6 gangs GW16806 12
GW16 108 TB 8 gangs 4+4 overlapping GW16808 6
GW16 112 TB 12 gangs 6+6 overlapping GW16812 6
ONE PLATES I N TECHNOPOLYMER
ONE PLATES
15
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
ONE PLATES
CHORUS CATALOGUE 2007 > EURODOMO > DOMOTICS > CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00001 30-01-2007 10:05 Pagina 15
G
W
1
6
1
0
3
V
G
ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES - SMOKEY GREY
on support Carton
GW16 102 VG 2 gangs GW16802 12
GW16 103 VG 3 gangs GW16803 24
GW16 104 VG 4 gangs GW16804 12
GW16 106 VG 6 gangs GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: fabric effect.
G
W
1
6
1
0
3
V
M
ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES - TURTLEDOVE GREY
on support Carton
GW16 102 VM 2 gangs GW16802 12
GW16 103 VM 3 gangs GW16803 24
GW16 104 VM 4 gangs GW16804 12
GW16 106 VM 6 gangs GW16806 6
G
W
1
6
1
0
3
V
B
ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES - SEA BLUE
on support Carton
GW16 102 VB 2 gangs GW16802 12
GW16 103 VB 3 gangs GW16803 24
GW16 104 VB 4 gangs GW16804 12
GW16 106 VB 6 gangs GW16806 6
G
W
1
6
1
0
3
V
V
ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES - WATER GREEN
on support Carton
GW16 102 VV 2 gangs GW16802 12
GW16 103 VV 3 gangs GW16803 24
GW16 104 VV 4 gangs GW16804 12
GW16 106 VV 6 gangs GW16806 6
G
W
1
6
1
0
3
V
S
ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES - MUSTARD
on support Carton
GW16 102 VS 2 gangs GW16802 12
GW16 103 VS 3 gangs GW16803 24
GW16 104 VS 4 gangs GW16804 12
GW16 106 VS 6 gangs GW16806 6
G
W
1
6
1
0
3
V
R
ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES - RUBY
on support Carton
GW16 102 VR 2 gangs GW16802 12
GW16 103 VR 3 gangs GW16803 24
GW16 104 VR 4 gangs GW16804 12
GW16 106 VR 6 gangs GW16806 6
ONE PLATES I N VARNI SHED TECHNOPOLYMER, PASTEL COLOURS
16
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
ONE PLATES
IMP00001 30-01-2007 10:05 Pagina 16
17
S
a
f
e
t
y
P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l
i
t
y
D
e
s
i
g
n
IMP00001 30-01-2007 10:05 Pagina 17
design.
THE CHORUS SYSTEM
S
a
f
e
t
y
P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l
i
t
y
D
e
s
i
g
n
IMP00001 30-01-2007 10:06 Pagina 18
19
T
E
C
H
N
O
P
O
L
Y
M
E
R
W
O
O
D
M
E
T
A
L
L
E
A
T
H
E
R
G
L
A
S
S
Milk white
Slate
Maple
Brushed stainless steel Toner black
Chrome
Mahogany
Black aluminium Titanium
Gold
Cherry
Acidated iron
18 colours
Black White Ruby
Ice Water Ochre
CHORUS LUX is the ideal plate for elegant and sophisticated environments. The chromed frame and soft curves
underline the plate's clean and essential lines. The wide range of innovative materials and colours do not limit the
choice.
CHORUS LUX
2 gangs 3 gangs 4 gangs 6 gangs
Modularity
IMP00001 30-01-2007 10:06 Pagina 19
20
MAPLE
GW 16 202 LA 2 gangs
MAHOGANY
GW 16 202 LW 2 gangs
CHERRY
GW 16 202 LC 2 gangs
W
O
O
D
LUX PLATES
MILK WHITE
TONER BLACK
GW 16 202 TN2 gangs
GW 16 203 TN3 gangs
GW 16 204 TN4 gangs
GW 16 206 TN6 gangs
TITANIUM
SLATE
CHROME
GOLD
T
E
C
H
N
O
P
O
L
Y
M
E
R
M
E
T
A
L
L
I
C

T
E
C
H
N
O
P
O
L
Y
M
E
R
P
A
I
N
T
E
D

T
E
C
H
N
O
P
O
L
Y
M
E
R
IMP00001 30-01-2007 10:06 Pagina 20
21
BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL
GW 16 202 MI 2 gangs
BLACK ALUMINIUM
GW 16 202 MA 2 gangs
ACIDATED IRON
GW 16 202 MF 2 gangs
M
E
T
A
L
LUX PLATES
BLACK
GW 16 202 PN 2 gangs
ICE
GW 16 202 CG 2 gangs
WHITE
GW 16 202 PB 2 gangs
ACQUAMARINE
GW 16 202 CA 2 gangs
RUBY
GW 16 202 PR 2 gangs
OCHRE
GW 16 202 CO 2 gangs
L
E
A
T
H
E
R
G
L
A
S
S
IMP00001 30-01-2007 10:06 Pagina 21
G
W
1
6
2
0
3
M
O
on support Carton
GW16 202 MO 2 gangs GW16802 6
GW16 203 MO 3 gangs GW16803 6
GW16 204 MO 4 gangs GW16804 6
GW16 206 MO 6 gangs GW16806 6
G
W
1
6
2
0
3
M
C
on support Carton
GW16 202 MC 2 gangs GW16802 6
GW16 203 MC 3 gangs GW16803 6
GW16 204 MC 4 gangs GW16804 6
GW16 206 MC 6 gangs GW16806 6
LUX PLATES I N METALLI C TECHNOPOLYMER
G
W
1
6
2
0
3
V
A
on support Carton
GW16 202 VA 2 gangs GW16802 6
GW16 203 VA 3 gangs GW16803 6
GW16 204 VA 4 gangs GW16804 6
GW16 206 VA 6 gangs GW16806 6
G
W
1
6
2
0
3
V
T
on support Carton
GW16 202 VT 2 gangs GW16802 12
GW16 203 VT 3 gangs GW16803 12
GW16 204 VT 4 gangs GW16804 12
GW16 206 VT 6 gangs GW16806 6
LUX PLATES I N VARNI SHED TECHNOPOLYMER
G
W
1
6
2
0
3
T
N
on support Carton
GW16 202 TN 2 gangs GW16802 12
GW16 203 TN 3 gangs GW16803 12
GW16 204 TN 4 gangs GW16804 12
GW16 206 TN 6 gangs GW16806 6
G
W
1
6
2
0
3
T
B
on support Carton
GW16 202 TB 2 gangs GW16802 12
GW16 203 TB 3 gangs GW16803 12
GW16 204 TB 4 gangs GW16804 12
GW16 206 TB 6 gangs GW16806 6
LUX PLATES I N TECHNOPOLYMER
LUX PLATES
22
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
LUX PLATES
IMP00001 30-01-2007 10:06 Pagina 22
G
W
1
6
2
0
3
M
F
ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES - OXIDISED IRON
on support Carton
GW16 202 MF 2 gangs GW16802 1
GW16 203 MF 3 gangs GW16803 1
GW16 204 MF 4 gangs GW16804 1
GW16 206 MF 6 gangs GW16806 1
G
W
1
6
2
0
3
M
A
ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES - BLACK ALUMINIUM
on support Carton
GW16 202 MA 2 gangs GW16802 1
GW16 203 MA 3 gangs GW16803 1
GW16 204 MA 4 gangs GW16804 1
GW16 206 MA 6 gangs GW16806 1
G
W
1
6
2
0
3
M
I
ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES - BRUSHES STAINLESS STEEL
on support Carton
GW16 202 MI 2 gangs GW16802 1
GW16 203 MI 3 gangs GW16803 1
GW16 204 MI 4 gangs GW16804 1
GW16 206 MI 6 gangs GW16806 1
LUX PLATES - METAL
G
W
1
6
2
0
3
L
C
ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES - CHERRY
on support Carton
GW16 202 LC 2 gangs GW16802 1
GW16 203 LC 3 gangs GW16803 1
GW16 204 LC 4 gangs GW16804 1
GW16 206 LC 6 gangs GW16806 1
G
W
1
6
2
0
3
L
W
ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES - MAHOGANY
on support Carton
GW16 202 LW 2 gangs GW16802 1
GW16 203 LW 3 gangs GW16803 1
GW16 204 LW 4 gangs GW16804 1
GW16 206 LW 6 gangs GW16806 1
G
W
1
6
2
0
3
L
A
ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES - MAPLE
on support Carton
GW16 202 LA 2 gangs GW16802 1
GW16 203 LA 3 gangs GW16803 1
GW16 204 LA 4 gangs GW16804 1
GW16 206 LA 6 gangs GW16806 1
LUX PLATES - WOOD
23
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
LUX PLATES
IMP00001 30-01-2007 10:06 Pagina 23
G
W
1
6
2
0
3
C
O
ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES - OCHRE
on support Carton
GW16 202 CO 2 gangs GW16802 1
GW16 203 CO 3 gangs GW16803 1
GW16 204 CO 4 gangs GW16804 1
GW16 206 CO 6 gangs GW16806 1
G
W
1
6
2
0
3
C
A
ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES - AQUAMARINE
on support Carton
GW16 202 CA 2 gangs GW16802 1
GW16 203 CA 3 gangs GW16803 1
GW16 204 CA 4 gangs GW16804 1
GW16 206 CA 6 gangs GW16806 1
G
W
1
6
2
0
3
C
G
ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES - ICE
on support Carton
GW16 202 CG 2 gangs GW16802 1
GW16 203 CG 3 gangs GW16803 1
GW16 204 CG 4 gangs GW16804 1
GW16 206 CG 6 gangs GW16806 1
LUX PLATES - GLASS
G
W
1
6
2
0
3
P
R
on support Carton
GW16 202 PR 2 gangs GW16802 1
GW16 203 PR 3 gangs GW16803 1
GW16 204 PR 4 gangs GW16804 1
GW16 206 PR 6 gangs GW16806 1
G
W
1
6
2
0
3
P
B
ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES - WHITE
on support Carton
GW16 202 PB 2 gangs GW16802 1
GW16 203 PB 3 gangs GW16803 1
GW16 204 PB 4 gangs GW16804 1
GW16 206 PB 6 gangs GW16806 1
G
W
1
6
2
0
3
P
N
ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES - BLACK
on support Carton
GW16 202 PN 2 gangs GW16802 1
GW16 203 PN 3 gangs GW16803 1
GW16 204 PN 4 gangs GW16804 1
GW16 206 PN 6 gangs GW16806 1
LUX PLATES - LEATHER
24
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
LUX PLATES
IMP00001 30-01-2007 10:06 Pagina 24
25
S
a
f
e
t
y
P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l
i
t
y
D
e
s
i
g
n
IMP00002 30-01-2007 10:22 Pagina 25
design.
THE CHORUS SYSTEM
S
a
f
e
t
y
P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l
i
t
y
D
e
s
i
g
n
IMP00002 30-01-2007 10:22 Pagina 26
27
CHORUS ART is the release of imagination. Its unique oval shape, the chromed frame and dimensions make
CHORUS the star of the wall. The refined range of materials and colours permit all-round and creative combinations.
CHORUS ART
2 gangs 3 gangs 4 gangs
Modularity
T
E
C
H
N
O
P
O
L
Y
M
E
R
W
O
O
D
T
E
C
H
N
O
S
T
O
N
E
L
E
A
T
H
E
R
G
L
A
S
S
Milk white
Slate
Maple
Lava Toner black
Chrome
Mahogany
Sand Titanium
Gold
Cherry
Moon
18 colours
Black White Ruby
Ice Aquamarine Ochre
IMP00002 30-01-2007 10:22 Pagina 27
28
MAPLE
MAHOGANY
CHERRY
ART PLATES
MILK WHITE
TONER BLACK
GW 16 302 TN2 gangs
GW 16 303 TN3 gangs
GW 16 304 TN4 gangs
TITANIUM
SLATE
CHROME
GOLD
M
E
T
A
L
L
I
C
T
E
C
H
N
O
P
O
L
Y
M
E
R
P
A
I
N
T
E
D
T
E
C
H
N
O
P
O
L
Y
M
E
R
W
O
O
D
T
E
C
H
N
O
P
O
L
Y
M
E
R
IMP00002 30-01-2007 10:22 Pagina 28
29
ART PLATES
BLACK
LAVA
GW 16 302 RL 2 gangs
WHITE
MOON
GW 16 302 RN 2 gangs
RUBY
SAND
GW 16 302 RS 2 gangs
L
E
A
T
H
E
R
T
E
C
H
N
O
S
T
O
N
E
ICE
ACQUAMARINE
OCHRE
G
L
A
S
S
IMP00002 30-01-2007 10:22 Pagina 29
G
W
1
6
3
0
3
M
O
on support Carton
GW16 302 MO 2 gangs GW16802 6
GW16 303 MO 3 gangs GW16803 6
GW16 304 MO 4 gangs GW16804 6
G
W
1
6
3
0
3
M
C
on support Carton
GW16 302 MC 2 gangs GW16802 6
GW16 303 MC 3 gangs GW16803 6
GW16 304 MC 4 gangs GW16804 6
ART PLATES I N METALLI C TECHNOPOLYMER
G
W
1
6
3
0
3
V
A
on support Carton
GW16 302 VA 2 gangs GW16802 6
GW16 303 VA 3 gangs GW16803 6
GW16 304 VA 4 gangs GW16804 6
G
W
1
6
3
0
3
V
T
on support Carton
GW16 302 VT 2 gangs GW16802 6
GW16 303 VT 3 gangs GW16803 12
GW16 304 VT 4 gangs GW16804 6
ART PLATES I N VARNI SHED TECHNOPOLYMER
G
W
1
6
3
0
3
T
N
on support Carton
GW16 302 TN 2 gangs GW16802 6
GW16 303 TN 3 gangs GW16803 12
GW16 304 TN 4 gangs GW16804 6
G
W
1
6
3
0
3
T
B
on support Carton
GW16 302 TB 2 gangs GW16802 6
GW16 303 TB 3 gangs GW16803 12
GW16 304 TB 4 gangs GW16804 6
ART PLATES I N TECHNOPOLYMER
ART PLATES
30
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
ART PLATES
IMP00002 30-01-2007 10:22 Pagina 30
G
W
1
6
3
0
3
P
R
on support Carton
GW16 302 PR 2 gangs GW16802 1
GW16 303 PR 3 gangs GW16803 1
GW16 304 PR 4 gangs GW16804 1
G
W
1
6
3
0
3
P
B
ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES - WHITE
on support Carton
GW16 302 PB 2 gangs GW16802 1
GW16 303 PB 3 gangs GW16803 1
GW16 304 PB 4 gangs GW16804 1
G
W
1
6
3
0
3
P
N
ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES - BLACK
on support Carton
GW16 302 PN 2 gangs GW16802 1
GW16 303 PN 3 gangs GW16803 1
GW16 304 PN 4 gangs GW16804 1
ART PLATES - LEATHER
G
W
1
6
3
0
3
L
C
ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES - CHERRY
on support Carton
GW16 302 LC 2 gangs GW16802 1
GW16 303 LC 3 gangs GW16803 1
GW16 304 LC 4 gangs GW16804 1
G
W
1
6
3
0
3
L
W
ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES - MAHOGANY
on support Carton
GW16 302 LW 2 gangs GW16802 1
GW16 303 LW 3 gangs GW16803 1
GW16 304 LW 4 gangs GW16804 1
G
W
1
6
3
0
3
L
A
ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES - MAPLE
on support Carton
GW16 302 LA 2 gangs GW16802 1
GW16 303 LA 3 gangs GW16803 1
GW16 304 LA 4 gangs GW16804 1
ART PLATES - WOOD
31
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
ART PLATES
IMP00002 30-01-2007 10:22 Pagina 31
G
W
1
6
3
0
3
C
O
ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES - OCHRE
on support Carton
GW16 302 CO 2 gangs GW16802 1
GW16 303 CO 3 gangs GW16803 1
GW16 304 CO 4 gangs GW16804 1
G
W
1
6
3
0
3
C
A
ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES - AQUAMARINE
on support Carton
GW16 302 CA 2 gangs GW16802 1
GW16 303 CA 3 gangs GW16803 1
GW16 304 CA 4 gangs GW16804 1
G
W
1
6
3
0
3
C
G
ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES - ICE
on support Carton
GW16 302 CG 2 gangs GW16802 1
GW16 303 CG 3 gangs GW16803 1
GW16 304 CG 4 gangs GW16804 1
ART PLATES - GLASS
G
W
1
6
3
0
3
R
N
ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES - MOON
on support Carton
GW16 302 RN 2 gangs GW16802 1
GW16 303 RN 3 gangs GW16803 1
GW16 304 RN 4 gangs GW16804 1
G
W
1
6
3
0
3
R
S
ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES - SAND
on support Carton
GW16 302 RS 2 gangs GW16802 1
GW16 303 RS 3 gangs GW16803 1
GW16 304 RS 4 gangs GW16804 1
G
W
1
6
3
0
3
R
L
ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES - LAVA
on support Carton
GW16 302 RL 2 gangs GW16802 1
GW16 303 RL 3 gangs GW16803 1
GW16 304 RL 4 gangs GW16804 1
ART PLATES - TECHNOSTONE
32
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
ART PLATES
IMP00002 30-01-2007 10:22 Pagina 32
33
S
a
f
e
t
y
P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l
i
t
y
D
e
s
i
g
n
IMP00002 30-01-2007 10:22 Pagina 33
design.
THE CHORUS SYSTEM
S
a
f
e
t
y
P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l
i
t
y
D
e
s
i
g
n
IMP00002 30-01-2007 10:22 Pagina 34
35
2+2+2 gangs
The design and colours of the ONE plate are also available in the version ONE INTERNATIONAL for round and square
enclosures. The modular structure offers horizontal and vertical solutions with a centre distance of 57 and 71 mm.
The plates, entirely made of technopolymer, are available in the classic and metallic colours, and in the new pastel
colours with an opaque effect.
CHORUS ONE INTERNATIONAL
2 gangs 2+2 gangs 2+2+2 gangs 2+2 gangs 2+2 gangs
Modularity
T
E
C
H
N
O
P
O
L
Y
M
E
R
Milk white
Ruby
Slate Toner black
Mustard
Chrome Titanium
Water green
Gold
12 colours
Sea blue Turtle dove-grey Smoke grey
IMP00002 30-01-2007 10:24 Pagina 35
36
GW 16 123 MC 2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 124 MC 2+2 vert. gangs 71 mm
GW 16 125 MC 2+2 vert. gangs 57 mm
GW 16 126 MC 2+2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 127 MC 2+2+2 vert. gangs
ONE INTERNATIONAL PLATE
MILK WHITE
GW 16 123 TB 2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 124 TB 2+2 vert. gangs 71 mm
GW 16 126 TB 2+2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 127 TB 2+2+2 vert. gangs
TONER BLACK
GW 16 122 TN 2 gangs
GW 16 123 TN 2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 124 TN 2+2 vert. gangs 71 mm
GW 16 125 TN 2+2 vert. gangs 57 mm
GW 16 126 TN 2+2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 127 TN 2+2+2 vert. gangs
TITANIUM
GW 16 123 VT 2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 124 VT 2+2 vert. gangs 71 mm
GW 16 126 VT 2+2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 127 VT 2+2+2 vert. gangs
SLATE
GW 16 123 VA 2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 124 VA 2+2 vert. gangs 71 mm
GW 16 126 VA 2+2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 127 VA 2+2+2 vert. gangs
CHROME
GOLD
GW 16 123 MO 2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 124 MO 2+2 vert. gangs 71 mm
GW 16 126 MO 2+2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 127 MO 2+2+2 vert. gangs
RUBY
GW 16 123 VR 2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 124 VR 2+2 vert. gangs 71 mm
GW 16 125 VR 2+2 vert. gangs 57 mm
GW 16 126 VR 2+2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 127 VR 2+2+2 vert. gangs
SEA BLUE
GW 16 123 VB 2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 124 VB 2+2 vert. gangs 71 mm
GW 16 125 VB 2+2 vert. gangs 57 mm
GW 16 126 VB 2+2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 127 VB 2+2+2 vert. gangs
MUSTARD
GW 16 123 VS 2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 124 VS 2+2 vert. gangs 71 mm
GW 16 125 VS 2+2 vert. gangs 57 mm
GW 16 126 VS 2+2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 127 VS 2+2+2 vert. gangs
TURTLE DOVE GREY
GW 16 123 VM 2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 124 VM 2+2 vert. gangs 71 mm
GW 16 125 VM 2+2 vert. gangs 57 mm
GW 16 126 VM 2+2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 127 VM 2+2+2 vert. gangs
WATER GREEN
GW 16 123 VV 2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 124 VV 2+2 vert. gangs 71 mm
GW 16 125 VV 2+2 vert. gangs 57 mm
GW 16 126 VV 2+2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 127 VV 2+2+2 vert. gangs
SMOKEY GREY
GW 16 123 VG 2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 124 VG 2+2 vert. gangs 71 mm
GW 16 125 VG 2+2 vert. gangs 57 mm
GW 16 126 VG 2+2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 127 VG 2+2+2 vert. gangs
M
E
T
A
L
L
I
C
T
E
C
H
N
O
P
O
L
Y
M
E
R
T
E
C
H
N
O
P
O
L
Y
M
E
R
P
A
I
N
T
E
D
T
E
C
H
N
O
P
O
L
Y
M
E
R
P
A
I
N
T
E
D

T
E
C
H
N
O
P
O
L
Y
M
E
R

-

P
A
S
T
E
L

C
O
L
O
U
R
S
IMP00002 30-01-2007 10:24 Pagina 36
G
W
1
6
1
2
2
V
A
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD PLATES - SLATE
Code Description Type Centre distance Pack Tr. Price LST
Carton each
GW 16 122 VA 2 gangs 12 4,15
GW 16 123 VA 2+2 gangs Horizontal 6 7,50
GW 16 124 VA 2+2 gangs Vertical 71 mm 6 7,50
GW 16 125 VA 2+2 gangs Vertical 57 mm 6 7,50
GW 16 126 VA 2+2+2 gangs Horizontal 6 11,20
GW 16 127 VA 2+2+2 gangs Vertical 6 11,20
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish. GW16125 VA to be used in combination with the box GW24282.
G
W
1
6
1
2
2
V
T
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD PLATES - TITANIUM
Carton each
GW 16 122 VT 2 gangs 12 4,15
GW 16 123 VT 2+2 gangs Horizontal 12 7,50
GW 16 124 VT 2+2 gangs Vertical 71 mm 12 7,50
GW 16 125 VT 2+2 gangs Vertical 57 mm 12 7,50
GW 16 126 VT 2+2+2 gangs Horizontal 6 11,20
GW 16 127 VT 2+2+2 gangs Vertical 6 11,20
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish. GW16125 VT to be used in combination with the box GW24282.
ONE INTERNATI ONAL PLATES I N VARNI SHED TECHNOPOLYMER
G
W
1
6
1
2
2
T
N
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD PLATES - TONER BLACK
Carton each
GW 16 122 TN 2 gangs 12 1,45
GW 16 123 TN 2+2 gangs Horizontal 12 2,55
GW 16 124 TN 2+2 gangs Vertical 71 mm 12 2,55
GW 16 125 TN 2+2 gangs Vertical 57 mm 12 2,55
GW 16 126 TN 2+2+2 gangs Horizontal 6 4,00
GW 16 127 TN 2+2+2 gangs Vertical 6 4,00
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish. GW16125 TN to be used in combination with the box GW24282.
G
W
1
6
1
2
2
T
B
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD PLATES - MILK WHITE
Carton each
GW 16 122 TB 2 gangs 12 1,45
GW 16 123 TB 2+2 gangs Horizontal 12 2,55
GW 16 124 TB 2+2 gangs Vertical 71 mm 12 2,55
GW 16 125 TB 2+2 gangs Vertical 57 mm 12 2,55
GW 16 126 TB 2+2+2 gangs Horizontal 6 4,00
GW 16 127 TB 2+2+2 gangs Vertical 6 4,00
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish. GW16125 TB to be used in combination with the box GW24282.
ONE INTERNATI ONAL PLATES I N TECHNOPOLYMER
ONE INTERNATI ONAL PLATES
37
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
ONE INTERNATIONAL PLATES
IMP00002 30-01-2007 10:24 Pagina 37
G
W
1
6
1
2
2
V
B
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD PLATES - SEA BLUE
Carton each
GW 16 122 VB 2 gangs 12 4,15
GW 16 123 VB 2+2 gangs Horizontal 12 7,50
GW 16 124 VB 2+2 gangs Vertical 71 mm 12 7,50
GW 16 125 VB 2+2 gangs Vertical 57 mm 12 7,50
GW 16 126 VB 2+2+2 gangs Horizontal 6 11,20
GW 16 127 VB 2+2+2 gangs Vertical 6 11,20
CHARACTERISTICS: fabric effect. GW16125 VB to be used in combination with the box GW24282.
G
W
1
6
1
2
2
V
V
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD PLATES - WATER GREEN
Carton each
GW 16 122 VV 2 gangs 12 4,15
GW 16 123 VV 2+2 gangs Horizontal 12 7,50
GW 16 124 VV 2+2 gangs Vertical 71 mm 12 7,50
GW 16 125 VV 2+2 gangs Vertical 57 mm 12 7,50
GW 16 126 VV 2+2+2 gangs Horizontal 6 11,20
GW 16 127 VV 2+2+2 gangs Vertical 6 11,20
CHARACTERISTICS: fabric effect. GW16125 VV to be used in combination with the box GW24282.
G
W
1
6
1
2
2
V
S
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD PLATES - MUSTARD
Carton each
GW 16 122 VS 2 gangs 12 4,15
GW 16 123 VS 2+2 gangs Horizontal 12 7,50
GW 16 124 VS 2+2 gangs Vertical 71 mm 12 7,50
GW 16 125 VS 2+2 gangs Vertical 57 mm 12 7,50
GW 16 126 VS 2+2+2 gangs Horizontal 6 11,20
GW 16 127 VS 2+2+2 gangs Vertical 6 11,20
CHARACTERISTICS: fabric effect. GW16125 VS to be used in combination with the box GW24282.
G
W
1
6
1
2
2
V
R
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD PLATES - RUBY
Carton each
GW 16 122 VR 2 gangs 12 4,15
GW 16 123 VR 2+2 gangs Horizontal 12 7,50
GW 16 124 VR 2+2 gangs Vertical 71 mm 12 7,50
GW 16 125 VR 2+2 gangs Vertical 57 mm 12 7,50
GW 16 126 VR 2+2+2 gangs Horizontal 6 11,20
GW 16 127 VR 2+2+2 gangs Vertical 6 11,20
CHARACTERISTICS: fabric effect. GW16125 VR to be used in combination with the box GW24282.
ONE INTERNATI ONAL PLATES I N VARNI SHED TECHNOPOLYMER, PASTEL COLOURS
G
W
1
6
1
2
2
M
O
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD PLATES - GOLD
Carton each
GW 16 122 MO 2 gangs 12 9,30
GW 16 123 MO 2+2 gangs Horizontal 6 16,80
GW 16 124 MO 2+2 gangs Vertical 71 mm 6 16,80
GW 16 125 MO 2+2 gangs Vertical 57 mm 6 16,80
GW 16 126 MO 2+2+2 gangs Horizontal 6 25,60
GW 16 127 MO 2+2+2 gangs Vertical 6 25,60
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish. GW16125 MO to be used in combination with the box GW24282.
G
W
1
6
1
2
2
M
C
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD PLATES - CHROME
Carton each
GW 16 122 MC 2 gangs 12 9,30
GW 16 123 MC 2+2 gangs Horizontal 6 16,80
GW 16 124 MC 2+2 gangs Vertical 71 mm 6 16,80
GW 16 125 MC 2+2 gangs Vertical 57 mm 6 16,80
GW 16 126 MC 2+2+2 gangs Horizontal 6 25,60
GW 16 127 MC 2+2+2 gangs Vertical 6 25,60
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish. GW16125 MC to be used in combination with the box GW24282.
ONE INTERNATI ONAL PLATES I N METALLI SED TECHNOPOLYMER
38
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00002 30-01-2007 10:24 Pagina 38
G
W
1
6
1
2
2
V
G
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD PLATES - SMOKEY GREY
Carton each
GW 16 122 VG 2 gangs 12 4,15
GW 16 123 VG 2+2 gangs Horizontal 12 7,50
GW 16 124 VG 2+2 gangs Vertical 71 mm 12 7,50
GW 16 125 VG 2+2 gangs Vertical 57 mm 12 7,50
GW 16 126 VG 2+2+2 gangs Horizontal 6 11,20
GW 16 127 VG 2+2+2 gangs Vertical 6 11,20
CHARACTERISTICS: fabric effect. GW16125 VG to be used in combination with the box GW24282.
G
W
1
6
1
2
2
V
M
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD PLATES - TURTLEDOVE GREY
Carton each
GW 16 122 VM 2 gangs 12 4,15
GW 16 123 VM 2+2 gangs Horizontal 12 7,50
GW 16 124 VM 2+2 gangs Vertical 71 mm 12 7,50
GW 16 125 VM 2+2 gangs Vertical 57 mm 12 7,50
GW 16 126 VM 2+2+2 gangs Horizontal 6 11,20
GW 16 127 VM 2+2+2 gangs Vertical 6 11,20
CHARACTERISTICS: fabric effect. GW16125 VM to be used in combination with the box GW24282.
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
39
IMP00002 30-01-2007 10:24 Pagina 39
design.
THE CHORUS SYSTEM
S
a
f
e
t
y
P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l
i
t
y
D
e
s
i
g
n
IMP00002 30-01-2007 10:24 Pagina 40
41
The invaluable LUX plate is also available in the international version for round and square enclosures. The modularity
foresees horizontal and vertical solutions with centre distances of 57 and 71 mm. The wide range of innovative
materials and colours does not limit the design.
CHORUS LUX INTERNATIONAL
2 gangs 2+2 gangs 2+2+2 gangs 2+2 gangs 2+2 gangs 2+2+2 gangs
Modularity
T
E
C
H
N
O
P
O
L
Y
M
E
R
W
O
O
D

F
I
N
I
S
H
T
E
C
H
N
O
S
T
O
N
E
L
E
A
T
H
E
R

F
I
N
I
S
H
Milk white
Slate
Maple
Lava Toner black
Chrome
Mahogany
Sand Titanium
Gold
Cherry
Moon
15 colours
Black White Ruby
IMP00002 30-01-2007 10:24 Pagina 41
42
L
E
A
T
H
E
R
F
I
N
I
S
H
T
E
C
H
N
O
P
O
L
Y
M
E
R
L
E
A
T
H
E
R
F
I
N
I
S
H
T
E
C
H
N
O
S
T
O
N
E
W
O
O
D
F
I
N
I
S
H
LUX INTERNATIONAL PLATES
GW 16 223 TB 2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 226 TB 2+2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 227 TB 2+2+2 vert. gangs
M
I
L
K

W
H
I
T
E
GW 16 222 TN2 gangs
GW 16 223 TN2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 224 TN2+2 vert. gangs 71 mm
GW 16 225 TN2+2 vert. gangs 57 mm
GW 16 226 TN2+2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 227 TN2+2+2 vert. gangs
T
O
N
E
R

B
L
A
C
K
GW 16 223 LA 2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 224 LA 2+2 vert. gangs 71 mm
GW 16 225 LA 2+2 vert. gangs 57 mm
GW 16 226 LA 2+2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 227 LA 2+2+2 vert. gangs
M
A
P
L
E
GW 16 222 PN2 gangs
GW 16 223 PN2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 224 PN2+2 vert. gangs 71 mm
GW 16 225 PN2+2 vert. gangs 57 mm
GW 16 226 PN2+2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 227 PN2+2+2 vert. gangs
B
L
A
C
K
GW 16 223 RL 2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 224 RL 2+2 vert. gangs 71 mm
GW 16 225 RL 2+2 vert. gangs 57 mm
GW 16 226 RL 2+2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 227 RL 2+2+2 vert. gangs
L
A
V
A
GW 16 223 VT 2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 226 VT 2+2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 227 VT 2+2+2 vert. gangs
T
I
T
A
N
I
U
M
GW 16 223 VA 2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 226 VA 2+2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 227 VA 2+2+2 vert. gangs
S
L
A
T
E
GW 16 223 LW 2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 224 LW 2+2 vert. gangs 71 mm
GW 16 225 LW 2+2 vert. gangs 57 mm
GW 16 226 LW 2+2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 227 LW 2+2+2 vert. gangs
M
A
H
O
G
A
N
Y
GW 16 223 PB 2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 224 PB 2+2 vert. gangs 71 mm
GW 16 225 PB 2+2 vert. gangs 57 mm
GW 16 226 PB 2+2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 227 PB 2+2+2 vert. gangs
W
H
I
T
E
GW 16 223 RS 2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 224 RS 2+2 vert. gangs 71 mm
GW 16 225 RS 2+2 vert. gangs 57 mm
GW 16 226 RS 2+2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 227 RS 2+2+2 vert. gangs
S
A
N
D
GW 16 222 MC2 gangs
GW 16 223 MC2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 224 MC2+2 vert. gangs 71 mm
GW 16 225 MC2+2 vert. gangs 57 mm
GW 16 226 MC2+2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 227 MC2+2+2 vert. gangs
C
H
R
O
M
E
GW 16 223 MO 2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 226 MO 2+2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 227 MO 2+2+2 vert. gangs
G
O
L
D
GW 16 223 LC 2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 224 LC 2+2 vert. gangs 71 mm
GW 16 225 LC 2+2 vert. gangs 57 mm
GW 16 226 LC 2+2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 227 LC 2+2+2 vert. gangs
C
H
E
R
R
Y
GW 16 223 PR 2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 224 PR 2+2 vert. gangs 71 mm
GW 16 225 PR 2+2 vert. gangs 57 mm
GW 16 226 PR 2+2+2 vert. gangs.
GW 16 227 PR 2+2+2 vert. gangs
R
U
B
Y
GW 16 223 RN 2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 224 RN 2+2 vert. gangs 71 mm
GW 16 225 RN 2+2 vert. gangs 57 mm
GW 16 226 RN 2+2+2 horiz. gangs
GW 16 227 RN 2+2+2 vert. gangs
M
O
O
N
M
E
T
A
L
L
I
C
T
E
C
H
N
O
P
O
L
Y
M
E
R
P
A
I
N
T
E
D
T
E
C
H
N
O
P
O
L
Y
M
E
R
IMP00002 30-01-2007 10:24 Pagina 42
G
W
1
6
2
2
2
M
C
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD PLATES - CHROME
Code Description Type Centre distance Pack
Carton
GW 16 222 MC 2 gangs 12
GW 16 223 MC 2+2 gangs Horizontal 6
GW 16 224 MC 2+2 gangs Vertical 71 mm 6
GW 16 225 MC 2+2 gangs Vertical 57 mm 6
GW 16 226 MC 2+2+2 gangs Horizontal 6
GW 16 227 MC 2+2+2 gangs Vertical 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish. GW16225 MC to be used in combination with the box GW24282.
LUX INTERNATI ONAL PLATES I N METALLI C TECHNOPOLYMER
G
W
1
6
2
2
2
V
A
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD PLATES - SLATE
Carton
GW 16 222 VA 2 gangs 12
GW 16 223 VA 2+2 gangs Horizontal 6
GW 16 224 VA 2+2 gangs Vertical 71 mm 6
GW 16 225 VA 2+2 gangs Vertical 57 mm 6
GW 16 226 VA 2+2+2 gangs Horizontal 6
GW 16 227 VA 2+2+2 gangs Vertical 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish. GW16225 VA to be used in combination with the box GW24282.
G
W
1
6
2
2
2
V
T
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD PLATES - TITANIUM
Carton
GW 16 222 VT 2 gangs 12
GW 16 223 VT 2+2 gangs Horizontal 6
GW 16 224 VT 2+2 gangs Vertical 71 mm 6
GW 16 225 VT 2+2 gangs Vertical 57 mm 6
GW 16 226 VT 2+2+2 gangs Horizontal 6
GW 16 227 VT 2+2+2 gangs Vertical 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish. GW16225 VT to be used in combination with the box GW24282.
LUX INTERNATI ONAL PLATES I N VARNI SHED TECHNOPOLYMER
G
W
1
6
2
2
2
T
N
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD PLATES - TONER BLACK
Carton
GW 16 222 TN 2 gangs 12
GW 16 223 TN 2+2 gangs Horizontal 6
GW 16 224 TN 2+2 gangs Vertical 71 mm 6
GW 16 225 TN 2+2 gangs Vertical 57 mm 6
GW 16 226 TN 2+2+2 gangs Horizontal 6
GW 16 227 TN 2+2+2 gangs Vertical 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish. GW16225 TN to be used in combination with the box GW24282.
G
W
1
6
2
2
2
T
B
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD PLATES - MILK WHITE
Carton
GW 16 222 TB 2 gangs 12
GW 16 223 TB 2+2 gangs Horizontal 6
GW 16 224 TB 2+2 gangs Vertical 71 mm 6
GW 16 225 TB 2+2 gangs Vertical 57 mm 6
GW 16 226 TB 2+2+2 gangs Horizontal 6
GW 16 227 TB 2+2+2 gangs Vertical 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish. GW16225 TB to be used in combination with the box GW24282.
LUX INTERNATI ONAL PLATES I N TECHNOPOLYMER
LUX INTERNATI ONAL PLATES
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
43
IMP00002 30-01-2007 10:24 Pagina 43
G
W
1
6
2
2
2
P
B
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD PLATES - WHITE
Carton
GW 16 222 PB 2 gangs 12
GW 16 223 PB 2+2 gangs Horizontal 6
GW 16 224 PB 2+2 gangs Vertical 71 mm 6
GW 16 225 PB 2+2 gangs Vertical 57 mm 6
GW 16 226 PB 2+2+2 gangs Horizontal 6
GW 16 227 PB 2+2+2 gangs Vertical 6
CHARACTERISTICS: GW16225 PB to be used in combination with the box GW24282.
G
W
1
6
2
2
2
P
N
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD PLATES - BLACK
Carton
GW 16 222 PN 2 gangs 12
GW 16 223 PN 2+2 gangs Horizontal 6
GW 16 224 PN 2+2 gangs Vertical 71 mm 6
GW 16 225 PN 2+2 gangs Vertical 57 mm 6
GW 16 226 PN 2+2+2 gangs Horizontal 6
GW 16 227 PN 2+2+2 gangs Vertical 6
CHARACTERISTICS: GW16225 PN to be used in combination with the box GW24282.
LUX INTERNATI ONAL PLATES I N TECHNOPOLYMER - LEATHER FI NI SH
G
W
1
6
2
2
2
L
C
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD PLATES - CHERRY
Carton
GW 16 222 LC 2 gangs 12
GW 16 223 LC 2+2 gangs Horizontal 6
GW 16 224 LC 2+2 gangs Vertical 71 mm 6
GW 16 225 LC 2+2 gangs Vertical 57 mm 6
GW 16 226 LC 2+2+2 gangs Horizontal 6
GW 16 227 LC 2+2+2 gangs Vertical 6
CHARACTERISTICS: GW16225 LC to be used in combination with the box GW24282.
G
W
1
6
2
2
2
L
W
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD PLATES - MAHOGANY
Carton
GW 16 222 LW 2 gangs 12
GW 16 223 LW 2+2 gangs Horizontal 6
GW 16 224 LW 2+2 gangs Vertical 71 mm 6
GW 16 225 LW 2+2 gangs Vertical 57 mm 6
GW 16 226 LW 2+2+2 gangs Horizontal 6
GW 16 227 LW 2+2+2 gangs Vertical 6
CHARACTERISTICS: GW16225 LW to be used in combination with the box GW24282.
G
W
1
6
2
2
2
L
A
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD PLATES - MAPLE
Carton
GW 16 222 LA 2 gangs 12
GW 16 223 LA 2+2 gangs Horizontal 6
GW 16 224 LA 2+2 gangs Vertical 71 mm 6
GW 16 225 LA 2+2 gangs Vertical 57 mm 6
GW 16 226 LA 2+2+2 gangs Horizontal 6
GW 16 227 LA 2+2+2 gangs Vertical 6
CHARACTERISTICS: GW16225 LA to be used in combination with the box GW24282.
LUX INTERNATI ONAL PLATES I N TECHNOPOLYMER - WOOD FI NI SH
G
W
1
6
2
2
2
M
O
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD PLATES - GOLD
Carton
GW 16 222 MO 2 gangs 12
GW 16 223 MO 2+2 gangs Horizontal 6
GW 16 224 MO 2+2 gangs Vertical 71 mm 6
GW 16 225 MO 2+2 gangs Vertical 57 mm 6
GW 16 226 MO 2+2+2 gangs Horizontal 6
GW 16 227 MO 2+2+2 gangs Vertical 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish. GW16225 MO to be used in combination with the box GW24282.
44
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00002 30-01-2007 10:24 Pagina 44
G
W
1
6
2
2
2
R
N
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD PLATES - MOON
Carton
GW 16 222 RN 2 gangs 12
GW 16 223 RN 2+2 gangs Horizontal 6
GW 16 224 RN 2+2 gangs Vertical 71 mm 6
GW 16 225 RN 2+2 gangs Vertical 57 mm 6
GW 16 226 RN 2+2+2 gangs Horizontal 6
GW 16 227 RN 2+2+2 gangs Vertical 6
CHARACTERISTICS: GW16225 RN to be used in combination with the box GW24282.
G
W
1
6
2
2
2
R
S
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD PLATES - SAND
Carton
GW 16 222 RS 2 gangs 12
GW 16 223 RS 2+2 gangs Horizontal 6
GW 16 224 RS 2+2 gangs Vertical 71 mm 6
GW 16 225 RS 2+2 gangs Vertical 57 mm 6
GW 16 226 RS 2+2+2 gangs Horizontal 6
GW 16 227 RS 2+2+2 gangs Vertical 6
CHARACTERISTICS: GW16225 RS to be used in combination with the box GW24282.
G
W
1
6
2
2
2
R
L
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD PLATES - LAVA
Carton
GW 16 222 RL 2 gangs 12
GW 16 223 RL 2+2 gangs Horizontal 6
GW 16 224 RL 2+2 gangs Vertical 71 mm 6
GW 16 225 RL 2+2 gangs Vertical 57 mm 6
GW 16 226 RL 2+2+2 gangs Horizontal 6
GW 16 227 RL 2+2+2 gangs Vertical 6
CHARACTERISTICS: GW16225 RL to be used in combination with the box GW24282.
LUX INTERNATI ONAL PLATES I N TECHNOPOLYMER - STONE FI NI SH
G
W
1
6
2
2
2
P
R
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD PLATES - RUBY
Carton
GW 16 222 PR 2 gangs 12
GW 16 223 PR 2+2 gangs Horizontal 6
GW 16 224 PR 2+2 gangs Vertical 71 mm 6
GW 16 225 PR 2+2 gangs Vertical 57 mm 6
GW 16 226 PR 2+2+2 gangs Horizontal 6
GW 16 227 PR 2+2+2 gangs Vertical 6
CHARACTERISTICS: GW16225 PR to be used in combination with the box GW24282.
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
45
IMP00002 30-01-2007 10:24 Pagina 45
design.
THE CHORUS SYSTEM
S
a
f
e
t
y
P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l
i
t
y
D
e
s
i
g
n
IMP00002 30-01-2007 10:24 Pagina 46
47
Modular devices.
The devices, which are available in bright white, satin black and painted
titanium, offer an infinitive number of possible combinations between
components and plates.
Power take-off Safety Comfort
IMP00002 30-01-2007 10:24 Pagina 47
48
The CHORUS devices
Silentness
The button key is extremely
silent with a soft and cushioned
movement thanks to an innovative
mechanism.
Reduced overall
dimensions
All commands are very shallow
(starting from 20 mm) to ease
installation even in boxes with
less space.
St andar d
sales
The supports have an opening
half way down the module that
allows both the fitting of the
innovative compact commands as
well as the use of the 2 or 3 gang
plates on the same support.
Simplied wiring
Wiring is simplified thanks to the
position of the terminals and the
increased diameter of the holes.
The double cut screws permit
improved tightening.
Special installations
Hole for special installations
where the box can not be
installed.
Localisation and functional
signalling
The but t on keys can be
personal i sed by choosi ng
5 colours of LEDs (blue, white,
red, green and amber) or by
using the numerous illuminable
symbols.
Quick coupling
The fitting and removal of the
support is made quick and easy
thanks to the couplings on the front
of the device. The robustness of
t he support guarantees top
performance even on surfaces
that are not completely flat.
IMP00002 30-01-2007 10:24 Pagina 48
49
The three colours
Button key with
bright white finish.
Button key with
black satin anti-
print finish.
Button key with painted
bright titanium
scratchproof finish.
Modularity
1/2 module 1 module
Actual dimensions
2 modules 3 modules
The 1/2 module commands increase the number of command points that can be installed equal to the space in respect
to the traditional versions and allow even small spaces to be exploited.
The three module command guarantees rapid location of the point and easy activation.
Limited spaces no longer restrict the number devices that can be installed.
IMP00003 29-01-2007 17:17 Pagina 49
50
Power take-off and signal
Safety
Comfort
Timed thermostat Electronic daily/weekly programmer
TV-FM-SAT socket
In just 2 modules the TV FM
SAT socket allows several
devices to be connected at the
same time.
The 2 module flush-mounting
timed thermostat automatically
controls the temperature in
combination with the heating or
air conditioning system. The
programming can be set weekly,
with daily 24 hour profiles at three
different temperature levels. The
temperature can also be remotely
controlled by SMS.
The programmer allows to set the
activation and deactivation of an
electric load on a daily/weekly
basis. For example, it is possible
to program the ON and OFF time
of the sprinkler system or of the
garden lighting, or turn on the
washing machine at a more
appropriate time, when your not
at home.
Connectors for
structured
wiring
Audio and
video
connectors
Dual amperage socket
with LED for allocated
lines
The dual amperage socket
with LED allow to see the
presence of voltage in the
system.
Removable anti-
blackout lamp
The rechargeable anti-blackout
lamp, which can be introduced in
any standard socket and ideal for
auxiliary lighting, can be easily
removed and used as a normal
portable lamp.
The NIGHT function allows it to
be used as a night light with
automatic switch off after approx.
30 minutes.
Automatic one-way
switches
Automatic one-way switches
protect the downstream electric
load against overloading, short
circuiting and against contact
voltages. They are particularly
suitable in locations where there
is a high risk of electrocution,
such as the bathroom, to protect
terminal devices, as well as a
safety for portable user devices
in the home and the like, etc.
Telephone
jacks
IMP00003 29-01-2007 17:17 Pagina 50
51
Interlocked switched socket-outlet
The interlocked switched socket-outlets guarantee the
presence of voltage to the pits only when the plug is
inserted.
Equipped with a two-pole switch, miniature circuit
breaker or residual current circuit breaker, they are
suitable for use as a terminal socket for load protection.
The automatic one-way switch is immediately
disconnected when the plug is pulled out.
Water detector with RF
sensor
The water detector verifies the
presence of water or other liquids by
means of one or more wireless
connected sensors, and in the event
of an alarm activates a solenoid
valve by means of an output contact.
Provided with optical and acoustic
alarm signalling, remote access of
the SMS signal is possible.
Gas detectors
The gas detectors control the presence
o f h a z a r d o u s s u b s t a n c e s
(methane/LPG) in the household
environment, and in the event of an
alarm, allow the activation of a
solenoid valve through an output
contact.
Provided with optical and acoustic
alarm signalling, remote access of the
SMS signal is possible.
Repeaters
GSM repeater
The device allows, by means of SMS through the GSM network (a mobile phone for example), to control general
loads and to transmit status information coming from the connected devices (e.g. gas and water detectors). It is
therefore possible for example to know by means of an SMS transmission, the internal temperature of the home
and adjust the set point of the timed thermostat in order to have the desired temperature when arriving home, or
activate a programmer that controls the household appliances, lights, garden sprinklers, etc.
The outgoing text messages can be personalised and the telephone number to be called can be also be set.
RF Command and Control GSM interface
Together with the GSM repeater, the RF interface allows to
remotely manage the devices of the RF Command and Control
system via SMS.
Up to 5 actuators can be controlled and information to be sent via
SMS from 2 RF transmitters, such as detectors and pushbutton
panels, can be received. It is also possible to control and
interrogate a two-way RF timed thermostat.
RF Burglar alarm GSM interface
Together with the repeater, the GSM interface allows to remotely
manage the control units of the RF burglar alarm system via SMS.
Commands can be sent to connect, disconnect and divide the burglar
alarm system or to receive information concerning the status of the
connection, faults, tampering or alarms by means of personalised SMS
messages.
IMP00003 29-01-2007 17:17 Pagina 51
52
WHITE - COMMAND
O
N
E
-
W
A
Y

S
W
I
T
C
H
E
S
T
W
O
-
W
A
Y

S
W
I
T
C
H
E
S
R
E
V
E
R
S
I
N
G

S
W
I
T
C
H
E
S
T
H
R
E
E
-
W
A
Y

S
W
I
T
C
H
GW 10 001
1M - 1P - 16AX
General
GW 10 002
1M-1P-16AX
Localisation
GW 10 003
1M-1P-16AX
Signalling
GW 10 021
1/2M.-1P-10AX
General
GW 10 022
1/2M.-1P-10AX
Localisation
GW 10 051
1M - 1P - 16AX
General
GW 10 052
1M - 1P - 16AX
Localisation
GW 10 053
1M - 1P - 16AX
Signalling
GW 10 121
1M - 1P - 16AX
Positions 1-0-2
GW 10 054
1M - 1P - 10AX
With key
GW 10 061
1/2M - 1P - 10AX
General
GW 10 031
2M - 1P - 16AX
General
GW 10 032
2M - 1P - 16AX
Localisation
GW 10 033
2M - 1P - 16AX
Signalling
GW 10 071
2M - 1P - 16AX
General
GW 10 072
2M - 1P - 16AX
Localisation
GW 10 073
2M - 1P - 16AX
Signalling
GW 10 081
3M - 1P - 16AX
General
GW 10 041
3M - 1P - 16AX
General
GW 10 004
1M - 2P - 16AX
General
GW 10 005
1M - 2P - 16AX
Signalling
GW 10 006
1M - 2P - 10AX
With key
GW 10 007
1M - 2P - 25AX
Heavy-duty
GW 10 034
2M - 2P - 16AX
General
GW 10 035
2M - 2P - 16AX
Signalling
GW 10 042
3M - 1P - 16AX
Localisation
GW 10 043
3M - 1P - 16AX
Signalling
GW 10 082
3M - 1P - 16AX
Localisation
P
U
S
H
-
B
U
T
T
O
N
S
GW 10 131
1M-1P-NA-16A
General
GW 10 132
1M-1P-NA-16A
Localisation
GW 10 133
1M-1P-NA-16A
Signalling
GW 10 136
1M-1P-NA-16A
With pull-cord
GW 10 137
1M-1P-NC-16A
General
GW 10 151
1M-1P-NA-16A
Light
GW 10 152
1M-1P-NA-16A
Key
GW 10 153
1M-1P-NA-16A
Signalling device
GW 10 161
1/2M-1P-NA-10A
General
GW 10 162
1/2M-1P-NA-10A
Localisation
GW 10 138
1M-1P-NC+NA-16A
Stop
GW 10 139
1M-1P-NA+NC-16A
Start
GW 10 140
1M-1P-NA+NA-16A
With interlock
GW 10 141
1M-1P - NO+NO 16A
double
GW 10 142
1M-1P-NA-16A
Green diffuser
GW 10 143
1M-1P-NA-16A
Red diffuser
GW 10 144
1M-1P-NA-16A
Opal diffuser
GW 10 171
2M-1P-NA-16A
General
GW 10 134
1M-2P-NA-16A
General
GW 10 135
1M-2P-NA-16A
Signalling
GW 10 145
1M-2P-NA-10A
With key
GW 10 191
2M-1P-NA-10A
With illuminated name plate
GW 10 172
2M-1P-NA-16A
Localisation
GW 10 173
2M-1P-NA-16A
Signalling
GW 10 182
3M-1P-NA-16A
Localisation
GW 10 183
3M-1P-NA-16A
Signalling
GW 10 192
3M-1P-NA-10A
GW 10 083
3M - 1P - 16AX
Signalling
GW 10 091
1M - 1P - 16AX
General
GW 10 092
1M - 1P - 16AX
Localisation
GW 10 093
1M - 1P - 16AX
Signalling
GW 10 102
2M - 1P - 16AX
Localisation
GW 10 103
2M - 1P - 16AX
Signalling
GW 10 111
3M - 1P - 16AX
General
GW 10 101
2M - 1P - 16AX
General
GW 10 112
3M - 1P - 16AX
Localisation
GW 10 181
3M-1P-NA-16A
General
GW 10 113
3M - 1P - 16AX
Signalling
IMP00003 29-01-2007 17:17 Pagina 52
53
GW 10 501
Transparent symbol
GW 10 502
Light symbol
GW 10 503
Stair light symbol
GW 10 504
Bench light symbol
GW 10 505
Signalling device
symbol
GW 10 506
Fan symbol
GW 10 507
Key symbol
GW 10 511
Nurse symbol
GW 10 512
Chambermaid
Symbol
GW 10 531
Number One
symbol
GW 10 532
Number Two
symbol
GW 10 533
Number Three
symbol
GW 10 534
Number Four
symbol
GW 10 535
Number Five
symbol
GW 10 536
Number Six
symbol
GW 10 537
Number Seven
symbol
GW 10 538
Number Eight
symbol
GW 10 539
Number Nine
symbol
GW 10 540
Number Zero
symbol
GW 10 508
Alarm symbol
GW 10 509
ON symbol
GW 10 510
OFF symbol
GW 10 513
Dimmer increase
symbol.
GW 10 514
Dimmer decrease
symbol
GW 10 515
Arrow up symbol
GW 10 516
Arrow down
symbol
GW 10 517
Arrow up-down
symbol
GW 10 518
Arrow rh-lh symbol
WHITE - COMMAND
R
A
P
I
D

W
I
R
I
N
G
T
W
O
-
W
A
Y

S
W
I
T
C
H
R
A
P
I
D

W
I
R
I
N
G
R
E
V
E
R
S
I
N
G

S
W
I
T
C
H
E
S
L
E
N
S
E
S

W
I
T
H

I
L
L
U
M
I
N
A
T
E
D

S
Y
M
B
O
L
S
R
A
P
I
D

W
I
R
I
N
G

O
N
E
-
W
A
Y

S
W
I
T
C
H
E
S
R
A
P
I
D

W
I
R
I
N
G
P
U
S
H
-
B
U
T
T
O
N
S
C
O
M
B
I
N
E
D

D
E
V
I
C
E
S
I
N
T
E
R
C
H
A
N
G
E
A
B
L
E
B
U
T
T
O
N

K
E
Y
S
B
L
A
N
K
I
N
G

M
O
D
U
L
E
S
A
N
D

O
U
T
L
E
T
H
O
T
E
L

C
O
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
S

GW 10 031
2M - 1P - 16AX
General
GW 10 032
2M - 1P - 16AX
Localisation
GW 10 033
2M - 1P - 16AX
Signalling
GW 10 071
2M - 1P - 16AX
General
GW 10 072
2M - 1P - 16AX
Localisation
GW 10 073
2M - 1P - 16AX
Signalling
GW 10 171
2M - 1P - 16A
General
GW 10 172
2M - 1P - 16A
Localisation
GW 10 173
2M - 1P - 16A
Signalling
GW 10 101
2M - 1P - 16AX
General
GW 10 102
2M - 1P - 16AX
Localisation
GW 10 103
2M - 1P - 16AX
Signalling
GW 10 078
Double two-way switch
1P - 16AX
GW 10 159
Push-button 1P-NA-16A +
Two-way switch 1P-NA- 16AX
GW 10 160
Double push-button
1P-NA-16A
GW 10 034
2M - 2P - 16AX
General
GW 10 035
2M - 2P - 16AX
Signalling
I
R
R
E
L
A
Y
GW 10 541
General interchangeable
button key
GW 10 542
Interchangeable button
key with label
GW 10 543
Key interchangeable
button key
GW 10 544
Signalling device
interchangeable button
key
GW 10 545
Vert. arrow
key
GW 10 546
Horiz. arrow
key
GW 10 547
Red interchangeable
gem
GW 10 548
Green interchangeable
gem
GW 10 549
Opal
interchangeable gem
GW 10 550
Amber interchangeable
gem
GW 10 195
1 Gang
GW 10 196
1 Gang with
Cable output
GW 10 197
1/2 Gang
GW 10 198
2 Gangs
GW 10 721
Step-step
1 gang - 10AX-
230V ac
GW 10 723
4 sequences
2 gangs -
10AX-230V cc
GW 10 724
Monostable
1 gang -
1NA NO
GW 10 726
Call
1gang - 1NA NO
12V ac/dc
GW 10 591
IR movement
detector 1NA-3A
GW 10 592
Infrared movement detector
1NA-16A
GW 10 597
1 channel receiver
230V ac 50/60Hz
GW 10 725
Electronics for heavy-duty loads
1gang - 1NA-230V cc
GW 10 040
Universal badge switch
1 gang - NO - 16AX
GW 12 596
Portable 6
channel remote control
GW 10 199
3 Gangs
IMP00003 29-01-2007 17:17 Pagina 53
54
WHITE - ENERGY TAKE-OFF
I
T
A
L
I
A
N
/
G
E
R
M
A
N
G
E
R
M
A
N
I
T
A
L
I
A
N
F
R
E
N
C
H
I
S
R
A
E
L
I
U
S
A
E
U
R
O
-
A
M
E
R
I
C
A
N
B
R
I
T
I
S
H
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
A
R
G
E
N
T
I
N
E
GW 10 201
2P+T 10A
250V ac
GW 10 203
2P+T 16A250V ac
Dual amperage
GW 10 213
2P+T 16A250V ac
Dual amperage
GW 10 204
2P+T 16A250V ac
Dual amperage
GW 10 205
2P+T 16A
250V ac
GW 10 214
2P+T 16A250V ac
Dual amperage
GW 10 246
2P 16A
250V ac
GW 10 247
2P+T 16A
250V ac
GW 10 247F
2P+T 16A - 250V ac
front tightening terminals
GW 10 224
2P+T 16A250V ac
Dual amperage
GW 10 234
2P+T 16A250V ac
Dual amperage
GW 10 257F
2P+T 16A - 250V ac
GW 10 260
Accessory for French socket
allocated lines
GW 10 223
2P+T 16A250V ac
Dual amperage
GW 10 233
2P+T 16A
250V ac Dual
amperage
GW 10 208
Rapid wiring
2x2P+T 16A- 250V ac
GW 10 209
Rapid wiring
3x2P+T 16A-250V ac Dual amperage
GW 10 241
2P+T 16A
250V ac
GW 10 251
2P+T 16A
250V ac
GW 10 341
2P+T 16A- 250V ac
GW 10 351
2P+T 16A - 250V ac
S
P
A
N
I
S
H
I
N
T
E
R
L
O
C
K
E
D

S
W
I
T
C
H
E
D
S
O
C
K
E
T
-
O
U
T
L
E
T
S
S
H
A
V
E
R

S
O
C
K
E
T
-
O
U
T
L
E
T
GW 10 281
2P+T 16A
250V ac
GW 10 291
2P+T 16A
250V ac
GW 10 286
2P+T 15A
125Vac
GW 10 287
2P+T 15A
250/125Vac
GW 10 296
2P+T 13A
240Vac
GW 10 297
2P+T 15A
240Vac
GW 10 301
2P+T 10A
240Vac
GW 10 302
2P+T 15A
240Vac
GW 10 306
2P+T 10A
250V ac
GW 10 307
2P+T 15A
250V ac
GW 10 311
2P+T 16A
230V ac
GW 10 331
Shaver socket-outlet
230Vac - 50/60 Hz
GW 10 312
2P+T 16A
230V ac
GW 10 321
2P+T 16A
230V ac
GW 10 322
2P+T 16A
230V ac
IMP00003 29-01-2007 17:17 Pagina 54
55
WHITE - SIGNAL TAKE OFF
T
E
L
E
P
H
O
N
E

J
A
C
K
S
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
S

F
O
R
S
T
R
U
C
T
U
R
E
D

W
I
R
I
N
G
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
S

F
O
R
C
O
N
V
E
N
T
IO
N
A
L

N
E
T
W
O
R
K
S
T
V
-
S
A
T
T
V
-
F
M
-
S
A
T
S
E
L
V

S
O
C
K
E
T
S
Male IEC type
GW 10 361 0db
GW 10 362 5db
GW 10 363 10db
GW 10 364 14db
GW 10 365 18db
GW 10 366 22db
GW 20 277 resistance
75ohm terminal
Female F type
GW 10 371 0db
GW 10 372 5db
GW 10 373 10db
GW 10 374 14db
GW 10 375 18db
GW 10 376 22db
75ohm terminal
GW 10 401
RJ11
GW 10 402
RJ 11 IN/OUT
GW 10 403
RJ 11 double
GW 10 405
French
8 contacts
GW 10 406
Israelian
6 contacts
GW 10 451
2P - 6A 24V
GW 10 452
2P - 6A 24V
Polarized
A
U
D
I
O

A
N
D

V
I
D
E
O
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
S
GW 10 453
Double RCA
GW 10 454
Sound circuits
GW 10 446
Female F
coupling
connector
GW 10 404
RJ 12
GW 10 381
TV - FM
0dB
GW 10 382
TV-FM-SAT
0dB
GW 10 421
RJ45 5e
UTP
GW 10 422
RJ45 5e
FTP
GW 10 423
RJ45 6
UTP
GW 10 424
RJ45 6
FTP
GW 10 425
Bush
ST O.F.
GW 10 426
Bush
SC O.F.
GW 10 427
Bush
MT - RJ O.F.
GW 10 441
SUB - D
9 Contacts
GW 10 442
SUB - D
15 Contacts
GW 10 443
SUB - D
25 Contacts
GW 10 444
BNC 50
Ohm cable RJ58
GW 10 445
BNC 75/93
Ohm cable
RJ59/62
IMP00003 29-01-2007 17:18 Pagina 55
56
WHITE - PROTECTION AND SIGNAL
A
N
T
I

B
L
A
C
K
-
O
U
T

L
A
M
P
S
R
I
N
G
E
R
S

A
N
D

B
U
Z
Z
E
R
S
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R

L
A
M
P
S
P
R
O
T
R
U
D
I
N
G

I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
L
A
M
P
S
S
T
A
I
R

R
I
S
E
R

L
A
M
P
S
A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
C

S
W
I
T
C
H
E
S
P
R
O
T
E
C
T
I
O
N

D
E
V
I
C
E
S
GW 10 461 - 6A 230V ac
GW 10 462 - 10A 230V ac
GW 10 463 - 16A 230V ac
1P
GW 10 466 - 6A 230V ac
GW 10 467 - 10A 230V ac
GW 10 468 - 16A 230V ac
1P+N
GW 10 482 - 6A 230V ac
GW 10 485 - 10A 230V ac
GW 10 488 - 16A 230V ac
1P+N Idn=10mA
GW 10 483 - 6A 230V ac
GW 10 486 - 10A 230V ac
GW 10 489 - 16A 230V ac
1P+N Idn=30mA
GW 12 661
Withdrawable
230Vac 50/60Hz
GW 10 606
Buzzer
12Vac 50Hz
GW 10 602
Ringer
230Vac 50Hz
GW 10 601
Ringer
12Vac 50Hz
GW 10 607
Buzzer
230Vac 50Hz
GW 10 666
Autonomous emergency lamp
230Vac 50/60Hz
GW 10 611
Ringer with three independent
inputs 12V ac/dc
GW 10 612
inputs 230V ac/ 50Hz
GW 10 491
Fuse holder
In MAX = 16A
GW 10 492
Overvoltage
limiter
GW 10 641
Single indicator
lamp 1/2
Opal module
GW 10 642
Single indicator
lamp 1/2
Green module
GW 10 643
Single indicator
lamp 1/2
Red module
GW 10 644
Single indicator
lamp 1/2
Amber module
GW 10 621
Single indicator
lamp 1
Opal module
GW 10 622
Single indicator
lamp 1
Green module
GW 10 623
Single indicator
lamp 1
Red module
GW 10 624
Single indicator
lamp 1
Amber module
GW 10 628
Double indicator
lamp 1
Opal module
GW 10 629
Double indicator
lamp 1
Red/Green module
GW 10 631
Opal
12V ac/dc - 230V ac
GW 10 632
Green
12V ac/dc - 230V ac
GW 10 633
Red
12V ac/dc - 230V ac
GW 10 634
Amber
12V ac/dc - 230V ac
GW 10 651
2M Opal
GW 10 656
4M Opal
Miniature circuit breakers
Breaking capacity 3kA
C curve
Differential miniature circuit
breakers
C curve - Class A
IMP00003 29-01-2007 17:18 Pagina 56
57
C
A
R
T
R
I
D
G
E

L
A
M
P
S
GW 20 902 S6 x 36 12V White
GW 20 903 S6 x 36 24V White
ENERGY MANAGEMENT, COMFORT AND CLIMATE - TECHNICAL ALARMS - REMOTE CONTROLS - WHITE
D
I
M
M
E
R
T
E
C
H
N
I
C
A
L

A
L
A
R
M
S
R
E
M
O
T
E

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
S
C
L
O
C
K
/
A
L
A
R
M
/
T
H
E
R
M
O
M
E
T
E
R
C
L
I
M
A
T
E

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
T
I
M
E
R

D
E
V
I
C
E
S
L
E
D

S
I
G
N
A
L
L
I
N
G

U
N
I
T
GW 10 561
Res.100-500W
230V ac
GW 10 564
Res.100-900W
Ind.40-300VA
230V ac - 12V ac/dc
GW 10 567
Res.100-500W
With two-way switch
230V ac - 12V ac/dc
GW 10 568
Res.60-500W
Ind.60-500VA
230V ac
GW 10 708
Clock / alarm / thermometer
230Vac - 50/60 Hz
GW 10 581
Electronic daily/weekly timer
230Vac - 50/60 Hz
GW 10 582
Relay timer
GW 10583
Electronic timer
K
E
Y
S
I
N
C
A
N
D
E
S
C
E
N
C
E
S
I
G
N
A
L
L
I
N
G

U
N
I
T
GW 20 901
for GW 10 006 and GW 10 054
GW 30 912 for GW 10 145
GW 10 571
For electronic transformers
230V ac
GW 10 574
For air agitators
55-80VA
230V ac
GW 10 703
Timer thermostat
230Vac - 50/60 Hz
GW 10 701
White wall-mounting timed thermostat
GW 14 701
Titanium wall-mounting timed thermostat
GW 10 705
Thermostat
230Vac - 50/60 Hz
GW 10 711
LPG detector- 12V ac/dc
GW 10 712
METHANE detector -
12V ac/dc
GW 10 716
Water detector- 12V ac/dc
GW 12 718
RF water sensor
GW 10 719
Power supply unit
230V ac - 12V dc
GW 90 821
GSM remote control with I/O
and serial line
6 DIN modules
GW 90 822
GSM remote control interface
- RF command/control control
1 DIN module
GW 90 823
GSM remote control interface -
RF burglar alarm device -
3 DIN modules
GW 10 891
12Vac / dc0,4W
GW 10 892
24Vac / dc0,8W
white light emission
GW 10 881 Blue
GW 10 882 White
GW 10 883 Red
GW 10 884 Green
GW 10 885 Amber
230Vac - 50/60 Hz
IMP00003 29-01-2007 17:18 Pagina 57
G
W
1
0
0
5
1
TWO-WAY SWITCHES - 250V AC
Code Description Type Pack
Carton
NO. MODULES CHORUS: 1
GW10 051 1P - 16AX General 12/96
GW10 052 1P - 16 AX illuminable Locating 12/24
GW10 053 1P - 16 AX illuminable Signalling 12/24
GW10 054 1P - 10AX With key 1/12
NO. MODULES CHORUS: 1/2
GW10 061 1P - 10AX General 6/24
GW10 071 1P - 16AX General 6/24
GW10 081 1P - 16AX General 4/12
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use miniature lamps with wired lead, not included.
The signalling articles are equipped with a neutral identification lens.
NOTE: GW10054 equipped with 2 keys. Key extractable in both positions.
G
W
1
0
0
0
7
ONE-WAY SWITCH 2P - 250V AC - HEAVY DUTY
Code Description Symbol Pack
Carton
GW10 007 2P - 25 AX 0/1 12/24
APPLICATIONS: suitable for special, heavy loads (e.g. fluorescent lamp batteries) or high-draw
fixed users (e.g. ovens, air-conditioners, boilers, etc.).
G
W
1
0
0
0
4
ONE-WAY SWITCHES 2P - 250V AC
Code Description Type Symbol Pack
Carton
GW10 004 2P - 16 AX General 0/1 12/48
GW10 006 2P - 10AX With key 0/1 1/12
GW10 034 2P - 16 AX General 0/1 6/24
G
W
1
0
0
0
1
Carton
GW10 001 1P - 16AX General 12/96
GW10 021 1P - 10AX General 6/24
GW10 022 1P - 10AX illuminable Locating 6/24
GW10 031 1P - 16AX General 6/24
GW10 041 1P - 16AX General 4/12
COMMAND DEVI CES - SCREW TERMI NALS
COMMAND - WHI TE VERSI ON
58
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES - WHITE
IMP00003 29-01-2007 17:18 Pagina 58
G
W
1
0
1
3
1
PUSH-BUTTONS 1P - 250V AC
Code Description Type Characteristics Symbol Pack
Carton
GW10 131 1P NO - 16A General 12/96
GW10 132 1P NO - 16A illuminable Locating 12/24
GW10 133 1P NO - 16A illuminable Signalling 12/24
GW10 136 1P NO - 16A Pull-cord 1/12
GW10 137 1P NC - 16A General O red 12/24
GW10 138 1P NC+NO - 16 A Stop Red circle 12/24
GW10 139 1P NO+NC - 16 A Start Green circle 12/24
GW10 140 1P NO+NO - 16 A With interlocking UP - DOWN 12/24
GW10 141 1P NO+1P NO - 16 A Double 12/24
GW10 142 1P NO - 16A Indicator 22x22 mm Green diffuser 12/24
GW10 143 1P NO - 16A Indicator 22x22 mm Red diffuser 12/24
GW10 144 1P NO - 16A Indicator 22x22 mm Opal diffuser 12/24
GW10 151 1P NO - 16A illuminable Signalling Light 12/24
GW10 152 1P NO - 16A illuminable Signalling Key 12/24
GW10 153 1P NO - 16A illuminable Signalling Bell 12/24
GW10 161 1P NO - 10A General 6/24
GW10 171 1P NO - 16A General 6/24
GW10 181 1P NO - 16A General 4/12
GW10136 Cord in insulating material, 140cm long, with red knob.
GW10140 Button with mechanical interlock. In the central position (OFF), both contacts are open; advisable for activating
motorised devices with direction reversal (e.g. roller-shutters, curtains, etc.)
GW10141 independent push-buttons that can also be activated simultaneously.
G
W
1
0
1
2
1
THREE-WAY SWITCH - 250V AC
Carton
GW10 121 1P - 16AX UP - DOWN 12/24
CHARACTERISTICS: three standing positions. Both contacts are open in central position (OFF).
APPLICATIONS: controlling circuits requiring an interlock (e.g. operating of motorised devices with direction reversal).
2-user selective control.
G
W
1
0
0
9
1
REVERSING SWITCHES - 250V AC
Carton
GW10 091 1P - 16AX General 12/48
GW10 101 1P - 16AX General 6/12
GW10 111 1P - 16AX General 4/12
59
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00003 29-01-2007 17:18 Pagina 59
G
W
1
0
1
0
1
F
REVERSING SWITCHES 1P - 250V AC
Code Description Type Type of Pack
terminals Carton
GW10 101 F 1P - 16AX General Spring-activated 6/12
GW10 102 F 1P - 16 AX illuminable Locating Spring-activated 6/12
GW10 103 F 1P - 16 AX illuminable Signalling Spring-activated 6/12
NOTE: spring strip, without the use of tools.
G
W
1
0
0
7
1
F
TWO-WAY SWITCHES 1P - 250V AC
terminals Carton
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use a miniature lamps with wired lead, not included.
G
W
1
0
0
3
4
F
Code Description Type Type of Symbol Pack
terminals Carton
GW10 034 F 2P - 16 AX General Spring-activated 0/1 6/24
G
W
1
0
0
3
1
F
terminals Carton
COMMAND DEVI CES - QUI CK WI RI NG TERMI NALS
G
W
1
0
1
9
1
PUSH-BUTTONS WITH ILLUMINATED NAME PLATE - 250V AC
Code Description Lamp Lamp Lamp No. modules Pack
voltage power Chorus Carton
GW10 191 1P NO - 10A 12-24V ac/dc Cartridge lamp S6x36 mm 2 W 2 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: lamp not included.
G
W
1
0
1
3
4
Carton
GW10 134 2P NO - 16A General O 12/24
GW10 145 2P NO - 10A With key 1/12
NOTE: GW10145 equipped with 2 keys.
60
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00003 29-01-2007 17:18 Pagina 60
G
W
1
0
5
0
2
SYMBOLS FOR OPERATIONAL SIGNALLING DEVICES
Code Symbol Pack
Carton
SUITABLE FOR: GENERAL SERVICES
GW10 501 Transparent 20/240
GW10 502 Light 20/240
GW10 503 Stair light 20/240
GW10 504 Table light 20/240
GW10 505 Bell 20/240
GW10 506 Fan 20/240
GW10 507 Key 20/240
GW10 508 Alarm 20/240
GW10 509 ON 20/240
GW10 510 OFF 20/240
GW10 511 Nurse 20/240
GW10 512 Waitress 20/240
GW10 513 Dimmer increase 20/240
GW10 514 Dimmer decrease 20/240
GW10 515 UP arrow 20/240
GW10 516 DOWN arrow 20/240
GW10 517 UP - DOWN arrow 20/240
GW10 518 RIGHT - LEFT arrow 20/240
SUITABLE FOR: NUMERICAL SERVICES
GW10 531 One 20/240
GW10 532 Two 20/240
GW10 533 Three 20/240
GW10 534 Four 20/240
GW10 535 Five 20/240
GW10 536 Six 20/240
GW10 537 Seven 20/240
GW10 538 Eight 20/240
GW10 539 Nine 20/240
GW10 540 Zero 20/240
NOTE: to be used in place of the neutral identification lens in signalling-type devices.
LENS WI TH I LLUMI NATED SYMBOL
G
W
1
0
1
6
0
F
COMBINED COMMAND DEVICES - 250V AC
terminals Carton
GW10 078 F Twin two-way switch 1P - 16 AX General Spring-activated 6/24
GW10 159 F Two-way switch 1P - 16 AX / Push-button 1P NO 16A General Spring-activated 6/24
GW10 160 F Twin push-button 1P NO - 16 A UP - DOWN - STOP Spring-activated 6/24
G
W
1
0
1
7
1
F
terminals Carton
GW10 171 F 1P NO - 16A General Spring-activated 6/24
GW10 172 F 1P NO - 16A illuminable Locating Spring-activated 6/24
GW10 173 F 1P NO - 16A illuminable Signalling Spring-activated 6/24
61
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00003 29-01-2007 17:18 Pagina 61
G
W
1
0
5
9
1
INFRARED MOVEMENT DETECTORS
Code Power supply Output No. modules Pack
voltage contacts Chorus Carton
GW10 591 230V AC 50/60Hz 1NO 3A(AC1)/2A (AC15) 250V ac 1 1/4
GW10 592 230V AC 50/60Hz 1NO 16A(AC1)/10A (AC15) 250Vac 2 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: duration adjustment intervention 15 sec. - 10 min. Adjustment of light-sensitive threshold 10 - 500 lux.
GW12591 sensor with fixed lens, not suitable to command fluorescent lamps directly.
GW12592 sensor with adjustable lens, possibility to command via remote NO push-buttons as well.
Suitable to fluorescent lamps control (max 10A).
APPLICATIONS: energy-saving: command of the lighting of rooms and areas only when people pass through.
Comfort and safety: automatic command of users, without the need to use circuit breakers.
NOTE: do not install the products in watertight plates, as the membrane of the cover prevents the detector lens from working correctly.
MOVEMENT DETECTORS
G
W
1
0
1
9
5
BLANKING MODULES AND OUTPUT
Code Description No. modules Pack
Chorus Carton
GW10 195 1 gang 1 5/200
GW10 196 1 gang with cable exit 1 1/48
GW10 197 1/2 gang 1/2 4/48
GW10 198 2 gangs 2 1/48
GW10 199 3 gangs 3 1/48
CHARACTERISTICS: GW10196 with anti-traction cable fastener device. Cables min 6mm, max 13mm.
BLANKI NG MODULES AND OUTPUT
G
W
1
0
0
4
0
UNIVERSAL BADGE SWITCH
Code Description Badge Type No. modules Pack
max. width Chorus Carton
GW10 040 1P NO - 16 AX 45 mm Illuminable 2 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: the product can be fitted directly in 2-module plates; with plates of a greater modularity,
it is necessary to also use 2 blanking modules for a 1/2 module (one on the right and one on the left).
APPLICATIONS: activation of users and services in hotels (e.g. lights, air-conditioner, fridge-bar), indication of room occupied (with badge inserted)
NOTE: badges not included. The article uses miniature lamps with wired lead, not included.
BADGE SWI TCH
G
W
1
0
5
4
1
INTERCHANGEABLE BUTTON KEYS AND DIFFUSERS
Code Symbol Pack
Carton
DESCRIPTION: KEYS 22X22 MM
GW10 541 Generic 4/48
GW10 542 With label 4/48
GW10 543 Key 4/48
GW10 544 Bell 4/48
GW10 545 Vertical arrow 4/48
GW10 546 Horizontal arrow 4/48
DESCRIPTION: DIFFUSORS
GW10 547 Red 4/48
GW10 548 Green 4/48
GW10 549 Opal 4/48
GW10 550 Amber 4/48
APPLICATIONS: diffusers to be used in place of those on the indicator lamps GW10142, GW10143, GW10144.
NOTE: the Chorus modular system allows the use of 22 x 22mm interchangeable button keys in place of the standard button keys fitted on the command devices
GW10141,GW10142,GW10143,GW10144.
INTERCHANGEABLE BUTTON KEYS AND DI FFUSERS
62
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00003 29-01-2007 17:18 Pagina 62
G
W
1
0
7
2
6
CALL RELAY - 12V AC/DC
Code No. Output No. modules Pack
poles contacts Chorus Carton
GW10 726 1P 1NO/NC 12V 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: inlets for remote NO push-buttons for alarms (e.g. GW10136) and alarm reset (e.g. GW10145).
G
W
1
0
7
2
5
ELECTRONIC RELAY FOR HEAVY LOADS - 230V AC 50/60HZ
GW10 725 1P 1NO 16A(AC1)/10A (AC15) 250Vac 2 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: can also be commanded via the frontal push-button.
APPLICATIONS: suitable for particular heavy-duty loads (e.g. fluorescent lamps), discharge lamps (max 10A) or high absorption devices (ovens, air-conditioners, boilers,
etc.).
G
W
1
0
7
2
4
RELAY - 230V AC 50/60HZ
Code Type No. Output No. modules Pack
GW10 721 Latching relay 1P 10AX 250V ac 1 1/12
GW10 723 Latching relay, 4 sequences 2P 10AX 250V ac 1 1/12
GW10 724 Momentary relay 1P 1NO/NC 10A(AC1)/4A(AC15) 250V~ 1 1/12
APPLICATIONS: GW10721, GW10723, command of lighting devices from more than one point, by means of remote NO push-buttons.
Engine function/stop commands (extractors, air agitators, etc.).
GW10724, as an auxiliary element for commanding special loads, for distance signalling, for electrical separation between the circuits of command and use.
RELAYS
G
W
1
0
5
9
7
1-CHANNEL RECEIVER
Code Power supply Channel Relay No. modules Pack
voltage selector output Chorus Carton
GW10 597 230V AC 50/60Hz 18 positions 1NO 5A(AC1) 250V~ 1 1/4
APPLICATIONS: jogging command of ringers, electro-locks etc. (direct use, or via momentary relay GW10724).
ON-OFF command of user devices (lamps, fans, etc.) by means of a latching relay GW10721, GW10723.
Command and regulation of lights and air agitators by means of dimmers GW10568, GW10571, GW10574.
G
W
1
2
5
9
6
PORTABLE REMOTE CONTROL
Code Power supply No. Capacity Pack
batteries channels Carton
GW12 596 2 alkaline 1,5 V AAA-type 6 10 m 1/2
APPLICATIONS: the setting of the inner microswitch on three bands allows you to command up to 18 different receivers GW10597.
NOTE: includes support for wall-mounting. Batteries not included.
INFRARED REMOTE CONTROL AND RECEI VER
63
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00003 29-01-2007 17:18 Pagina 63
G
W
1
0
2
1
4
ITALIAN/GERMAN STANDARD DUAL AMPERAGE SOCKET FOR ALLOCATED LINES - 250V AC
Code Description Colour Type of For No. modules Pack
sockets plug pins Chorus Carton
GW10 214 2P+E - 16A Dual amperage Red P30-P17 4 / 4.8 / 5 mm 2 6/12
GW10 224 2P+E - 16A Dual amperage Green P30-P17 4 / 4.8 / 5 mm 2 6/12
GW10 234 2P+E - 16A Dual amperage Orange P30-P17 4 / 4.8 / 5 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Arranged for housing miniature lamps with wired lead. Pit of side and central earth contacts.
APPLICATIONS: possibility to indicate presence of auxiliary network.
G
W
1
0
2
1
3
ITALIAN STANDARD SOCKET FOR ALLOCATED LINES - 250V AC
GW10 213 2P+E - 16A Dual amperage Red P11-P17 4 / 5 mm 1 12/24
GW10 223 2P+E - 16A Dual amperage Green P11-P17 4 / 5 mm 1 12/24
GW10 233 2P+E - 16A Dual amperage Orange P11-P17 4 / 5 mm 1 12/24
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.
PLUG SOCKET FOR ALLOCATED LI NES - ITALI AN/GERMAN STANDARD
G
W
1
0
2
0
9
ITALIAN STANDARD TRIPLE SOCKET - 250V AC
Code Description Type of For No. modules Pack
GW10 209 3x2P+E - 16A Dual amperage P11-P17 4 / 5 mm 3 4/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. The wiring is carried out via 3 terminals that power the sockets, without using U-bolts.
G
W
1
0
2
0
8
ITALIAN STANDARD DOUBLE SOCKET - 250V AC
G
W
1
0
2
0
4
ITALIAN/GERMAN STANDARD SOCKET - 250V AC
Code Description Earth Type of For No. modules Pack
pit sockets plug pins Chorus Carton
GW10 204 2P+E - 16A Dual amperage Side and central P30-P17 4 / 4.8 / 5 mm 2 6/48
GW10 205 2P+E - 16A Side and central P30 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/48
G
W
1
0
2
0
3
ITALIAN STANDARD SOCKET - 250V AC
GW10 201 2P+E - 10A P11 4 mm 1 12/96
GW10 203 2P+E - 16A Dual amperage P11-P17 4 / 5 mm 1 12/96
PLUG SOCKETS - ITALI AN/GERMAN STANDARD
POWER WI THDRAWAL - WHI TE VERSI ON
64
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00003 29-01-2007 17:19 Pagina 64
G
W
1
0
2
5
7
F
FRENCH STANDARD SOCKET, FOR ALLOCATED LINES, WITH FRONT TIGHTENING TERMINALS - 250V AC
Code Description Colour For No. modules Pack
plug pins Chorus Carton
GW10 257 F 2P+E - 16A Red 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Terminal fixing screws with front access, side input of the conductors.
To be used with plugs equipped with the accessory GW10260
G
W
1
0
2
4
7
F
FRENCH STANDARD SOCKET WITH FRONT TIGHTENING TERMINALS - 250V AC
Code Description For No. modules Pack
GW10 247 F 2P+E - 16A 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/12
G
W
1
0
2
4
6
FRENCH STANDARD SOCKETS - 250V AC
GW10 246 2P - 16A 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/48
GW10 247 2P+E - 16A 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/48
PLUG SOCKET - FRENCH STANDARD
G
W
1
0
3
5
1
SPANISH STANDARD SOCKET, FOR ALLOCATED LINES, WITH FRONT TIGHTENING TERMINALS - 250V AC
GW10 351 2P+E - 16A Red 4.8 mm 2 6/12
G
W
1
0
3
4
1
SPANISH STANDARD SOCKET WITH FRONT TIGHTENING TERMINALS - 250V AC
GW10 341 2P+E - 16A 4.8 mm 2 6/12
PLUG SOCKET - SPANI SH STANDARD
G
W
1
0
2
5
1
GERMAN STANDARD SOCKET FOR ALLOCATED LINES - 250V AC
GW10 251 2P+E - 16A Red 4.8 mm 2 6/12
G
W
1
0
2
4
1
GERMAN STANDARD SOCKET - 250V AC
GW10 241 2P+E - 16A 4.8 mm 2 6/48
PLUG SOCKET - GERMAN STANDARD
65
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00003 29-01-2007 17:19 Pagina 65
G
W
1
0
3
0
1
ARGENTINEAN STANDARD SOCKETS - 240V AC
GW10 301 2P+E - 10A flat 2 6/48
GW10 302 2P+E - 15A flat 2 6/48
G
W
1
0
2
9
6
BRITISH STANDARD SOCKETS - 240V AC
GW10 296 2P+E - 13A flat 2 6/48
GW10 297 2P+E - 15A 7 mm 2 6/48
G
W
1
0
2
8
7
EURO-AMERICAN STANDARD SOCKET - 250/125V AC
GW10 287 2P+E - 15A 4 mm / flat 1 12/48
G
W
1
0
2
8
6
USA STANDARD SOCKET - 125V AC
GW10 286 2P+E - 15A Flat parallel horizontal 1 12/48
PLUG SOCKETS - INTERNATI ONAL STANDARD
G
W
1
0
2
9
1
ISRAELI STANDARD SOCKET FOR ALLOCATED LINES - 250V AC
GW10 291 2P+E - 16A Red flat 2 6/12
G
W
1
0
2
8
1
ISRAELI STANDARD SOCKET - 250V AC
GW10 281 2P+E - 16A flat 2 6/48
PLUG SOCKET - ISRAELI STANDARD
G
W
1
0
2
6
0
FRENCH SOCKET ACCESSORY, FOR ALLOCATED LINES, WITH FRONT TIGHTENING TERMINALS
Code Colour For Pack
sockets Carton
GW10 260 Red GW10257F 10/100
CHARACTERISTICS: to be fixed directly on the 2P+T French standard plug, to avoid the incorrect insertion in allocated line circuits.
66
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00003 29-01-2007 17:19 Pagina 66
G
W
1
0
3
3
1
EURO-AMERICAN STANDARD SHAVER SOCKET WITH INSULATION TRANSFORMER
Code Power supply For Selectable output Maximum No. modules Pack
voltage plug pins voltage power Chorus Carton
GW10 331 230 V AC - 50/60 Hz 4 / 5 - 6,3x1,5 mm 120-230V AC 20 VA 3 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: the socket-outlet is equipped with a self-protection device against overloading.
The output voltage should be selected correctly, consulting the rating of the user device before inserting the plug.
The special signalling LED allows you to identify the chosen voltage.
SHAVER SOCKET
G
W
1
0
3
2
1
INTERLOCKED SWITCHED SOCKET-OUTLETS WITH RESIDUAL MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKER - 230V AC
Code Description Type of Miniature Break Idn No. modules Pack
sockets circuit breakers power Chorus Carton
GW10 321 2P+E - 16A P17-P11 1P+N 16A 3 kA 10 mA 3 1/2
GW10 322 2P+E - 16A P30-P17 1P+N 16A 3 kA 10 mA 4 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: Interlocked switched socket-outlets with automatic miniature circuit breaker (C bend) and residual current circuit breaker (type A). Pits under tension
only with plug inserted.
APPLICATIONS: suitable for installation in the system terminations to protect the load.
G
W
1
0
3
1
1
INTERLOCKED SWITCHED SOCKET-OUTLETS WITH MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKER - 230V AC
Code Description Type of Miniature Break No. modules Pack
GW10 311 2P+E - 16A P17-P11 1P+N 16A 3 kA 2 1/2
GW10 312 2P+E - 16A P30-P17 1P+N 16A 3 kA 3 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: Interlocked switched socket-outlets with automatic miniature circuit breaker (C bend). Pits under tension only with plug inserted.
INTERLOCKED SWI TCHED SOCKET-OUTLETS
G
W
1
0
3
0
6
AUSTRALIAN STANDARD SOCKETS - 250V AC
GW10 306 2P+E - 10A flat 2 6/48
GW10 307 2P+E - 15A flat 2 6/48
67
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00003 29-01-2007 17:19 Pagina 67
G
W
1
0
4
0
5
FRENCH STANDARD TELEPHONE JACK
Code Description Connection No. modules Pack
Chorus Carton
GW10 405 8 contacts Screw terminals 1 1/24
G
W
1
0
4
0
3
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD TELEPHONE JACKS
Code Description Type Connection No. modules Pack
Chorus Carton
GW10 401 RJ11 Toolless 1 1/24
GW10 402 RJ11 In out Impact tool 1 1/24
GW10 403 RJ11 Double Impact tool 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: insulator displacement connection. GW10402 connector with double terminal board (input and output) to facilitate the shunt of
a second line.
APPLICATIONS: RJ11: telephone, telefax, modem. RJ12: intercommunicating internal systems.
TELEPHONE JACKS
G
W
1
0
3
8
2
TV-FM-SAT SOCKETS
Code Connectors Description Attenuation No. modules Pack
Chorus Carton
GW10 381 TV-FM Direct 0 dB 2 1/24
GW10 382 TV-FM-SAT Direct 0 dB 2 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: direct TV-FM coaxial socket with GW10381 male IEC-type TV connector 9.5mm, and female IEC-type FM connector 9.5mm.
Direct TV-FM-SAT coaxial socket with GW10382 male IEC-type TV connector 9.5mm, female IEC-type FM connector 9.5mm, and female F-type SAT connector.
G
W
1
0
3
7
1
COAXIAL TV-SAT SOCKETS, CLASS A SHIELDING - FEMALE F CONNECTOR
Code Description Type Attenuation No. modules Pack
Chorus Carton
GW10 371 Direct With passage of current 0 dB 1 1/48
GW10 372 Feed through 5 dB 1 1/24
GW20 277 Terminal resistance 75ohm 50/200
CHARACTERISTICS: GW10371 allows the passage of voltage/current of remote power supply and/or control signals towards the user
door (max 24V - 500 mA). GW20277 allows you to make terminal sockets in combination with feedthrough type sockets.
APPLICATIONS: sockets suitable for return trunking.
NOTE: the TV - SAT 5 dB GW10372 socket is defined with conditional use: it is a special feedthrough socket, and must be used as such, with the only
difference that the user door (socket towards the user device) must always be closed with a load of 75 ohm (TV, video-player, SAT receiver,
or a termination of 75 ohm). Feedthrough sockets are equipped with protection against electrical shock Art.9.14 IEC EN 50083-1.
G
W
1
0
3
6
1
COAXIAL TV SOCKETS, CLASS A SHIELDING - MALE IEC CONNECTOR 9.5 MM
Code Description Attenuation No. modules Pack
Chorus Carton
GW10 361 Direct 0 dB 1 1/48
CHARACTERISTICS: GW20277 allows you to make terminal sockets in combination with feedthrough type sockets.
NOTE: the TV 5 dB GW10362 coaxial socket is defined with conditional use: it is a special feedthrough socket, and must be used as such, with the only
difference that the user door (socket towards the user device) must always be closed with a load of 75 ohm (TV, video-player, SAT receiver,
or a termination of 75 ohm). Feedthrough sockets are equipped with protection against electrical shock Art.9.14 IEC EN 50083-1.
TV-SAT SOCKETS
SI GNAL TAKE-OFF - WHI TE VERSI ON
68
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00003 29-01-2007 17:19 Pagina 68
G
W
1
0
4
5
3
AUDIO AND VIDEO CONNECTORS
Chorus Carton
GW10 453 Double RCA 1 1/24
GW10 454 Phonic circuits 1 1/24
GW10 446 F female coupling connector 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: GW10453 double RCA stud connector, red and white, weld-in connection.
GW10454 welding connection. GW10446 input and output connection via F-type male connector.
SOCKETS FOR AUDI O AND VI DEO CI RCUI TS
G
W
1
0
4
5
1
SELV SOCKETS
Code Description For Centre distance No. modules Pack
GW10 451 2P - 6 A - 24V 3 mm 12.4 mm 1 12/24
GW10 452 2P - 6A - 24V polarised flat 12.4 mm 1 12/24
SOCKETS FOR AUXI LI ARY CI RCUI TS
G
W
1
0
4
4
3
CONNECTORS FOR CONVENTIONAL NETWORKS
Chorus Carton
GW10 441 SUB-D 9 contacts Weld-in 2 1/12
GW10 444 BNC 50 Ohm cable RG58 Weld-in 1 1/12
GW10 445 BNC 75/93 Ohm cable RG59/62 Weld-in 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: GW10444 BNC 50 ohm (Ethernet networks). GW10445 BNC 75/93 ohm (CCTV systems, terminal connections).
APPLICATIONS: SUB-D connectors suitable for point-point connections for the interfacing of computers, peripherals, modems, etc.
NOTE: circuit identification label included.
CONNECTORS FOR CONVENTI ONAL NETWORKS
G
W
1
0
4
2
5
BUSHES IN OPTICAL FIBRE
Chorus Carton
GW10 425 Bush F.O. ST 1 1/24
GW10 426 Bush F.O. SC 1 1/24
GW10 427 Bush F.O. MT-RJ 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: precise joint and signal transmission, without any attenuation. GW10425 ST bayonet connection,
GW10426 SC coupling connection, GW10427 MT-RJ coupling connection.
G
W
1
0
4
2
1
RJ45 CONNECTORS
Code Description Number Category Cables Connection No. modules Pack
pairs Chorus Carton
GW10 421 RJ45 4 5e UTP Toolless 1 1/24
GW10 422 RJ45 4 5e FTP Toolless 1 1/24
GW10 423 RJ45 4 6 UTP Toolless 1 1/24
GW10 424 RJ45 4 6 FTP Toolless 1 1/24
APPLICATIONS: LANs up to 100MHz (e.g. Ethernet, Token Ring networks) for cat. 5e.
LANs up to 250MHz (e.g. videoconference systems, CCTV) for cat.6.
CONNECTORS FOR STRUCTURED WI RI NG
G
W
1
0
4
0
6
ISRAELI STANDARD TELEPHONE JACK
Chorus Carton
69
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00003 29-01-2007 17:19 Pagina 69
G
W
1
0
4
9
2
OVER VOLTAGE LIMITER - 230V AC
Code Uc Up No. modules Pack
Chorus Carton
GW10 492 275V ac 50/60Hz 1KV 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: green LED for status signalling.
APPLICATIONS: protection of electronic devices (TV, HI-FI, computer, etc.) from overvoltage (resulting from atmospheric conditions
or manoeuvres) that could be channelled from the power supply lines.
G
W
1
0
4
9
1
FUSE HOLDER - 250V AC
Code Max nominal Fuses No. modules Pack
current (A) Chorus Carton
GW10 491 16 6,3x32mm 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: fuse not included.
PROTECTI ON DEVI CES
G
W
1
0
4
8
8
RESIDUAL MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS - 230V AC
Code Description Nominal Break Idn No. modules Pack
current (A) power Chorus Carton
GW10 482 Bipolar (1P+N) 6 3 kA 10 mA 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: miniature circuit breakers C bend, A-type residual current devices.
APPLICATIONS: installation together with the miniature circuit breakers and residual miniature circuit breakers used, in the house enclosure,
to distinguish the different lines while respecting the selectivity.
G
W
1
0
4
6
3
AUTOMATIC MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS - 230V AC
Code Description Nominal Break No. modules Pack
GW10 461 Unipolar (1P) 6 3 kA 1 1/12
GW10 462 Unipolar (1P) 10 3 kA 1 1/12
GW10 463 Unipolar (1P) 16 3 kA 1 1/12
GW10 466 Bipolar (1P+N) 6 3 kA 1 1/12
GW10 467 Bipolar (1P+N) 10 3 kA 1 1/12
GW10 468 Bipolar (1P+N) 16 3 kA 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: miniature circuit breakers C bend.
APPLICATIONS: installation together with the miniature circuit breakers used, in the house enclosure,
AUTOMATI C CI RCUI T BREAKERS
PROTECTI ON - WHI TE VERSI ON
70
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00003 29-01-2007 17:19 Pagina 70
G
W
1
0
6
5
6
STAIR RISER LAMP
Code Power supply Diffuser Lamp No. modules Pack
voltage colour Chorus Carton
GW10 651 12V ac/dc - 230V ac 50/60 Hz Opal Led 2 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: highly efficient white LED, powered at 12V AC/DC - 230V AC with double power supply inlet.
G
W
1
0
6
3
3
PROTRUDING INDICATOR LAMPS
GW10 632 12V ac/dc - 230V ac 50/60 Hz Green Led 2 1/24
GW10 633 12V ac/dc - 230V ac 50/60 Hz Red Led 2 1/24
GW10 634 12V ac/dc - 230V ac 50/60 Hz Amber Led 2 1/24
APPLICATIONS: suitable for special applications such as the signalling of calls from hospital wards.
NOTE: complete with lamp.
G
W
1
0
6
2
9
DOUBLE INDICATOR LAMPS - 1 MODULE
Code Diffuser Signalling unit No. modules Pack
colour Chorus Carton
GW10 628 Opal With wired lead 1 1/24
GW10 629 Red/green With wired lead 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: signalling unit not included.
APPLICATIONS: the importance of the diffusers refers to the recommendations of standard EN60073 (IEC 16-3) with regard to the use of the colours in
indicator lights.
G
W
1
0
6
2
2
SINGLE INDICATOR LAMPS - 1 MODULE
Code Diffuser Colour Signalling unit No. modules Pack
colour meaning Chorus Carton
GW10 621 Opal Neutral With wired lead 1 1/24
GW10 622 Green Safety With wired lead 1 1/24
GW10 623 Red Danger With wired lead 1 1/24
GW10 624 Amber Attention With wired lead 1 1/24
indicator lights.
G
W
1
0
6
4
2
SINGLE INDICATOR LAMPS - 1/2 MODULE
GW10 641 Opal Neutral With wired lead 1/2 2/48
GW10 642 Green Safety With wired lead 1/2 2/48
GW10 643 Red Danger With wired lead 1/2 2/48
GW10 644 Amber Attention With wired lead 1/2 2/48
indicator lights.
INDI CATOR LI GHT DEVI CES
SI GNALLI NG - WHI TE VERSI ON
71
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00003 29-01-2007 17:19 Pagina 71
G
W
1
0
6
1
1
RINGERS - THREE INDEPENDENT INPUTS
Code Power supply Max power Sound No. modules Pack
voltage absorbed intensity Chorus Carton
GW10 611 12V ac/dc 6 VA 80 dB (at 1 m) 2 1/6
GW10 612 230V ac - 50 Hz 6 VA 80 dB (at 1 m) 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: adjustable sound intensity.
APPLICATIONS: with a single device, it is possible to combine the functions of external and internal calls, and alarm.
G
W
1
0
6
0
6
BUZZERS
GW10 606 12V ac - 50 Hz 8 VA 70 dB (at 1 m) 1 1/24
GW10 607 230V ac - 50 Hz 8 VA 70 dB (at 1 m) 1 1/24
G
W
1
0
6
0
1
RINGERS
GW10 601 12V ac - 50 Hz 8 VA 80 dB (at 1 m) 1 1/24
GW10 602 230V ac - 50 Hz 8 VA 80 dB (at 1 m) 1 1/24
ACOUSTI C SI GNALLI NG DEVI CES
G
W
1
0
6
6
6
AUTONOMOUS EMERGENCY LAMP
Code Power supply Power supply Minimum Lamp No. modules Pack
voltage batteries autonomy Chorus Carton
GW10 666 230V ac - 50/60 Hz Ni - Mh 1 h Led 4 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: green LED to signal the network presence. Highly efficient, white LED lamp.
G
W
1
2
6
6
1
REMOVABLE ANTI-BLACKOUT LAMP
Code Power supply Power supply Minimum Lamp Pack
voltage batteries autonomy Carton
GW12 661 230V ac - 50/60 Hz Ni - Mh 2 h Led 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: equipped with a 3-position selector on the front panel, for emergency, inhibition and night functioning. To be inserted in any socket
of the Italian, German or French type. Highly efficient, white LED.
ANTI -BLACKOUT AND EMERGENCY LAMPS
72
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00003 29-01-2007 17:19 Pagina 72
G
W
1
0
7
0
5
THERMOSTAT
Code Power supply Temperature Output No. modules Pack
voltage adjustment contacts Chorus Carton
GW10 705 230V ac - 50/60 Hz From +5C to +35C 1 NA/NC 8A(AC1) 250V AC 2 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: choice of working mode by means of selector located on the front: summer (air-conditioner), OFF, winter (boiler).
Two-colour front LED to signal the output status (open/closed contact). The lighting up of the LED also indicates the presence of the network.
G
W
1
0
7
0
1
WALL-MOUNTING TIMED THERMOSTATS - DAILY/WEEKLY PROGRAMMING - BATTERY - POWERED
Code Temperature Colour Output Dimensions Pack
adjustment contacts LxHxD Carton
GW10 701 From +5C to +40C White 1NO/NC 5A(AC1)/2A(AC15)250V AC 130x92x23 mm 1/2
GW14 701 From +5C to +40C Titanium 1NO/NC 5A(AC1)/2A(AC15)250V AC 130x92x23 mm 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: powered with 3 alkaline 1.5V batteries (AAA), not included. Average battery duration: 1 year.
Automatic energy saving and comfort function; serial input for connection of GSM repeater GW90821.
Kit for wall-mounting, containing: two strips of double-sided adhesive tape, two 6mm wall plugs with screws.
G
W
1
0
7
0
3
TIMED THERMOSTAT - DAILY/WEEKLY PROGRAMMING
GW10 703 230V ac - 50/60 Hz From +5C to +40C 1NO/NC 5A(AC1)/2A(AC15)250V AC 2 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: with rechargeable buffer battery to guarantee the updating of the calendar (date, day, time) in the event of a blackout.
Serial input for connection of GSM repeater GW90821.
TEMPERATURE CONTROL DEVI CES
G
W
1
0
5
8
2
TIMERS
Code Power supply Contact Output No. modules Pack
voltage type contacts Chorus Carton
GW10 582 230V ac - 50/60 Hz Relay 1NA 16A(AC1)/10A(AC15)250V ac 2 1/2
GW10 583 230V ac - 50/60 Hz Electronic 1NA 2A(AC1) 250V ac 1 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: possibility to command by means of remote control push-buttons, with NO contact.
NOTE: GW10583 not suitable for directly commanding fluorescent lamps.
GW10582 suitable to fluorescent lamps control (max. 4A).
G
W
1
0
5
8
1
ELECTRONIC DAILY/WEEKLY TIMER, 1-CHANNEL
GW10 581 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 1NO/NC 8A(AC1)/4A(AC15)250V AC 2 1/2
TI MER DEVI CES
G
W
1
0
7
0
8
CLOCK - ALARM - THERMOMETER
Code Power supply Max. no Sound Measurement No. modules Pack
voltage daily alarms intensity temperature Chorus Carton
GW10 708 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 2 72dB (a 1m) From 0C to +45C 2 1/2
CLOCK, ALARM, THERMOMETER
POWER, CLI MATE AND COMFORT MANAGEMENT - WHI TE VERSI ON
73
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00004 29-01-2007 17:34 Pagina 73
G
W
1
0
5
7
4
ELECTRONIC, BUTTON COMMAND REGULATOR FOR AIR AGITATORS
Code Power supply Load Command No. modules Pack
voltage 230 V Chorus Carton
GW10 574 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 55-80 VA Push-button 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: possibility to command and regulate at fixed steps, also by means of remote control push-buttons, with NO contact.
APPLICATIONS: suitable for regulating air agitators, fans and extractors with induction motors.
NOTE: to avoid overheating, you are advised not to install many products side-by-side in a single enclosure;
insert a blanking module between two electronic devices.
G
W
1
0
5
7
1
ELECTRONIC, BUTTON COMMAND REGULATOR FOR ELECTRONIC TRANSFORMERS
Code Power supply Resistive load Inductive load Command No. modules Pack
voltage 230 V ac 230 V ac Chorus Carton
GW10 571 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 25 - 300 W 25 - 300 VA Push-button 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: possibility to command and regulate by means of remote control push-buttons, with NO contact. Extremely silent item.
G
W
1
0
5
6
8
ELECTRONIC, BUTTON COMMAND REGULATOR FOR RESISTIVE/INDUCTIVE LOADS
CHARACTERISTICS: possibility to command and regulate by means of remote control push-buttons, with NO contact.
G
W
1
0
5
6
1
ELECTRONIC, ROTATIVE COMMAND REGULATORS FOR RESISTIVE/INDUCTIVE LOADS
GW10 561 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 100 - 500 W Rotative 1 1/12
GW10 564 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 100 - 900 W 40 - 300 VA Rotative 1 1/12
GW10 567 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 100 - 500 W 100 - 500 VA Rotative with two- way switch 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: GW10564 item intended exclusively for exportation to countries outside the European Union.
DI MMER
74
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00004 29-01-2007 17:34 Pagina 74
G
W
1
0
7
1
9
POWER SUPPLY UNIT
Code Primary Secondary Nominal power No. modules Pack
voltage output supplied Chorus Carton
GW10 719 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 12V dc 2 VA 1 1/4
APPLICATIONS: to be used for powering the detectors GW10711, GW10712, GW10716.
ACCESSORI ES
G
W
1
2
7
1
8
WATER SENSOR
Code Power supply Capacity Dimension Pack
voltage in free field LxHxD (mm) Carton
GW12 718 9V battery 100 m 74x88x45,5 1/2
NOTE: to be used exclusively with the water detector GW10716. The connection with the water detector is wireless.
Equipped with wall plugs, screws and double-sided adhesive tape for wall-mounting.
G
W
1
0
7
1
6
WATER DETECTOR
GW10 716 12V ac/dc 2NA/1NC5A(AC1)/3A(AC15)250Vac 2 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: sound intensity: 70 dB at 1m.
NOTE: to be used exclusively with the water sensor GW12718. A maximum of 5 water sensors can be connected to each detector.
ANTI -FLOOD SYSTEM WI TH WI RELESS TRANSMI SSI ON
G
W
1
0
7
1
2
METHANE GAS DETECTOR
Code Power supply Intervention Output No. modules Pack
voltage threshold contacts Chorus Carton
GW10 712 12V ac/dc 12% LIE 2NA/1NC10A(AC1)/5A(AC15)250Vac 2 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: relay output for the automatic command of the gas interception solenoid valve (manual reset) GW30522. Sound intensity: 85 dB at 1 m.
G
W
1
0
7
1
1
LPG DETECTOR
CHARACTERISTICS: relay output for the automatic command of the gas interception solenoid valve (manual reset) GW30522. Sound intensity: 85dB at 1m.
GAS DETECTORS
TECHNI CAL ALARMS - WHI TE VERSI ON
75
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00004 29-01-2007 17:34 Pagina 75
G
W
9
0
8
2
3
GSM REMOTE CONTROL INTERFACE - RF BURGLAR ALARM DEVICE - FROM DIN RAIL
Code RF range No. modules Pack
in free field DIN Carton
GW90 823 100 m 3 1
CHARACTERISTICS: the module has the possibility of a backup power supply using a rechargeable 9V battery (included). The product allows
the interfacing with the RF burglar alarm system, with command functions (activation, disactivation, slicing) and system status
signalling functions (insertion status, anomalies, alarms, tampering) via text messages.
NOTE: item to be used only with the repeater GW90821, from which it receives the power supply via the row
connection (flat-cable).
G
W
9
0
8
2
2
GSM REMOTE CONTROL INTERFACE - RF COMMAND AND CONTROL - FROM DIN RAIL
Code RF range No. RF No. RF No. No. modules Pack
in free field transmission channels reception channels two-way channels DIN Carton
GW90 822 100 m 5 2 1 1 1
CHARACTERISTICS: the information channels can be used to communicate with RF actuators GW10821, GW10822, GW10823.
The reception channels can be used for communication from: 2-channel input module GW10813, RF push-button panels (1-4 channels), IR sensor GW10811
and remote control GW20963. The two-way channel can only be used with the RF two-way timed thermostats GW10851, GW14851.
G
W
9
0
8
2
1
GSM REMOTE CONTROL WITH I/O AND SERIAL LINE - FROM DIN RAIL
Code Power supply No. No. Output No. modules Pack
voltage inputs outputs contacts DIN Carton
GW90 821 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 2 2 2NA 10A (AC1) 250V ac 6 1
CHARACTERISTICS: via the GSM network (for example from a mobile phone) or text messages, the device allows you to command
general loads, by means of the two output contacts. It is also possible to transmit status information deriving from devices connected to the repeater
by means of the two input contacts (via text messages or to a specified telephone number).
The module has a serial connection line towards programmers, flush-mounting and wall-mounting timed thermostats (relay and single-direction RF),
which allows it to be managed from a distance, via text messages. Using a computer (USB gate), it is possible to set the outgoing messages and the telephone numbers to
be used for calls.
NOTE: the module is fitted with a GSM antenna, and has the possibility of an optional backup power supply using batteries (3 x AAA rechargeable), not included.
Configuration software included.
REMOTE CONTROLS
REMOTE CONTROLS
76
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00004 29-01-2007 17:34 Pagina 76
G
W
3
0
9
1
2
SET OF 2 KEYS FOR CHORUS COMMAND DEVICES
Code Adapt Pack
to Carton
GW20 901 GW10006 GW10054 1/100
GW30 912 GW10145 1/100
ACCESSORI ES
G
W
2
0
9
0
2
CARTRIDGE LAMPS
Code Lamp Lamp Colour Lamp Dimension Pack
voltage power (mm) Carton
GW20 902 12V ac/dc Incandescence White 2 W S6x36 50
G
W
1
0
8
9
1
MINIATURE LAMPS WITH WIRED LEAD
Code Lamp Lamp Colour Lamp Cable Pack
voltage power Colour Carton
GW10 891 12V ac/dc Incandescence White 0.4 W White 50
NOTE: the miniature lamps with wired lead are equipped with power cables.
G
W
1
0
8
8
1
MINIATURE LAMPS WITH WIRED LEAD AND LED LAMP
GW10 881 230V ac - 50/60 Hz Led Blue 0.6 W Blue 50
GW10 882 230V ac - 50/60 Hz Led White 0.6 W White 50
GW10 883 230V ac - 50/60 Hz Led Red 0.6 W Red 50
GW10 884 230V ac - 50/60 Hz Led Green 0.6 W Green 50
GW10 885 230V ac - 50/60 Hz Led Amber 0.6 W Orange 50
SI GNALLI NG UNI T
ACCESSORI ES
77
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00004 29-01-2007 17:34 Pagina 77
78
BLACK - COMMAND
O
N
E
-
W
A
Y

S
W
I
T
C
H
E
S
T
W
O
-
W
A
Y

S
W
I
T
C
H
E
S
R
E
V
E
R
S
I
N
G

S
W
I
T
C
H
E
S
T
H
R
E
E
-
W
A
Y

S
W
I
T
C
H
GW 12 001
1M - 1P - 16AX
General
GW 12 002
1M-1P-16AX
Localisation
GW 12 003
1M-1P-16AX
Signalling
GW 12 021
1/2M.-1P-10AX
General
GW 12 022
1/2M.-1P-10AX
Localisation
GW 12 051
1M - 1P - 16AX
General
GW 12 052
1M - 1P - 16AX
Localisation
GW 12 053
1M - 1P - 16AX
Signalling
GW 12 121
1M - 1P - 16AX
Positions 1-0-2
GW 12 054
1M - 1P - 10AX
With key
GW 12 061
1/2M - 1P - 10AX
General
GW 12 031
2M - 1P - 16AX
General
GW 12 032
2M - 1P - 16AX
Localisation
GW 12 033
2M - 1P - 16AX
Signalling
GW 12 071
2M - 1P - 16AX
General
GW 12 072
2M - 1P - 16AX
Localisation
GW 12 073
2M - 1P - 16AX
Signalling
GW 12 081
3M - 1P - 16AX
General
GW 12 041
3M - 1P - 16AX
General
GW 12 004
1M - 2P - 16AX
General
GW 12 005
1M - 2P - 16AX
Signalling
GW 12 006
1M - 2P - 10AX
With key
GW 12 007
1M - 2P - 25AX
Heavy-duty
GW 12 034
2M - 2P - 16AX
General
GW 12 035
2M - 2P - 16AX
Signalling
GW 12 042
3M - 1P - 16AX
Localisation
GW 12 043
3M - 1P - 16AX
Signalling
GW 12 082
3M - 1P - 16AX
Localisation
P
U
S
H
-
B
U
T
T
O
N
S
GW 12 131
1M-1P-NA-16A
General
GW 12 132
1M-1P-NA-16A
Localisation
GW 12 133
1M-1P-NA-16A
Signalling
GW 12 136
1M-1P-NA-16A
With pull-cord
GW 12 137
1M-1P-NC-16A
General
GW 12 151
1M-1P-NA-16A
Light
GW 12 152
1M-1P-NA-16A
Key
GW 12 153
1M-1P-NA-16A
Signalling device
GW 12 161
1/2M-1P-NA-10A
General
GW 12 162
1/2M-1P-NA-10A
Localisation
GW 12 138
1M-1P-NC+NA-16A
Stop
GW 12 139
1M-1P-NA+NC-16A
Start
GW 12 140
1M-1P-NA+NA-16A
With interlock
GW 12 141
1M-1P NO+NO 16A
double
GW 12 142
1M-1P-NA-16A
Green diffuser
GW 12 143
1M-1P-NA-16A
Red diffuser
GW 12 144
1M-1P-NA-16A
Opal diffuser
GW 12 171
2M-1P-NA-16A
General
GW 12 134
1M-2P-NA-16A
General
GW 12 135
1M-2P-NA-16A
Signalling
GW 12 145
1M-2P-NA-10A
With key
GW 12 191
2M-1P-NA-10A
GW 12 172
2M-1P-NA-16A
Localisation
GW 12 173
2M-1P-NA-16A
Signalling
GW 12 182
3M-1P-NA-16A
Localisation
GW 12 183
3M-1P-NA-16A
Signalling
GW 12 192
3M-1P-NA-10A
GW 12 083
3M - 1P - 16AX
Signalling
GW 12 091
1M - 1P - 16AX
General
GW 12 092
1M - 1P - 16AX
Localisation
GW 12 093
1M - 1P - 16AX
Signalling
GW 12 102
2M - 1P - 16AX
Localisation
GW 12 103
2M - 1P - 16AX
Signalling
GW 12 111
3M - 1P - 16AX
General
GW 12 101
2M - 1P - 16AX
General
GW 12 112
3M - 1P - 16AX
Localisation
GW 12 181
3M-1P-NA-16A
General
GW 12 113
3M - 1P - 16AX
Signalling
IMP00004 29-01-2007 17:34 Pagina 78
79
GW 10 501
Transparent symbol
GW 10 502
Light symbol
GW 10 503
Stair light symbol
GW 10 504
Bench light symbol
GW 10 505
Signalling device
symbol
GW 10 506
Fan symbol
GW 10 507
Key symbol
GW 10 511
Nurse symbol
GW 10 512
Chambermaid
Symbol
GW 10 531
Number One
symbol
GW 10 532
Number Two
symbol
GW 10 533
Number Three
symbol
GW 10 534
Number Four
symbol
GW 10 535
Number Five
symbol
GW 10 536
Number Six
symbol
GW 10 537
Number Seven
symbol
GW 10 538
Number Eight
symbol
GW 10 539
Number Nine
symbol
GW 10 540
Number Zero
symbol
GW 10 508
Alarm symbol
GW 10 509
ON symbol
GW 10 510
OFF symbol
GW 10 513
Dimmer increase
symbol.
GW 10 514
Dimmer decrease
symbol
GW 10 515
Arrow up
symbol
GW 10 516
Arrow down
symbol
GW 10 517
Arrow up-down
symbol
GW 10 518
Arrow rh-lh
symbol
BLACK - COMMAND
R
A
P
I
D

W
I
R
I
N
G
T
W
O
-
W
A
Y

S
W
I
T
C
H
E
S
R
A
P
I
D

W
I
R
I
N
G
R
E
V
E
R
S
I
N
G

S
W
I
T
C
H
E
S
L
E
N
S
E
S

W
I
T
H

I
L
L
U
M
I
N
A
T
E
D

S
Y
M
B
O
L
S
R
A
P
I
D

W
I
R
I
N
G

O
N
E
-
W
A
Y

S
W
I
T
C
H
E
S
R
A
P
I
D

W
I
R
I
N
G
P
U
S
H
-
B
U
T
T
O
N
S
C
O
M
B
I
N
E
D

D
E
V
I
C
E
S
I
N
T
E
R
C
H
A
N
G
E
A
B
L
E
B
U
T
T
O
N

K
E
Y
S
B
L
A
N
K
I
N
G

M
O
D
U
L
E
S
A
N
D

O
U
T
L
E
T
H
O
T
E
L

C
O
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
S
GW 12 031
2M - 1P - 16AX
General
GW 12 032
2M - 1P - 16AX
Localisation
GW 12 033
2M - 1P - 16AX
Signalling
GW 12 071
2M - 1P - 16AX
General
GW 12 072
2M - 1P - 16AX
Localisation
GW 12 073
2M - 1P - 16AX
Signalling
GW 12 171
2M - 1P - 16A
General
GW 12 172
2M - 1P - 16A
Localisation
GW 12 173
2M - 1P - 16A
Signalling
GW 12 101
2M - 1P - 16AX
General
GW 12 102
2M - 1P - 16AX
Localisation
GW 12 103
2M - 1P - 16AX
Signalling
GW 12 078
1P - 16AX
GW 12 159
GW 12 160
Double push-button
1P-NA-16A
GW 12 034
2M - 2P - 16AX
General
GW 12 035
2M - 2P - 16AX
Signalling
I
R
R
E
L
A
Y
GW 12 541
button key
GW 12 542
key with label
GW 12 543
Key interchangeable
button key
GW 12 544
Signalling device
key
GW 12 545
Vert. arrow
key
GW 12 546
Horiz. arrow
key
GW 10 547
Red interchangeable
gem
GW 10 548
gem
GW 10 549
Opal
interchangeable gem
GW 10 550
gem
GW 12 195
1 Gang
GW 12 196
1 Gang with
Cable output
GW 12 197
1/2 Gang
GW 12 198
2 Gangs
GW 12 721
Step-step
1gang - 10AX -
230V ac
GW 12 723
4 sequences
2 gangs - 10AX -
230V ac
GW 12 724
Monostable
1 gang -
1NA NO
GW 12 726
Call
1 gang - 1NA NO
12V ac/dc
GW 12 591
IR movement
detector 1NA-3A
GW 12 592
1NA-16A
GW 12 597
1 channel receiver
230Vac 50/60Hz
GW 12 725
1 gang - 1NA230V ac
GW 12 040
1gang - NO - 16AX
GW 12 596
Portable 6
GW 12 199
3 Gangs
IMP00004 29-01-2007 17:34 Pagina 79
80
BLACK - ENERGY TAKE-OFF
I
T
A
L
I
A
N
/
G
E
R
M
A
N
G
E
R
M
A
N
I
T
A
L
I
A
N
F
R
E
N
C
H
I
S
R
A
E
L
I
U
S
A
S
P
A
N
I
S
H
E
U
R
O
-
A
M
E
R
I
C
A
N
B
R
I
T
I
S
H
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
A
R
G
E
N
T
I
N
E
GW 12 201
2P+T 10A
250V ac
GW 12 203
2P+T 16A 250V ac
Dual amperage
GW 10 213
2P+T 16A 250V ac
Dual amperage
GW 12 204
2P+T 16A 250V ac
Dual amperage
GW 12 205
2P+T 16A
250V ac
GW 10 214
2P+T 16A 250V ac
Dual amperage
GW 12 246
2P 16A
250V ac
GW 12 247
2P+T 16A
250V ac
GW 12 247F
2P+T 16A - 250V ac
GW 10 224
2P+T 16A 250V ac
Dual amperage
GW 10 234
2P+T 16A 250V ac
Dual amperage
GW 10 257F
2P+T 16A - 250V ac
GW 10 260
allocated lines
GW 10 223
2P+T 16A 250V ac
Dual amperage
GW 10 233
2P+T 16A
250V ac Dual amperage
GW 10 208
Rapid wiring
2x2P+T 16A- 250V ac
GW 10 209
Rapid wiring
GW 12 241
2P+T 16A
250V ac
GW 10 251
2P+T 16A
250V ac
GW 10 351
2P+T 16A - 250V ac
GW 12 341
2P+T 16A - 250V ac
I
N
T
E
R
L
O
C
K
E
D

S
W
I
T
C
H
E
D
S
O
C
K
E
T
-
O
U
T
L
E
T
S
S
H
A
V
E
R

S
O
C
K
E
T
-
O
U
T
L
E
T
GW 12 281
2P+T 16A
250V ac
GW 10 291
2P+T 16A
250V ac
GW 12 286
2P+T 15A
125Vac
GW 12 287
2P+T 15A
250/125Vac
GW 12 296
2P+T 13A
240Vac
GW 12 297
2P+T 15A
240Vac
GW 12 301
2P+T 10A
240Vac
GW 12 302
2P+T 15A
240Vac
GW 12 306
2P+T 10A
250V ac
GW 12 307
2P+T 15A
250V ac
GW 12 311
2P+T 16A
230V ac
GW 12 331
230Vac - 50/60 Hz
GW 12 312
2P+T 16A
230V ac
GW 12 321
2P+T 16A
230V ac
GW 12 322
2P+T 16A
230V ac
IMP00004 29-01-2007 17:36 Pagina 80
81
BLACK - SIGNAL TAKE OFF
T
E
L
E
P
H
O
N
E

J
A
C
K
S
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
S

F
O
R
S
T
R
U
C
T
U
R
E
D

W
I
R
I
N
G
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
S

F
O
R
C
O
N
V
E
N
T
IO
N
A
L

N
E
T
W
O
R
K
S
T
V
-
S
A
T
T
V
-
F
M
-
S
A
T
S
E
L
V

S
O
C
K
E
T
S
Male IEC type
GW 12 361 0db
GW 12 362 5db
GW 12 363 10db
GW 12 364 14db
GW 12 365 18db
GW 12 366 22db
75ohm terminal
Female F type
GW 12 371 0db
GW 12 372 5db
GW 12 373 10db
GW 12 374 14db
GW 12 375 18db
GW 12 376 22db
75ohm terminal
GW 12 401
RJ11
GW 12 402
RJ 11 IN/OUT
GW 12 403
RJ 11 double
GW 12 405
French
8 contacts
GW 12 406
Israelian
6 contacts
GW 12 451
2P - 6A 24V
GW 12 452
2P - 6A 24V
Polarized
A
U
D
I
O

A
N
D

V
I
D
E
O
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
S
GW 12 453
Double RCA
GW 12 454
Sound circuits
GW 12 446
Female F
coupling
connector
GW 12 404
RJ 12
GW 12 381
TV - FM
0dB
GW 12 382
TV-FM-SAT
0dB
GW 12 421
RJ45 5e
UTP
GW 12 422
RJ45 5e
FTP
GW 12 423
RJ45 6
UTP
GW 12 424
RJ45 6
FTP
GW 12 425
Bush
ST O.F.
GW 12 426
Bush
SC O.F.
GW 12 427
Bush
MT - RJ O.F.
GW 12 441
SUB - D
9 Contacts
GW 12 442
SUB - D
15 Contacts
GW 12 443
SUB - D
25 Contacts
GW 12 444
BNC 50
Ohm cable RJ58
GW 12 445
BNC 75/93
Ohm cable
RJ59/62
IMP00004 29-01-2007 17:36 Pagina 81
82
BLACK - PROTECTION AND SIGNAL
A
N
T
I

B
L
A
C
K
-
O
U
T

L
A
M
P
S
R
I
N
G
E
R
S

A
N
D

B
U
Z
Z
E
R
S
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
L
A
M
P
S
P
R
O
T
R
U
D
I
N
G

I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
L
A
M
P
S
T
A
I
R

R
I
S
E
R

L
A
M
P
S
A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
C

S
W
I
C
H
T
E
S
P
R
O
T
E
C
T
I
O
N

D
E
V
I
C
E
S
GW 12 461 - 6A 230V ac
GW 12 462 - 10A 230V ac
GW 12 463 - 16A 230V ac
1P
GW 12 466 - 6A 230V ac
GW 12 467 - 10A 230V ac
GW 12 468 - 16A 230V ac
1P+N
GW 12 482 - 6A 230V ac
GW 12 485 - 10A 230V ac
GW 12 488 - 16A 230V ac
1P+N Idn=10mA
GW 12 483 - 6A 230V ac
GW 12 486 - 10A 230V ac
GW 12 489 - 16A 230V ac
1P+N Idn=30mA
GW 12 661
Withdrawable
230Vac 50/60Hz
GW 12 606
Buzzer
12Vac 50Hz
GW 12 602
Ringer
230Vac 50Hz
GW 12 601
Ringer
12Vac 50Hz
GW 12 607
Buzzer
230Vac 50Hz
GW 12 666
230Vac 50/60Hz
GW 12 611
inputs 12V ac/dc
GW 12 612
GW 12 491
Fuse holder
In MAX = 16A
GW 12 492
Overvoltage
limiter
GW 12 641
Single indicator
lamp 1/2
Opal module
GW 12 642
Single indicator
lamp 1/2
Green module
GW 12 643
Single indicator
lamp 1/2
Red module
GW 12 644
Single indicator
lamp 1/2
Amber module
GW 12 621
Single indicator
lamp 1
Opal module
GW 12 622
Single indicator
lamp 1
Green module
GW 12 623
Single indicator
lamp 1
Red module
GW 12 624
Single indicator
lamp 1
Amber module
GW 12 628
Double indicator
lamp1
Opal module
GW 12 629
Double indicator
lamp1
Red/Green module
GW 12 631
Opal
12V ac/dc - 230V ac
GW 12 632
Green
12V ac/dc - 230V ac
GW 12 633
Red
12V ac/dc - 230V ac
GW 12 634
Amber
12V ac/dc - 230V ac
GW 12 651
2M Opal
GW 12 656
4M Opal
3kA breaking capacity
C curve
Differential miniature circuit
breakers
C curve - Class A
IMP00004 29-01-2007 17:36 Pagina 82
83
ENERGY MANAGEMENT, COMFORT AND CLIMATE - TECHNICAL ALARMS - REMOTE CONTROLS - BLACK
D
I
M
M
E
R
T
E
C
H
N
I
C
A
L

A
L
A
R
M
S
R
E
M
O
T
E

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
S
C
L
O
C
K
/
A
L
A
R
M
/
T
H
E
R
M
O
M
E
T
E
R
C
L
I
M
A
T
E

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
T
I
M
E
R

D
E
V
I
C
E
S
L
E
D

S
I
G
N
A
L
L
I
N
G

U
N
I
T
C
A
R
T
R
I
D
G
E

L
A
M
P
S
GW 12 561
Res.100-500W
230V ac
GW 12 564
Res.100-900W
Ind.40-300VA
230V ac
GW 12 567
Res.100-500W
230V ac
With two-way switch
GW 12 568
Res.60-500W
Ind.60-500VA
230V ac
GW 12 708
Max.2 daily alarms.
230Vac - 50/60 Hz
GW 12 581
Electronic daily/weekly timer,
1 channel - 230V ac - 50/60 Hz
GW 12 582
Relay timer
GW 12 583
Electronic timer
K
E
Y
S
I
N
C
A
N
D
E
S
C
E
N
C
E
S
I
G
N
A
L
L
I
N
G

U
N
I
T
GW 20 901
for GW 12 006 and GW 12 054
GW 30 912 for GW 12 145
GW 12 571
230V ac
GW 12 574
For air agitators
55-80VA
230V ac
GW 12 703
Timer thermostat
230Vac - 50/60 Hz
GW 10 701
GW 14 701
Titanium wall-mounting timed thermostat-
GW 12 705
Thermostat
230Vac - 50/60 Hz
GW 12 711
LPG detector - 12V ac/dc
GW 20 902 S6 x 36 12V White
GW 20 903 S6 x 36 24V White
GW 12 712
METHANE detector -
12V ac/dc
GW 12 716
Water detector - 12V ac/dc
GW 12 718
RF water sensor
GW 12 719
Power supply unit
230V ac - 12V dc
GW 90 821
GSM remote control with I/O and serial line
6 DIN modules
GW 90 822
- RF command/control
1 DIN module
GW 90 823
RF burglar alarm device
3 DIN modules
GW 10 891
12Vcc / dc0,4W
GW 10 892
24Vcc / dc0,8W
GW 10 881 Blue
GW 10 882 White
GW 10 883 Red
GW 10 884 Green
GW 10 885 Amber
230V cc - 50/60 Hz
IMP00004 29-01-2007 17:36 Pagina 83
G
W
1
2
0
5
1
Carton
GW12 051 1P - 16AX General 12/96
GW12 054 1P - 10AX With key 1/12
GW12 061 1P - 10AX General 6/24
GW12 071 1P - 16AX General 6/24
GW12 081 1P - 16AX General 4/12
G
W
1
2
0
0
7
Carton
GW12 007 2P - 25 AX 0/1 12/24
APPLICATIONS: suitable for special, heavy loads (e.g. fluorescent lamp batteries) or high-draw
fixed users (e.g. ovens, air-conditioners, boilers, etc.).
G
W
1
2
0
0
4
Carton
GW12 004 2P - 16 AX General 0/1 12/48
GW12 006 2P - 10AX With key 0/1 1/12
GW12 034 2P - 16 AX General 0/1 6/24
G
W
1
2
0
0
1
Carton
GW12 001 1P - 16AX General 12/96
GW12 021 1P - 10AX General 6/24
GW12 031 1P - 16AX General 6/24
GW12 041 1P - 16AX General 4/12
COMMAND - BLACK VERSI ON
84
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES - BLACK
IMP00004 29-01-2007 17:36 Pagina 84
G
W
1
2
1
3
1
Carton
GW12 131 1P NO - 16A General 12/96
GW12 161 1P NO - 10A General 6/24
GW12 171 1P NO - 16A General 6/24
GW12 181 1P NO - 16A General 4/12
GW12140 Button with mechanical interlock. In the central position (OFF), both contacts are open; advisable for activating
G
W
1
2
1
2
1
Carton
GW12 121 1P - 16AX UP - DOWN 12/24
APPLICATIONS: controlling circuits requiring an interlock (e.g. operating of motorised devices with direction reversal).
G
W
1
2
0
9
1
Carton
GW12 091 1P - 16AX General 12/48
GW12 101 1P - 16AX General 6/12
GW12 111 1P - 16AX General 4/12
85
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00004 29-01-2007 17:36 Pagina 85
G
W
1
2
1
0
1
F
terminals Carton
G
W
1
2
0
7
1
F
terminals Carton
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use a miniature lamps with wired lead, not included.
G
W
1
2
0
3
4
F
terminals Carton
G
W
1
2
0
3
1
F
terminals Carton
G
W
1
2
1
9
1
G
W
1
2
1
4
5
Carton
GW12 134 2P NO - 16A General O 12/24
GW12 145 2P NO - 10A With key 1/12
86
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00004 29-01-2007 17:36 Pagina 86
G
W
1
0
5
0
2
Code Symbol Pack
Carton
GW10 502 Light 20/240
GW10 505 Bell 20/240
GW10 506 Fan 20/240
GW10 507 Key 20/240
GW10 508 Alarm 20/240
GW10 509 ON 20/240
GW10 510 OFF 20/240
GW10 511 Nurse 20/240
GW10 515 UP arrow 20/240
GW10 531 One 20/240
GW10 532 Two 20/240
GW10 533 Three 20/240
GW10 534 Four 20/240
GW10 535 Five 20/240
GW10 536 Six 20/240
GW10 537 Seven 20/240
GW10 538 Eight 20/240
GW10 539 Nine 20/240
GW10 540 Zero 20/240
G
W
1
2
1
6
0
F
terminals Carton
G
W
1
2
1
7
1
F
terminals Carton
87
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00004 29-01-2007 17:36 Pagina 87
G
W
1
2
5
9
1
GW12592 sensor with adjustable lens, possibility to command via remote NO push-buttons as well.
Suitable to fluorescent lamps control (max 4A).
MOVEMENT DETECTORS
G
W
1
2
1
9
5
Chorus Carton
GW12 195 1 gang 1 5/200
GW12 197 1/2 gang 1/2 4/48
GW12 198 2 gangs 2 1/48
GW12 199 3 gangs 3 1/48
CHARACTERISTICS: GW12196 with anti-traction cable fastener device. Cables min 6mm, max 13mm.
G
W
1
2
0
4
0
BADGE SWI TCH
G
W
1
2
5
4
1
Code Symbol Pack
Carton
GW12 543 Key 4/48
GW12 544 Bell 4/48
GW10 547 Red 4/48
GW10 548 Green 4/48
GW10 549 Opal 4/48
GW10 550 Amber 4/48
APPLICATIONS: diffusers to be used in place of those on the indicator lamps GW12142, GW12143, GW12144.
NOTE: the Chorus modular system allows the use of 22 x 22mm interchangeable button keys in place of the standard button keys fitted on the command devices
GW12141,GW12142,GW12143,GW12144.
88
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00004 29-01-2007 17:36 Pagina 88
G
W
1
2
7
2
6
GW12 726 1P 1NO/NC 12V 1 1/12
G
W
1
2
7
2
5
GW12 725 1P 1NO 16A(AC1)/10A (AC15) 250Vac 2 1/12
APPLICATIONS: suitable for particular heavy-duty loads (e.g. fluorescent lamps), discharge lamps (max 10A) or high absorption devices (ovens, air-conditioners,
boilers,etc.).
G
W
1
2
7
2
3
GW12 721 Latching relay 1P 10AX 250V ac 1 1/12
GW12 723 Latching relay, 4 sequences 2P 10AX 250V ac 1 1/12
GW12724, as an auxiliary element for commanding special loads, for distance signalling, for electrical separation between the circuits of command and use.
RELAYS
G
W
1
2
5
9
7
1-CHANNEL RECEIVER
G
W
1
2
5
9
6
89
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00004 29-01-2007 17:36 Pagina 89
G
W
1
0
2
1
4
ITALIAN/GERMAN STANDARD DUAL AMPERAGE SOCKETS FOR ALLOCATED LINES - 250V AC
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Arranged for the housing of miniature lamps with wired lead. Pit of side and central earth contacts.
G
W
1
0
2
1
3
ITALIAN STANDARD SOCKETS FOR ALLOCATED LINES - 250V AC
PLUG SOCKETS FOR ALLOCATED LI NES - ITALI AN/GERMAN STANDARD
G
W
1
2
2
0
9
G
W
1
2
2
0
8
G
W
1
2
2
0
4
ITALIAN/GERMAN STANDARD SOCKETS - 250V AC
G
W
1
2
2
0
3
ITALIAN STANDARD SOCKETS - 250V AC
GW12 201 2P+E - 10A P11 4 mm 1 12/96
POWER WI THDRAWAL - BLACK VERSI ON
90
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00004 29-01-2007 17:36 Pagina 90
G
W
1
0
2
5
7
F
GW10 257 F 2P+E - 16A Red 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/12
To be used with plugs equipped with the accessoryGW10260.
G
W
1
2
2
4
7
F
GW12 247 F 2P+E - 16A 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/12
G
W
1
2
2
4
6
GW12 246 2P - 16A 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/48
GW12 247 2P+E - 16A 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/48
PLUG SOCKETS - FRENCH STANDARD
G
W
1
0
3
5
1
GW10 351 2P+E - 16A Red 4.8 mm 2 6/12
G
W
1
2
3
4
1
GW12 341 2P+E - 16A 4.8 mm 2 6/12
PLUG SOCKETS - SPANI SH STANDARD
G
W
1
0
2
5
1
GW10 251 2P+E - 16A Red 4.8 mm 2 6/12
G
W
1
2
2
4
1
GW12 241 2P+E - 16A 4.8 mm 2 6/48
PLUG SOCKETS - GERMAN STANDARD
91
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00004 29-01-2007 17:36 Pagina 91
G
W
1
2
3
0
1
GW12 301 2P+E - 10A flat 2 6/48
GW12 302 2P+E - 15A flat 2 6/48
G
W
1
2
2
9
6
GW12 296 2P+E - 13A flat 2 6/48
GW12 297 2P+E - 15A 7 mm 2 6/48
G
W
1
2
2
8
7
GW12 287 2P+E - 15A 4 mm / flat 1 12/48
G
W
1
2
2
8
6
G
W
1
0
2
9
1
GW10 291 2P+E - 16A Red flat 2 6/12
G
W
1
2
2
8
1
GW12 281 2P+E - 16A flat 2 6/48
PLUG SOCKETS - ISRAELI STANDARD
G
W
1
0
2
6
0
sockets Carton
GW10 260 Red GW10257F 10/100
92
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00004 29-01-2007 17:36 Pagina 92
G
W
1
2
3
3
1
CHARACTERISTICS: the socket-outlet is equipped with a self-protection device against overloading. The output voltage should be correctly
selected on the basis of the ratings of the user device, before inserting the plug.
SHAVER SOCKET
G
W
1
2
3
2
1
GW12 321 2P+E - 16A P17-P11 1P+N 16A 3 kA 10 mA 3 1/2
GW12 322 2P+E - 16A P30-P17 1P+N 16A 3 kA 10 mA 4 1/2
G
W
1
2
3
1
1
GW12 311 2P+E - 16A P17-P11 1P+N 16A 3 kA 2 1/2
GW12 312 2P+E - 16A P30-P17 1P+N 16A 3 kA 3 1/2
G
W
1
2
3
0
6
GW12 306 2P+E - 10A flat 2 6/48
GW12 307 2P+E - 15A flat 2 6/48
93
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00004 29-01-2007 17:36 Pagina 93
G
W
1
2
4
0
5
Chorus Carton
G
W
1
2
4
0
3
Chorus Carton
CHARACTERISTICS: insulator displacement connection. GW12402 connector with double terminal board (input and output) to facilitate the cutout of
a second line.
TELEPHONE JACKS
G
W
1
2
3
8
2
TV-FM-SAT SOCKETS
Chorus Carton
CHARACTERISTICS: direct TV-FM coaxial socket GW12381, male IEC-type TV connector 9.5mm, and female IEC-type FM connector 9.5 mm.
Direct TV-FM-SAT coaxial socket GW12382 with male IEC-type TV connector 9.5mm, female IEC-type FM connector 9.5mm, and female F-type SAT connector.
G
W
1
2
3
7
1
COAXIAL TV-SAT SOCKETS, CLASS A SHIELDING - FEMALE F CONNECTOR
Chorus Carton
CHARACTERISTICS: GW14371 allows the passage of voltage/current of remote power supply and/or control signals towards the user door
(max 24 V - 500 mA).
GW20277 allows you to make terminal sockets in combination with feedthrough type sockets.
NOTE: the TV - SAT 5 dB GW12372 coaxial socket is defined with conditional use: it is a special feedthrough socket, and must be used
as such, with the only difference that the user door (socket towards the user device) must always be closed with a load of 75 ohm
(TV, video-player, SAT receiver, or termination of 75 ohm).
Feedthrough sockets are equipped with protection against electrical shock Art.9.14 IEC EN 50083-1.
G
W
1
2
3
6
1
Chorus Carton
GW12 361 Direct 0 dB 1 1/48
CHARACTERISTICS: GW20277 allows you to make terminal sockets in combination with feedthrough type sockets.
NOTE: the TV 5 dB coaxial socket is defined with GW12362 conditional use: it is a special feedthrough socket, and must be used
TV-SAT SOCKETS
SI GNAL TAKE-OFF - BLACK VERSI ON
94
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00004 29-01-2007 17:36 Pagina 94
G
W
1
2
4
5
3
Chorus Carton
GW12454 welding connection. GW12446 input and output connection via F-type male connector.
G
W
1
2
4
5
1
SELV SOCKETS
GW12 451 2P - 6A - 24V 3 mm 12.4 mm 1 12/24
G
W
1
2
4
4
3
Chorus Carton
CHARACTERISTICS: GW12444 BNC 50 ohm (Ethernet networks). GW12445 BNC 75/93 ohm (CCTV systems, terminal connections).
CONNECTOR FOR CONVENTI ONAL NETWORKS
G
W
1
2
4
2
5
Chorus Carton
GW12 425 Bush F.O. ST 1 1/24
GW12 426 Bush F.O. SC 1 1/24
GW12 427 Bush F.O. MT-RJ 1 1/24
GW12426 SC coupling connection, GW12427MT-RJ coupling connection.
G
W
1
2
4
2
1
RJ45 CONNECTORS
pairs Chorus Carton
G
W
1
2
4
0
6
Chorus Carton
95
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00004 29-01-2007 17:36 Pagina 95
G
W
1
2
4
9
2
Chorus Carton
GW12 492 275V ac 50/60Hz 1KV 1 1/12
APPLICATIONS: protection for electronic devices (TV, HI-FI, computer, etc.) from overvoltage of atmospheric origin, or manoeuvres, that could be
channelled by the power supply lines.
G
W
1
2
4
9
1
GW12 491 16 6.3x32 mm 1 1/12
G
W
1
2
4
8
8
G
W
1
2
4
6
3
GW12 461 Unipolar (1P) 6 3 kA 1 1/12
GW12 462 Unipolar (1P) 10 3 kA 1 1/12
GW12 463 Unipolar (1P) 16 3 kA 1 1/12
GW12 466 Bipolar (1P+N) 6 3 kA 1 1/12
GW12 467 Bipolar (1P+N) 10 3 kA 1 1/12
GW12 468 Bipolar (1P+N) 16 3 kA 1 1/12
PROTECTI ON - BLACK VERSI ON
96
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00004 29-01-2007 17:36 Pagina 96
G
W
1
2
6
5
6
STAIR RISER LAMP
G
W
1
2
6
3
3
G
W
1
2
6
2
9
indicator lights.
G
W
1
2
6
2
2
indicator lights.
G
W
1
2
6
4
2
indicator lights.
SI GNALLI NG - BLACK VERSI ON
97
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00005 29-01-2007 17:21 Pagina 97
G
W
1
2
6
1
1
GW12 611 12V ac/dc 6 VA 80 dB (at 1 m) 2 1/6
GW12 612 230V ac - 50 Hz 6 VA 80 dB (at 1 m) 2 1/6
G
W
1
2
6
0
6
BUZZERS
GW12 606 12V ac - 50 Hz 8 VA 70 dB (at 1 m) 1 1/24
GW12 607 230V ac - 50 Hz 8 VA 70 dB (at 1 m) 1 1/24
G
W
1
2
6
0
1
RINGERS
GW12 601 12V ac - 50 Hz 8 VA 80 dB (at 1 m) 1 1/24
GW12 602 230V ac - 50 Hz 8 VA 80 dB (at 1 m) 1 1/24
G
W
1
2
6
6
6
G
W
1
2
6
6
1
CHARACTERISTICS: equipped with a 3-position selector on the front panel, for emergency, inhibition and night functioning.
To be inserted in any socket of the Italian, German or French type.
Highly efficient, white LED.
98
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00005 29-01-2007 17:21 Pagina 98
G
W
1
2
7
0
5
THERMOSTAT
G
W
1
0
7
0
1
WALL-MOUNTING TIMED THERMOSTATS - DAILY/WEEKLY PROGRAMMING - BATTERY-POWERED
G
W
1
2
7
0
3
G
W
1
2
5
8
2
TIMERS
GW12582 suitable to fluorescent lamps control (max 4A).
G
W
1
2
5
8
1
TI MER DEVI CES
G
W
1
2
7
0
8
GW12 708 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 2 72 dB (at 1 m) From 0C to +45C 2 1/2
POWER, CLI MATE AND COMFORT MANAGEMENT - BLACK VERSI ON
99
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00005 29-01-2007 17:21 Pagina 99
G
W
1
2
5
7
4
NOTE: to avoid overheating, you are advised not to install many products side-by-side in a single enclosure: insert a
blanking module between two electronic devices.
G
W
1
2
5
7
1
CHARACTERISTICS: possibility to command and regulate by means of remote control push-buttons, with NO contact. Extremely silent product.
G
W
1
2
5
6
8
G
W
1
2
5
6
1
GW12 567 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 100 - 500 W 100 - 500VA Rotative with two- way switch 1 1/12
DI MMER
100
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00005 29-01-2007 17:21 Pagina 100
G
W
1
2
7
1
9
POWER SUPPLY UNIT
GW12 719 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 12 V DC 2 VA 1 1/4
ACCESSORI ES
G
W
1
2
7
1
8
WATER SENSOR
GW12 718 9V battery 100 m 74x88x45,5 1/2
NOTE: to be used exclusively with the water detector GW12716 (the connection with the water detector is wireless).
G
W
1
2
7
1
6
WATER DETECTOR
GW12 716 12V ac/dc 2NA/1NC5A(AC1)/3A(AC15)250Vac 2 1/2
G
W
1
2
7
1
2
G
W
1
2
7
1
1
LPG DETECTOR
GAS DETECTORS
TECHNI CAL ALARMS - BLACK VERSI ON
101
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00005 29-01-2007 17:21 Pagina 101
G
W
9
0
8
2
3
GW90 823 100 m 3 1
G
W
9
0
8
2
2
GW90 822 100 m 5 2 1 1 1
The reception channels can be used for communication from: 2-channel input module GW12813, RF push-button panels (1-4 channels), IR sensor GW12811,
and remote control GW20963. The two-way channel can only be used with the RF two-way timed thermostats GW10851 and GW14851.
G
W
9
0
8
2
1
be used for calls.
REMOTE CONTROLS
REMOTE CONTROLS
102
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00005 29-01-2007 17:21 Pagina 102
G
W
3
0
9
1
2
Code Adapt Pack
to Carton
GW20 901 GW12006 GW12054 1/100
GW30 912 GW12145 1/100
ACCESSORI ES
G
W
2
0
9
0
2
CARTRIDGE LAMPS
G
W
1
0
8
9
1
G
W
1
0
8
8
1
SI GNALLI NG LAMP
ACCESSORI ES
103
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00005 29-01-2007 17:21 Pagina 103
104
TITANIUM - COMMAND
O
N
E
-
W
A
Y

S
W
I
T
C
H
E
S
T
W
O
-
W
A
Y

S
W
I
T
C
H
E
S
R
E
V
E
R
S
I
N
G

S
W
I
T
C
H
E
S
T
H
R
E
E
-
W
A
Y

S
W
I
T
C
H
GW 14 001
1M - 1P - 16AX
General
GW 14 002
1M-1P-16AX
Localisation
GW 14 003
1M-1P-16AX
Signalling
GW 14 021
1/2M.-1P-10AX
General
GW 14 022
1/2M.-1P-10AX
Localisation
GW 14 051
1M - 1P - 16AX
General
GW 14 052
1M - 1P - 16AX
Localisation
GW 14 053
1M - 1P - 16AX
Signalling
GW 14 121
1M - 1P - 16AX
Positions 1-0-2
GW 14 054
1M - 1P - 10AX
With key
GW 14 061
1/2M - 1P - 10AX
General
GW 14 031
2M - 1P - 16AX
General
GW 14 032
2M - 1P - 16AX
Localisation
GW 14 033
2M - 1P - 16AX
Signalling
GW 14 071
2M - 1P - 16AX
General
GW 14 072
2M - 1P - 16AX
Localisation
GW 14 073
2M - 1P - 16AX
Signalling
GW 14 081
3M - 1P - 16AX
General
GW 14 041
3M - 1P - 16AX
General
GW 14 004
1M - 2P - 16AX
General
GW 14 005
1M - 2P - 16AX
Signalling
GW 14 006
1M - 2P - 10AX
With key
GW 14 007
1M - 2P - 25AX
Heavy-duty
GW 14 034
2M - 2P - 16AX
General
GW 14 035
2M - 2P - 16AX
Signalling
GW 14 042
3M - 1P - 16AX
Localisation
GW 14 043
3M - 1P - 16AX
Signalling
GW 14 082
3M - 1P - 16AX
Localisation
P
U
S
H
-
B
U
T
T
O
N
S
GW 14 131
1M-1P-NA-16A
General
GW 14 132
1M-1P-NA-16A
Localisation
GW 14 133
1M-1P-NA-16A
Signalling
GW 14 136
1M-1P-NA-16A
With pull-cord
GW 14 137
1M-1P-NC-16A
General
GW 14 151
1M-1P-NA-16A
Light
GW 14 152
1M-1P-NA-16A
Key
GW 14 153
1M-1P-NA-16A
Signalling device
GW 14 161
1/2M-1P-NA-10A
General
GW 14 162
1/2M-1P-NA-10A
Localisation
GW 14 138
1M-1P-NC+NA-16A
Stop
GW 14 139
1M-1P-NA+NC-16A
Start
GW 14 140
1M-1P-NA+NA-16A
With interlock
GW 14 141
1M-1P - NO+NO 16A
double
GW 14 142
1M-1P-NA-16A
Green diffuser
GW 14 143
1M-1P-NA-16A
Red diffuser
GW 14 144
1M-1P-NA-16A
Opal diffuser
GW 14 171
2M-1P-NA-16A
General
GW 14 134
1M-2P-NA-16A
General
GW 14 135
1M-2P-NA-16A
Signalling
GW 14 145
1M-2P-NA-10A
With key
GW 14 191
2M-1P-NA-10A
GW 14 172
2M-1P-NA-16A
Localisation
GW 14 173
2M-1P-NA-16A
Signalling
GW 14 182
3M-1P-NA-16A
Localisation
GW 14 183
3M-1P-NA-16A
Signalling
GW 14 192
3M-1P-NA-10A
GW 14 083
3M - 1P - 16AX
Signalling
GW 14 091
1M - 1P - 16AX
General
GW 14 092
1M - 1P - 16AX
Localisation
GW 14 093
1M - 1P - 16AX
Signalling
GW 14 102
2M - 1P - 16AX
Localisation
GW 14 103
2M - 1P - 16AX
Signalling
GW 14 111
3M - 1P - 16AX
General
GW 14 101
2M - 1P - 16AX
General
GW 14 112
3M - 1P - 16AX
Localisation
GW 14 181
3M-1P-NA-16A
General
GW 14 113
3M - 1P - 16AX
Signalling
IMP00005 29-01-2007 17:21 Pagina 104
105
TITANIUM - COMMAND
R
A
P
I
D

W
I
R
I
N
G
T
W
O
-
W
A
Y

S
W
I
T
C
H
E
S
R
A
P
I
D

W
I
R
I
N
G
R
E
V
E
R
S
I
N
G

S
W
I
T
C
H
E
S
L
E
N
S
E
S

W
I
T
H

I
L
L
U
M
I
N
A
T
E
D

S
Y
M
B
O
L
S
R
A
P
I
D

W
I
R
I
N
G

O
N
E
-
W
A
Y

S
W
I
T
C
H
E
S
R
A
P
I
D

W
I
R
I
N
G
P
U
S
H
-
B
U
T
T
O
N
S
C
O
M
B
I
N
E
D

D
E
V
I
C
E
S
I
N
T
E
R
C
H
A
N
G
E
A
B
L
E
B
U
T
T
O
N

K
E
Y
S
B
L
A
N
K
I
N
G

M
O
D
U
L
E
S
A
N
D

O
U
T
L
E
T
H
O
T
E
L

C
O
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
S
GW 14 031
2M - 1P - 16AX
General
GW 14 032
2M - 1P - 16AX
Localisation
GW 14 033
2M - 1P - 16AX
Signalling
GW 14 071
2M - 1P - 16AX
General
GW 14 072
2M - 1P - 16AX
Localisation
GW 14 073
2M - 1P - 16AX
Signalling
GW 14 171
2M - 1P - 16A
General
GW 14 172
2M - 1P - 16A
Localisation
GW 14 173
2M - 1P - 16A
Signalling
GW 14 101
2M - 1P - 16AX
General
GW 14 102
2M - 1P - 16AX
Localisation
GW 14 103
2M - 1P - 16AX
Signalling
GW 14 078
1P - 16AX
GW 14 159
GW 14 160
Double push-button
1P-NA-16A
GW 14 034
2M - 2P - 16AX
General
GW 14 035
2M - 2P - 16AX
Signalling
GW 10 501
Transparent symbol
GW 10 502
Light symbol
GW 10 503
Stair light symbol
GW 10 504
Bench light symbol
GW 10 505
Signalling device
symbol
GW 10 506
Fan symbol
GW 10 507
Key symbol
GW 10 511
Nurse symbol
GW 10 512
Chambermaid
Symbol
GW 10 531
Number One
symbol
GW 10 532
Number Two
symbol
GW 10 533
Number Three
symbol
GW 10 534
Number Four
symbol
GW 10 535
Number Five
symbol
GW 10 536
Number Six
symbol
GW 10 537
Number Seven
symbol
GW 10 538
Number Eight
symbol
GW 10 539
Number Nine
symbol
GW 10 540
Number Zero
symbol
GW 10 508
Alarm symbol
GW 10 509
ON symbol
GW 10 510
OFF symbol
GW 10 513
Dimmer increase
symbol.
GW 10 514
Dimmer decrease
symbol
GW 10 515
Arrow up symbol
GW 10 516
Arrow down
symbol
GW 10 517
Arrow up-down
symbol
GW 10 518
Arrow rh-lh symbol
I
R
R
E
L
A
Y
GW 14 541
button key
GW 14 542
key with label
GW 14 543
Key interchangeable
button key
GW 14 544
Signalling device
key
GW 14 545
Vert. arrow
key
GW 14 546
Horiz. arrow
key
GW 10 547
Red interchangeable
gem
GW 10 548
gem
GW 10 549
Opal
interchangeable gem
GW 10 550
gem
GW 14 195
1 Gang
GW 14 196
1 Gang with
Cable output
GW 14 197
1/2 Gang
GW 14 198
2 Gangs
GW 14 721
Step-step
1 gang - 10AX -
230V ac
GW 14 723
4 sequences
2 gangs - 10AX -
230V ac
GW 14 724
Monostable
1gang - 1NA NO
GW 14 726
Call
1 gang - 1NA NO
12V ac/dc
GW 14 591
IR movement
detector 1NA-3A
GW 14 592
1NA-16A
GW 14 597
1 channel receiver
230Vac 50/60Hz
GW 14 725
1 gang - 1NA- 230V ac
GW 14 040
1 gang - NO - 16AX
GW 12 596
Portable 6
GW 14 199
3 Gangs
IMP00005 29-01-2007 17:21 Pagina 105
106
TITANIUM - ENERGY TAKE-OFF
I
T
A
L
I
A
N
/
G
E
R
M
A
N
G
E
R
M
A
N
S
P
A
N
I
S
H
I
T
A
L
I
A
N
F
R
E
N
C
H
I
S
R
A
E
L
I
U
S
A
E
U
R
O
-
A
M
E
R
I
C
A
N
B
R
I
T
I
S
H
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
A
R
G
E
N
T
I
N
E
GW 14 201
2P+T 10A
250V ac
GW 14 203
2P+T 16A 250V ac
Dual amperage
GW 10 213
2P+T 16A 250V ac
Dual amperage
GW 14 204
2P+T 16A 250V ac
Dual amperage
GW 14 205
2P+T 16A
250V ac
GW 10 214
2P+T 16A 250V ac
Dual amperage
GW 14 246
2P 16A
250V ac
GW 14 247
2P+T 16A
250V ac
GW 14 247F
2P+T 16A - 250V ac
GW 10 224
2P+T 16A 250V ac
Dual amperage
GW 10 234
2P+T 16A 250V ac
Dual amperage
GW 10 257F
2P+T 16A - 250V ac
GW 10 260
allocated lines
GW 10 223
2P+T 16A 250V ac
Dual amperage
GW 10 233
2P+T 16A
250V ac Dual
amperage
GW 14 208
Rapid wiring
2x2P+T 16A- 250V ac
GW 14 209
Rapid wiring
GW 14 241
2P+T 16A
250V ac
GW 10 251
2P+T 16A
250V ac
GW 14 341
2P+T 16A - 250V ac
GW 10 351
2P+T 16A - 250V ac
I
N
T
E
R
L
O
C
K
E
D

S
W
I
T
C
H
E
D
S
O
C
K
E
T
-
O
U
T
L
E
T
S
S
H
A
V
E
R

S
O
C
K
E
T
-
O
U
T
L
E
T
GW 14 281
2P+T 16A
250V ac
GW 10 291
2P+T 16A
250V ac
GW 14 286
2P+T 15A
125Vac
GW 14 287
2P+T 15A
250/125Vac
GW 14 296
2P+T 13A
240Vac
GW 14 297
2P+T 15A
240Vac
GW 14 301
2P+T 10A
240Vac
GW 14 302
2P+T 15A
240Vac
GW 14 306
2P+T 10A
250V ac
GW 14 307
2P+T 15A
250V ac
GW 14 311
2P+T 16A
230V ac
GW 14 331
230Vac - 50/60 Hz
GW 14 312
2P+T 16A
230V ac
GW 14 321
2P+T 16A
230V ac
GW 14 322
2P+T 16A
230V ac
IMP00005 29-01-2007 17:24 Pagina 106
107
TITANIUM - SIGNAL TAKE OFF
T
E
L
E
P
H
O
N
E

J
A
C
K
S
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
S

F
O
R
S
T
R
U
C
T
U
R
E
D

W
I
R
I
N
G
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
S

F
O
R
C
O
N
V
E
N
T
IO
N
A
L

N
E
T
W
O
R
K
S
T
V
-
S
A
T
T
V
-
F
M
-
S
A
T
S
E
L
V

S
O
C
K
E
T
S
Male IEC type
GW 14 361 0db
GW 14 362 5db
GW 14 363 10db
GW 14 364 14db
GW 14 365 18db
GW 14 366 22db
75ohm terminal
Female F type
GW 14 371 0db
GW 14 372 5db
GW 14 373 10db
GW 14 374 14db
GW 14 375 18db
GW 14 376 22db
75ohm terminal
GW 14 401
RJ11
GW 14 402
RJ 11 IN/OUT
GW 14 403
RJ 11 twin
GW 14 405
French
8 contacts
GW 14 406
Israelian
6 contacts
GW 14 451
2P - 6A 24V
GW 14 452
2P - 6A 24V
Polarized
A
U
D
I
O

A
N
D

V
I
D
E
O
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
S
GW 14 453
Double RCA
GW 14 454
Sound circuits
GW 14 446
Female F
coupling
connector
GW 14 404
RJ 12
GW 14 381
TV - FM
0dB
GW 14 382
TV-FM-SAT
0dB
GW 14 421
RJ45 5e
UTP
GW 14 422
RJ45 5e
FTP
GW 14 423
RJ45 6
UTP
GW 14 424
RJ45 6
FTP
GW 14 425
Bush
ST O.F.
GW 14 426
Bush
SC O.F.
GW 14 427
Bush
MT - RJ O.F.
GW 14 441
SUB - D
9 contacts
GW 14 442
SUB - D
15 Contacts
GW 14 443
SUB - D
25 Contacts
GW 14 444
BNC 50
Ohm cable RJ58
GW 14 445
BNC 75/93
Ohm cable
RJ59/62
IMP00005 29-01-2007 17:24 Pagina 107
108
TITANIUM - PROTECTION AND SIGNAL
A
N
T
I

B
L
A
C
K
-
O
U
T

L
A
M
P
S
R
I
N
G
E
R
S

A
N
D

B
U
Z
Z
E
R
S
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R

L
A
M
P
S
P
R
O
T
R
U
D
I
N
G

I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
L
A
M
P
S
T
A
I
R

R
I
S
E
R

L
A
M
P
S
A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
C

S
W
I
T
C
H
E
S
P
R
O
T
E
C
T
I
O
N

D
E
V
I
C
E
S
GW 14 461 - 6A 230V ac
GW 14 462 - 10A 230V ac
GW 14 463 - 16A 230V ac
1P
GW 14 466 - 6A 230V ac
GW 14 467 - 10A 230V ac
GW 14 468 - 16A 230V ac
1P+N
GW 14 482 - 6A 230V ac
GW 14 485 - 10A 230V ac
GW 14 488 - 16A 230V ac
1P+N Idn=10mA
GW 14 483 - 6A 230V ac
GW 14 486 - 10A 230V ac
GW 14 489 - 16A 230V ac
1P+N Idn=30mA
GW 12 661
Withdrawable
230Vac 50/60Hz
GW 14 606
Buzzer
12Vac 50Hz
GW 14 602
Ringer
230Vac 50Hz
GW 14 601
Ringer
12Vac 50Hz
GW 14 607
Buzzer
230Vac 50Hz
GW 14 666
230Vac 50/60Hz
GW 14 611
inputs 12V ac/dc
GW 14 612
GW 14 491
Fuse holder
In MAX = 16A
GW 14 492
Overvoltage
limiter
GW 14 641
Single indicator
lamp 1/2
Opal module
GW 14 642
Single indicator
lamp 1/2
Green module
GW 14 643
Single indicator
lamp 1/2
Red module
GW 14 644
Single indicator
lamp 1/2
Amber module
GW 14 621
Single indicator
lamp 1
Opal module
GW 14 622
Single indicator
lamp 1
Green module
GW 14 623
Single indicator
lamp 1
Red module
GW 14 624
Single indicator
lamp 1
Amber module
GW 14 628
Double indicator
lamp 1
Opal module
GW 14 629
Double indicator
lamp 1
Red/Green module
GW 14 631
Opal
12V ac/dc - 230V ac
GW 14 632
Green
12V ac/dc - 230V ac
GW 14 633
Red
12V ac/dc - 230V ac
GW 14 634
Amber
12V ac/dc - 230V ac
GW 14 651
2M Opal
GW 14 656
4M Opal
3kA Breaking capacity
C curve
Residual current circuit
breakers
3kA Breaking capacity C
curve - Class A
IMP00005 29-01-2007 17:24 Pagina 108
109
ENERGY MANAGEMENT, COMFORT AND CLIMATE - TECHNICAL ALARMS - REMOTE CONTROLS - TITANIUM
D
I
M
M
E
R
T
E
C
H
N
I
C
A
L

A
L
A
R
M
S
R
E
M
O
T
E

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
S
C
L
O
C
K
/
A
L
A
R
M
/
T
H
E
R
M
O
M
E
T
E
R
C
L
I
M
A
T
E

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
T
I
M
E
R

D
E
V
I
C
E
S
L
E
D

S
I
G
N
A
L
L
I
N
G

U
N
I
T
GW 14 561
Res.100-500W
230V ac
GW 14 564
Res.100-900W
Ind.40-300VA
230V ac
GW 14 567
Res.100-500W
230V ac
With two-way switch
GW 14 568
Res.60-500W
Ind.60-500VA
230V ac
GW 14 708
230Vac - 50/60 Hz
GW 14 581
Electronic daily/weekly timer
230Vac - 50/60 Hz
GW 14 582
Relay timer
GW 14 583
Electronic timer
K
E
Y
S
I
N
C
A
N
D
E
S
C
E
N
C
E
S
I
G
N
A
L
L
I
N
G

U
N
I
T
GW 20 901
for GW 14 006 and GW 14 054
GW 30 912 for GW 14 145
GW 14 571
230V ac
GW 14 574
For air mixers
55-80VA
230V ac
GW 14 703
Timer thermostat
230Vac - 50/60 Hz
GW 10 701
GW 14 701
Titanium wall-mounting timed thermostat-
GW 14 705
Thermostat
230Vac - 50/60 Hz
GW 14 711
LPG detector - 12V ac/dc
GW 14 712
METHANE detector -
12V ac/dc
GW 14 716
Water detector - 12V ac/dc
GW 12 718
RF water sensor
GW 14 719
Power supply unit
230V ac - 12V dc
GW 90 821
GSM remote control with I/O and serial line
6 DIN modules
C
A
R
T
R
I
D
G
E

L
A
M
P
S
GW 20 902 S6 x 36 12V White
GW 20 903 S6 x 36 24V White
GW 90 822
- RF command/control
1 DIN module
GW 90 823
RF burglar alarm device
3 DIN modules
GW 10 891
12Vac / dc0,4W
GW 10 892
24Vac / dc0,8W
GW 10 881 Blue
GW 10 882 White
GW 10 883 Red
GW 10 884 Green
GW 10 885 Amber
230Vac - 50/60 Hz
IMP00005 29-01-2007 17:24 Pagina 109
G
W
1
4
0
5
1
Carton
GW14 051 1P - 16AX General 12/96
GW14 054 1P - 10AX With key 1/12
GW14 061 1P - 10AX General 6/24
GW14 071 1P - 16AX General 6/24
GW14 081 1P - 16AX General 4/12
G
W
1
4
0
0
7
Carton
GW14 007 2P - 25 AX 0/1 12/24
APPLICATIONS: suitable for particular heavy-duty loads (e.g. fluorescent lamp batteries) or high absorption devices
(e.g. ovens, air-conditioners, boilers, etc.).
G
W
1
4
0
0
4
Carton
GW14 004 2P - 16 AX General 0/1 12/48
GW14 006 2P - 10AX With key 0/1 1/12
GW14 034 2P - 16 AX General 0/1 6/24
G
W
1
4
0
0
1
Carton
GW14 001 1P - 16AX General 12/96
GW14 021 1P - 10AX General 6/24
GW14 031 1P - 16AX General 6/24
GW14 041 1P - 16AX General 4/12
COMMAND - TI TANI UM VERSI ON
110
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES - TITANIUM
IMP00005 29-01-2007 17:24 Pagina 110
G
W
1
4
1
3
1
Carton
GW14 131 1P NO - 16A General 12/96
GW14 161 1P NO - 10A General 6/24
GW14 171 1P NO - 16A General 6/24
GW14 181 1P NO - 16A General 4/12
GW14140 button with mechanical interlock. In the central position (OFF), both contacts are open; advisable for activating
G
W
1
4
1
2
1
Carton
GW14 121 1P - 16AX UP - DOWN 12/24
APPLICATIONS: controlling circuits requiring an interlock (e.g. operating motorised devices with direction reversal).
G
W
1
4
0
9
1
Carton
GW14 091 1P - 16AX General 12/48
GW14 101 1P - 16AX General 6/12
GW14 111 1P - 16AX General 4/12
111
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00005 29-01-2007 17:24 Pagina 111
G
W
1
4
1
0
1
F
terminals Carton
G
W
1
4
0
7
1
F
terminals Carton
G
W
1
4
0
3
4
F
terminals Carton
G
W
1
4
0
3
1
F
terminals Carton
G
W
1
4
1
9
1
G
W
1
4
1
3
4
Carton
GW14 134 2P NO - 16A General O 12/24
GW14 145 2P NO - 10A With key 1/12
112
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00005 29-01-2007 17:24 Pagina 112
G
W
1
0
5
0
2
Code Symbol Pack
Carton
GW10 502 Light 20/240
GW10 505 Bell 20/240
GW10 506 Fan 20/240
GW10 507 Key 20/240
GW10 508 Alarm 20/240
GW10 509 ON 20/240
GW10 510 OFF 20/240
GW10 511 Nurse 20/240
GW10 515 UP arrow 20/240
GW10 531 One 20/240
GW10 532 Two 20/240
GW10 533 Three 20/240
GW10 534 Four 20/240
GW10 535 Five 20/240
GW10 536 Six 20/240
GW10 537 Seven 20/240
GW10 538 Eight 20/240
GW10 539 Nine 20/240
GW10 540 Zero 20/240
G
W
1
4
1
6
0
F
terminals Carton
G
W
1
4
1
7
1
F
terminals Carton
113
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00005 29-01-2007 17:24 Pagina 113
G
W
1
4
5
9
1
GW14592, sensor with adjustable lens, possibility to command via remote NO push-buttons as well.
Suitable to fluorescent lamps control (max. 4A).
MOVEMENT DETECTORS
G
W
1
4
1
9
5
Chorus Carton
GW14 195 1 gang 1 5/200
GW14 197 1/2 gang 1/2 4/48
GW14 198 2 gangs 2 1/48
GW14 199 3 gangs 3 1/48
NOTE: GW14196with anti-traction cable fastener device. Cables min 6mm, max 10mm.
G
W
1
4
0
4
0
BADGE SWI TCH
G
W
1
4
5
4
1
Code Symbol Pack
Carton
GW14 543 Key 4/48
GW14 544 Bell 4/48
GW10 547 Red 4/48
GW10 548 Green 4/48
GW10 549 Opal 4/48
GW10 550 Amber 4/48
APPLICATIONS: diffusers to be used in place of those on the indicator lamps GW14142,GW14143,GW14144.
NOTE: the Chorus modular system allows the use of 22 x 22mm interchangeable button keys in place of the standard button keys fitted
on the command devices GW14141, GW14142, GW14143, GW14144.
114
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00005 29-01-2007 17:24 Pagina 114
G
W
1
4
7
2
6
GW14 726 1P 1NO/NC 12V 1 1/12
G
W
1
4
7
2
5
GW14 725 1P 1NO 16A(AC1)/10A (AC15) 250Vac 2 1/12
APPLICATIONS: suitable for particular heavy-duty (e.g. fluorescent lamps), discharge lamps (max. 10A) or high absorption devices (ovens, air-conditioners, boilers, etc.).
G
W
1
4
7
2
1
GW14 721 Latching relay 1P 10AX 250Vac 1 1/12
GW14 723 Latching relay, 4 sequences 2P 10AX 250Vac 1 1/12
GW14724, as an auxiliary element for commanding special loads, for distance signalling, for electrical separation between the circuits of command and
use.
RELAYS
G
W
1
4
5
9
7
1-CHANNEL RECEIVER
G
W
1
2
5
9
6
115
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00005 29-01-2007 17:24 Pagina 115
G
W
1
0
2
1
4
ITALIAN/GERMAN STANDARD DUAL AMPERAGE SOCKETS FOR ALLOCATED LINES - 250V AC
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Arranged for housing miniature lamps with wired lead. Pit of side and central earth contacts.
G
W
1
0
2
1
3
ITALIAN STANDARD SOCKETS FOR ALLOCATED LINES - 250V AC
PLUG SOCKETS FOR ALLOCATED LI NES - ITALI AN/GERMAN STANDARD
G
W
1
4
2
0
9
G
W
1
4
2
0
8
G
W
1
4
2
0
4
ITALIAN/GERMAN STANDARD SOCKETS - 250V AC
G
W
1
4
2
0
3
ITALIAN STANDARD SOCKETS - 250V AC
GW14 201 2P+E - 10A P11 4 mm 1 12/96
POWER WI THDRAWAL - TI TANI UM VERSI ON
116
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00005 29-01-2007 17:24 Pagina 116
G
W
1
0
2
5
7
F
GW10 257 F 2P+E - 16A Red 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/12
To be used with plugs equipped with the accessory GW10260.
G
W
1
4
2
4
7
F
GW14 247 F 2P+E - 16A 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/12
G
W
1
4
2
4
6
GW14 246 2P - 16A 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/48
GW14 247 2P+E - 16A 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/48
PLUG SOCKETS - FRENCH STANDARD
G
W
1
0
3
5
1
Code Description Colour For Pack
plug pins Carton
GW10 351 2P+E - 16A Red 4.8 mm 6/12
G
W
1
4
3
4
1
GW14 341 2P+E - 16A 4.8 mm 2 6/12
PLUG SOCKETS - SPANI SH STANDARD
G
W
1
0
2
5
1
GW10 251 2P+E - 16A Red 4.8 mm 2 6/12
G
W
1
4
2
4
1
GW14 241 2P+E - 16A 4.8 mm 2 6/48
PLUG SOCKETS - GERMAN STANDARD
117
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00005 29-01-2007 17:24 Pagina 117
G
W
1
4
3
0
2
GW14 301 2P+E - 10A flat 2 6/48
GW14 302 2P+E - 15A flat 2 6/48
G
W
1
4
2
9
6
GW14 296 2P+E - 13A flat 2 6/48
GW14 297 2P+E - 15A 7 mm 2 6/48
G
W
1
4
2
8
7
GW14 287 2P+E - 15A 4 mm / flat 1 12/48
G
W
1
4
2
8
6
G
W
1
0
2
9
1
GW10 291 2P+E - 16A Red flat 2 6/12
G
W
1
4
2
8
1
GW14 281 2P+E - 16A flat 2 6/48
PLUG SOCKETS - ISRAELI STANDARD
G
W
1
0
2
6
0
sockets Carton
GW10 260 Red GW10257F 10/100
118
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00005 29-01-2007 17:24 Pagina 118
G
W
1
4
3
3
1
CHARACTERISTICS: the socket-outlet is equipped with a self-protection device against overloading.
The output voltage should be selected correctly, consulting the rating of the user device before inserting the plug.
SHAVER SOCKET
G
W
1
4
3
2
1
GW14 321 2P+E - 16A P17-P11 1P+N 16A 3 kA 10 mA 3 1/2
GW14 322 2P+E - 16A P30-P17 1P+N 16A 3 kA 10 mA 4 1/2
G
W
1
4
3
1
1
GW14 311 2P+E - 16A P17-P11 1P+N 16A 3 kA 2 1/2
GW14 312 2P+E - 16A P30-P17 1P+N 16A 3 kA 3 1/2
G
W
1
4
3
0
7
GW14 306 2P+E - 10A flat 2 6/48
GW14 307 2P+E - 15A flat 2 6/48
119
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00005 29-01-2007 17:24 Pagina 119
G
W
1
4
4
0
5
Chorus Carton
G
W
1
4
4
0
3
Chorus Carton
CHARACTERISTICS: insulator displacement connection. GW14402 connector with double terminal board (input and output) to facilitate the cutout
of a second line.
TELEPHONE JACKS
G
W
1
4
3
8
2
TV-FM-SAT SOCKETS
Chorus Carton
CHARACTERISTICS: direct TV-FM coaxial socket GW14381, male IEC-type TV connector 9.5mm, and female IEC-type FM connector 9.5 mm.
Direct TV-FM-SAT coaxial socket GW14382 with male IEC-type TV connector 9.5mm, female IEC-type FM connector 9.5mm, and female F-type SAT connector.
G
W
1
4
3
7
1
COAXIAL SOCKET-OUTLETS TV-SAT CLASS A SHIELDING - FEMALE F CONNECTOR
Chorus Carton
CHARACTERISTICS: GW14371 allows the passage of voltage/current of remote power supply and/or control signals towards the user door
(max 24V - 500mA).
NOTE: the TV - SAT 5 dB GW12372 coaxial socket is defined with conditional use: it is a special feedthrough socket, and must be used
G
W
1
4
3
6
1
Chorus Carton
GW14 361 Direct 0 dB 1 1/48
CHARACTERISTICS: GW20277 allows you to make terminal sockets in combination with feedthrough type sockets
NOTE: the TV 5 dB GW14362 coaxial socket is defined with conditional use: it is a special feedthrough socket, and must be used
TV-SAT SOCKETS
SI GNAL TAKE-OFF - TI TANI UM VERSI ON
120
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00005 29-01-2007 17:24 Pagina 120
G
W
1
4
4
5
3
Chorus Carton
GW14454, welding connection.
GW14446 input and output connection via F-type male connector.
G
W
1
4
4
5
1
SELV SOCKETS
GW14 451 2P - 6A - 24V 3 mm 12.4 mm 1 12/24
G
W
1
4
4
4
3
Chorus Carton
CHARACTERISTICS: GW14444 BNC 50 ohm (Ethernet networks). GW14445 BNC 75/93 ohm (CCTV systems, terminal connections)
CONNECTORS FOR CONVENTI ONAL NETWORKS
G
W
1
4
4
2
5
Chorus Carton
GW14 425 Bush F.O. ST 1 1/24
GW14 426 Bush F.O. SC 1 1/24
GW14 427 Bush F.O. MT-RJ 1 1/24
GW14426 SC coupling connection, GW14427MT-RJ coupling connection.
G
W
1
4
4
2
1
RJ45 CONNECTORS
pairs Chorus Carton
G
W
1
4
4
0
6
Chorus Carton
121
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00006 30-01-2007 11:03 Pagina 121
G
W
1
4
4
9
2
Chorus Carton
GW14 492 275V ac 50/60Hz 1KV 1 1/12
APPLICATIONS: protection for electronic devices (TV, HI-FI, computer, etc.) from overvoltage of atmospheric origin, or manoeuvres, that could be
channelled by the power supply lines.
G
W
1
4
4
9
1
GW14 491 16 6.3x32 mm 1 1/12
G
W
1
4
4
8
2
G
W
1
4
4
6
1
GW14 461 Unipolar (1P) 6 3 kA 1 1/12
GW14 462 Unipolar (1P) 10 3 kA 1 1/12
GW14 463 Unipolar (1P) 16 3 kA 1 1/12
GW14 466 Bipolar (1P+N) 6 3 kA 1 1/12
GW14 467 Bipolar (1P+N) 10 3 kA 1 1/12
GW14 468 Bipolar (1P+N) 16 3 kA 1 1/12
PROTECTI ON - TI TANI UM VERSI ON
122
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00006 30-01-2007 11:03 Pagina 122
G
W
1
4
6
5
6
STAIR RISER LAMP
CHARACTERISTICS: highly efficient LED, powered at 12V AC/DC - 230V AC with double power supply inlet.
G
W
1
4
6
3
3
CHARACTERISTICS: highly efficient LED, powered at 12V AC/DC - 230V AC with double power supply inlet.
G
W
1
4
6
2
9
indicator lights.
G
W
1
4
6
2
2
indicator lights.
G
W
1
4
6
4
4
indicator lights.
SI GNALLI NG - TI TANI UM VERSI ON
123
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00006 30-01-2007 11:03 Pagina 123
G
W
1
4
6
1
1
GW14 611 12V ac/dc 6 VA 80 dB (at 1 m) 2 1/6
GW14 612 230V ac - 50 Hz 6 VA 80 dB (at 1 m) 2 1/6
G
W
1
4
6
0
6
BUZZERS
GW14 606 12V ac - 50 Hz 8 VA 70 dB (at 1 m) 1 1/24
GW14 607 230V ac - 50 Hz 8 VA 70 dB (at 1 m) 1 1/24
G
W
1
4
6
0
1
RINGERS
GW14 601 12V ac - 50 Hz 8 VA 80 dB (at 1 m) 1 1/24
GW14 602 230V ac - 50 Hz 8 VA 80 dB (at 1 m) 1 1/24
G
W
1
4
6
6
6
G
W
1
2
6
6
1
CHARACTERISTICS: equipped with a 3-position selector on the front panel, for emergency, inhibition and night functioning.
To be inserted in any socket of the Italian, German or French type. Highly efficient, white LED.
124
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00006 30-01-2007 11:03 Pagina 124
G
W
1
4
7
0
5
THERMOSTAT
G
W
1
0
7
0
1
WALL-MOUNTING TIMED THERMOSTATS - DAILY/WEEKLY PROGRAMMING - BATTERY-POWERED
G
W
1
4
7
0
3
TIMED THERMOSTAT - DAILY-WEEKLY PROGRAMMING
G
W
1
4
5
8
2
TIMERS
GW14582 suitable to fluorescent lamps control (max. 4A).
G
W
1
4
5
8
1
TI MER DEVI CES
G
W
1
4
7
0
8
GW14 708 230V AC - 50/60 Hz 2 72 dB (at 1 m) From 0C to +45C 2 1/2
POWER, CLI MATE AND COMFORT MANAGEMENT - TI TANI UM VERSI ON
125
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00006 30-01-2007 11:03 Pagina 125
G
W
1
4
5
7
4
G
W
1
4
5
7
1
CHARACTERISTICS: possibility to command and regulate by means of remote control push-buttons, with NO contact. Extremely silent item.
G
W
1
4
5
6
8
G
W
1
4
5
6
1
GW14 567 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 100 - 500 W 100 - 500VA Rotative with two- way switch 1 1/12
DI MMER
126
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00006 30-01-2007 11:03 Pagina 126
G
W
1
4
7
1
9
POWER SUPPLY UNIT
GW14 719 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 12V dc 2 VA 1 1/4
ACCESSORI ES
G
W
1
2
7
1
8
WATER SENSOR
GW12 718 9V battery 100 m 74x88x45,5 1/2
NOTE: to be used exclusively with the water detector GW14716. The connection with the water detector is wireless.
G
W
1
4
7
1
6
WATER DETECTOR
GW14 716 12V ac/dc 2NA/1NC5A(AC1)/3A(AC15)250V ac 2 1/2
G
W
1
4
7
1
2
G
W
1
4
7
1
1
LPG DETECTOR
GAS DETECTORS
TECHNI CAL ALARMS - TI TANI UM VERSI ON
127
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00006 30-01-2007 11:03 Pagina 127
G
W
9
0
8
2
3
GW90 823 100 m 3 1
G
W
9
0
8
2
2
GW90 822 100 m 5 2 1 1 1
The reception channels can be used for communication from: 2-channel input module, GW14813RF push-button panels (1-4 channels), IR sensorGW14811,
and remote control GW20963. The two-way channel can only be used with the RF two-way timed thermostats GW14851and GW10851.
G
W
9
0
8
2
1
be used for calls.
REMOTE CONTROLS
REMOTE CONTROLS
128
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00006 30-01-2007 11:03 Pagina 128
G
W
3
0
9
1
2
Code Adapt Pack
to Carton
GW20 901 GW14006 GW14054 1/100
GW30 912 GW14145 1/100
ACCESSORI ES
G
W
2
0
9
0
2
CARTRIDGE LAMPS
G
W
1
0
8
9
1
G
W
1
0
8
8
1
SI GNALLI NG UNI T
ACCESSORI ES
129
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00006 30-01-2007 11:03 Pagina 129
G
W
1
6
8
5
4
FREE-STANDING AND WALL-MOUNTING INSTRUMENT PANELS
Code Description Colour Support External Dim. Pack
LxHxD (mm) Carton
GW16 854 4 gangs White GW16804 140x90x69 1/30
GW16 864 4 gangs Black GW16804 140x90x69 1/30
CHARACTERISTICS: support and plate not included. Use ONE plates (interchangeability with the entire colour range of ONE plates).
NOTE: cable gland and safety cable fastener included.
FREE-STANDI NG AND WALL-MOUNTI NG I NSTRUMENT PANELS
G
W
1
6
7
1
2
V
T
SELF-SUPPORTING PLATES FOR PROFILES AND PANELS
Code Description Plate Pack
Colour Carton
GW16 711 TB 1 gang White 1/48
GW16 712 TB 2 gangs White 1/48
GW16 711 TN 1 gang Black 1/24
GW16 712 TN 2 gangs Black 1/24
GW16 711 VT 1 gang Titanium 1/12
GW16 712 VT 2 gangs Titanium 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: complete with insulating box and supports.
NOTE: the insulating box is equipped with a tug-proof cable fastener device and a corrugated conduit fastener device.
PLATES FOR PROFI LES
G
W
1
6
7
0
2
T
B
WATERTIGHT PLATES - INTERNATIONAL STANDARD - IP55
Code Description Colour Support Pack
Carton
GW16 702 TB 2 gangs White GW16821 1/24
GW16 702 TN 2 gangs Black GW16821 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: support not included. Ergonomic membrane, in UV-resistant material. Snap closing system.
Opening made easy by long key.
APPLICATIONS: for installation on round/square, flush-mounting boxes.
G
W
1
6
7
0
3
T
B
WATERTIGHT PLATES - ITALIAN STANDARD - IP55
Code Description Colour Support Pack
Carton
CHARACTERISTICS: support not included. Ergonomic membrane, in UV-resistant material. Snap closing system.
Opening made easy by long key.
APPLICATIONS: for installation on rectangular, flush-mounting boxes.
WATERTI GHT PLATES
SPECI AL PLATES, ENCLOSURES AND SUPPORTS
130
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES
IMP00006 30-01-2007 11:03 Pagina 130
G
W
1
6
7
5
2
WALL-MOUNTING BOXES SUITABLE FOR ONE PLATES - INTERNATIONAL STANDARD
Code Description Type Colour Support External Dim. Pack
LxHxD (mm) Carton
GW16 753 2+2 gangs Horizontal White GW16821 161x90x46 1/15
GW16 754 2+2 gangs Vertical White GW16821 90x161x46 1/15
GW16 783 2+2 gangs Horizontal Black GW16821 161x90x46 1/15
GW16 784 2+2 gangs Vertical Black GW16821 90x161x46 1/15
CHARACTERISTICS: support not included. Use international standard ONE plates (interchangeability with the entire colour range of ONE plates).
GW16754 and GW16784 to be used together with plates with a centre distance of 71mm
NOTE: fitted for the fixing of the earth terminal GW26407.
G
W
1
6
7
4
3
WALL-MOUNTING BOXES SUITABLE FOR ONE PLATES - ITALIAN STANDARD
Code Description Colour Support External Dim. Pack
LxHxD (mm) Carton
CHARACTERISTICS: support not included. Use Italian standard ONE plates (interchangeability with the entire colour range of ONE plates).
NOTE: fitted for the fixing of the earth terminal GW26407.
WALL-MOUNTI NG BOXES
131
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00006 30-01-2007 11:03 Pagina 131
G
W
1
6
8
4
1
SUPPORTS FOR ASSEMBLING CHORUS DEVICES ON DIN RAIL
Code Description No. DIN Pack
modules Carton
GW16 841 1 gang 1,5 5/300
GW16 842 2 gangs 3 5/150
CHARACTERISTICS: manual release system for Chorus devices, without the use of tools.
G
W
1
6
8
2
1
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD SUPPORTS
Code Description Pack
Carton
GW16 821 2 gangs 12/120
CHARACTERISTICS: fixing jaws for installation on round and square boxes.
G
W
1
6
8
0
3
ITALIAN STANDARD SUPPORTS
Code Description Configuration Pack
Carton
GW16 802 2 gangs 12/120
GW16 803 3 gangs 12/240
GW16 804 4 gangs 12/120
GW16 806 6 gangs 12/120
GW16 808 8 gangs 4+4 overlapping 12/48
GW16 812 12 gangs 6+6 overlapping 12/48
CHARACTERISTICS: GW16802 suitable for fixing on both rectangular 3-gang boxes (centre distance 83.5mm) and round/square boxes (centre distance 60mm).
To be completed with Italian standard 2-gang plates.
SUPPORTS
G
W
1
6
7
2
3
T
B
BLANK PLATES
Code Description Colour For assembly Pack
on support Carton
CHARACTERISTICS: support not included for installation on rectangular boxes.
BLANK PLATES
132
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00006 30-01-2007 11:03 Pagina 132
G
W
2
4
3
2
8
JOINTING ELEMENT FOR COMBINATION MOUNTING OF HIGH CAPACITY RECTANGULAR BOXES
Code For flush-mounting Pack
enclosures Carton
GW24 328 GW24303 GW24304 GW24306 200
APPLICATIONS: for horizontal/vertical composition of boxes with 3/4/6 gang.
G
W
2
4
3
2
1
FUNCTIONAL DIVIDER FOR HIGH-CAPACITY RECTANGULAR BOXES
Code For flush-mounting Pack
enclosures Carton
GW24 321 GW24303 GW24304 GW24306 200
APPLICATIONS: To separate circuits at different voltages in accordance with the requirements of systems standard CEI 64-8.
G
W
2
4
2
3
7
HIGH-CAPACITY RECTANGULAR BOXES FOR MODULAR RANGES UP TO 25 X 45 MM AND FOR DOMOTICS
Code Description Supp. fixing Prearranged External Dim. Pack
centre dist. compartment LxHxD (mm) Carton
GW24 303 3 gangs with mortar guard 83.5 mm 3 119 x 80 x 50 5/165
GW24 304 4 gangs with mortar guard 108.5 mm 4 144 x 85 x 50 5/135
GW24 306 6 gangs with mortar guard 100 mm 6 194 x 90 x 50 3/36
GW24 237 8 gangs (4+4) 108.5 mm 2 131 x 129 x 53 2/24
GW24 238 12 gangs (6+6) 163.5 mm 2 186 x 132 x 53 2/24
GW24 239 18 gangs (6+6+6) 163.5 mm 3 186 x 190 x 65 2/16
NOTES: GW24237, GW24238, GW24239, functional dividers.
RECTANGULAR BOXES
G
W
2
6
4
0
7
BRASS TERMINAL FOR GROUND FEED THROUGH CABLE
Code Section Fixing Pack
(mm
2
) Carton
GW26 407 4 Pressure-operated 200/1600
COMPLEMENTARY I TEMS
G
W
1
6
5
1
3
SELF-SUPPORTING, EMPTY, WATERTIGHT CONTAINERS - IP55
Code Description Colour External Dim. Pack
LxHxD (mm) Carton
GW16 512 2 gangs Grey RAL 7035 66x82x67 5/60
CHARACTERISTICS: fitted for fixing the earth terminal GW26407.
Ergonomic membrane, in UV-resistant material. Snap closing system.
NOTE: not suited to receive 1/2 module devices.
G
W
1
6
5
0
3
SELF-SUPPORTING, EMPTY, PROTECTED CONTAINERS - IP40
Code Description Colour External Dim. Pack
LxHxD (mm) Carton
CHARACTERISTICS: fitted for fixing the earth terminal GW26407.
NOTE: not suited to receive 1/2 module devices.
CONTAI NERS FOR OUTDOORS
133
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00006 30-01-2007 11:03 Pagina 133
G
W
2
4
2
0
7
HIGH CAPACITY BOXES
Code Description Supp. fixing External Dim. Pack
centre dist. LxHxD (mm) Carton
GW24 207 3 gangs 83.5 mm 110 x 64 x 48 5/200
GW24 245 4 gangs 108.5 mm 137 x 66 x 48 2/108
GW24 246 6 gangs 100 mm 185 x 72 x 52 2/80
CHARACTERISTICS: with defth adjustable fixing inserts - Glow Wire Test 850C.
RECTANGULAR BOXES FOR HOLLOW PLASTERBOARD WALLS
G
W
2
4
2
0
3
RECTANGULAR BOXES FOR TRADITIONAL MODULAR SERIES WITH METAL FIXING INSERTS
GW24 203 3 gangs 83.5 mm 104 x 68 x 50 10/500
GW24 204 3 gangs 83.5 mm 104 x 66 x 48 10/240
GW24 205 4 gangs 108.5 mm 128 x 68 x 50 10/170
GW24 236 6 gangs 100 mm 186 x 76 x 53 3/36
CHARACTERISTICS: GW24204, box with plastic fixing columns.
NOTES: GW24203 Shipping on one-way pallets size 1200x800 mm composed of 9 cartons.
134
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00006 30-01-2007 11:03 Pagina 134
BOXES FOR HOLLOW PLASTERBOARD WALLS
Code Description Supp. fixing Dimension Pack
centre dist. (mm) Carton
GW24 234 Round 60 mm 65 x 45 5/200
GW24 282 Double 57 mm 86x76x53 5/200
NOTES: GW24282 only for vertical plates mounting.
INTERNATI ONAL STANDARD BOXES FOR HOLLOW PLASTERBOARD WALLS
G
W
2
4
2
0
8
ROUND BOXES
Code Description Dimension Pack
(mm) Carton
GW24 208 Conical 65 x 41 270
GW24 209 Cylindrical 65 x 38 312
GW24 210 Cylindrical 85 x 42 152
G
W
2
4
2
3
2
COMPOSABLE ROUND BOX
Code Description Supp. fixing Dimension Pack
centre dist. (mm) Carton
GW24 232 Modular round 60 mm 60 x 42 5/200
GW24 233 Base/unit spacer Spacer for column at 91 mm 20/200
CHARACTERISTICS: Supplied without fixing screws GW24232 suitable for single or double installations with composition
distance between centres 71mm (or 91mm with the special spacer supplied as an accessory).
NOTES: supplied without fixing screws.
G
W
2
4
2
3
1
SQUARE BOXES
GW24 231 2 gangs sectional 60 mm 70 x 70 x 50 5/200
CHARACTERISTICS: fitted for Spanish standard multiple horizontal/vertical configurations, with centre distance 71 mm between the boxes.
NOTES: supplied without fixing screws.
INTERNATI ONAL STANDARD BOXES
135
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
IMP00006 30-01-2007 11:03 Pagina 135
design.
THE CHORUS SYSTEM
S
a
f
e
t
y
P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l
i
t
y
D
e
s
i
g
n
IMP00006 30-01-2007 11:03 Pagina 136
137
RF command and control.
CHORUS offers wireless communication devices that, when integrated with
traditional electrical systems, allow to expand the function without having to
resort to brickwork operations.
Wall-mounting RF light-sensitive
IR movement detector
Wall-mounting RF
timed thermostat
RF 1 channel
push-button panel
IMP00006 30-01-2007 11:03 Pagina 137
138
CHORUS RF characteristics
CHORUS offers wireless communication devices that, when integrated with traditional electrical systems, allow to expand
the function without having to resort to brickwork operations.
CHORUS includes a wide range of RF control devices (remote controls, push-button panels, input modules, movement
sensors), actuators and temperature adjustment devices.
The RF system can be managed, by means of SMS, thanks to the RF interface with GSM repeater.
In combination with the RF two-way timed thermostat, the temperature of the house can be adjusted and operational
information received without the need of wire connections.
By using the RF / BUS receiver it is also possible to switch on actuators that are connected to the BUS EIB with RF control
devices.
MORE FLEXIBILITY
AND FUNCTIONALITY
IN THE SYSTEM WITHOUT
WORKING IN WALLS
RF PUSH-BUTTON
UP TO 4 MODULES
RF PROGRAMMABLE ELECTRONIC
TIMED THERMOSTAT
RF ACTUATOR
RF ACTUATOR
IR-RF MOVEMENT
DETECTOR
IMP00006 30-01-2007 11:03 Pagina 138
139
MUL T I P UR P OS E ACT UAT OR S -
RECEIVERS RX
The RX actuators - receiver are
multipurpose; for the generic actuators, it
is possible to select a configuration from
the MONOSTABLE, BISTABLE and
TIMED range, and for the actuator for
the motor control, a pre-set timer can be
selected.
RELIABILITY AND SAFETY
The system uses impulse data transmission: the devices exchange information using low
power radio frequencies and only for brief transmission periods, with the saving of batteries
and a very limited time occupying the frequency band. The charge status of the battery is
indicated by the flashing of the LED which, in addition, allows displaying the successful
transmission of the RF signal.
TOTAL INTEGRATION WITH THE SYSTEMS
With the devices offered, you can manage a variety of
functions:
Manual controls: management of controls free from the
electric network.
Electrical loads: direct or timed ON/OFF controls.
Temperature adjustment: management of heating or cooling
systems and management of weekly temperature profiles.
Management of inputs: management of generic contact
inputs without potential.
Shutters: motor control for raising/lowering shutters and
awnings.
EXTREME SIMPLICITY OF CONFIGURATION
It is not necessary to use any programming software to associate
the various devices to each other, just manual adjustments made
directly on the devices themselves. Thanks to their functional and
installation simplicity, the use of the RF command and control
system is particularly suitable for the completion or modification
of existing electrical systems.
IMP00006 30-01-2007 11:03 Pagina 139
140
O
N
E
L
U
X
White button key
Black button key
Titanium button key
White button key
Black button key
Titanium button key
White button keys
Black button keys
Titanium button keys
White button keys
Black button keys
White button keys
Black button keys
White button keys
Black button keys
White button keys
Black button keys
White button keys
Black button keys
White Component
Black Component
Titanium Component
White Component
Black Component
Titanium Component
GW 10 801
GW 12 801
GW 14 801
GW 10 806
GW 12 806
GW 14 806
O
N
E
L
U
X
GW 10 802
GW 12 802
GW 14 802
GW 10 807
GW 12 807
GW 14 807
O
N
E
L
U
X
GW 10 803
GW 12 803
GW 14 803
GW 10 808
GW 12 808
GW 14 808
O
N
E
L
U
X
GW 10 811
GW 12 811
GW 14 811
GW 10 816
GW 12 816
GW 14 816
O
N
E
L
U
X
GW 10 804
GW 12 804
GW 14 804
GW 10 809
GW 12 809
GW 14 809
WIRELESS COMMAND AND CONTROL
GW 20 963
GW 12 813 GW 14 813
GW 10 841 GW 14 841
GW 14 851
GW 10 813
GW 10 851
Push-button panels for wireless
commands - wall-mounting
Radio-frequency remote control
Input modules with
2 wireless channel
IR light-sensitive movement
detectors, wireless operated -
wall-mounting
Wireless timed thermostat -
wall mounted
Two-way wireless timed
thermostat - wall mounted
- 1RF channel and 2 position control button for sending differentiated messages
- 2 gangs plate supplied as standard: GW10801 and GW10806 milk white plate;
GW12801 and GW12806 titanium plate; GW14801 and GW14806 titanium plate
- GW10801, GW12801 and GW14801 interchangeable with all ONE 2 gangs plate range
- GW10806, GW12806 and GW14806 interchangeable with all LUX 2 gangs plate range
- To be paired with the CHORUS wireless actuators
- Power supply by means of two 1,5V AAA alkaline batteries
- 2 RF channel and 2 position control buttons for sending differentiated messages
- 3 RF transmission channels
- 2 command keys per channel, to send the differentiated commands
- 1 CHORUS module
- 2 RF transmission channels
- Sends the RF messages based on the input status
- To connect the potential free contacts.
- 230V ac power supply
- Max 3 RF transmission channels, (IR, light sensitive e IR + light sensitive)
- To be paired to the actuators for CHORUS general wireless loads
- Power supply by means of three 1,5V AAA alkaline batteries
- 1 RF transmission channel
- To command the boilers, solenoid valves, electrical heating elements, fan coil, etc
- Possible remote control via SMS by means of a serial connection with GSM GW90821 remote
control
- 1 RF transmission channel, 1 RF two-way channel
- To command the boilers, solenoid valves, electrical heating elements, fan coil, etc
- Possible remote control via SMS by means of a two/way RF connection with GSM GW90821
remote control equipped with GW90822 interface
IMP00006 30-01-2007 11:03 Pagina 140
141
OUTPUT MODULES - ACTUATORS
GW 10 821 GW 12 821 GW 14 821
GW 12 823 GW 14 823
GW 12 831 GW 14 831
GW 10 822 GW 12 822 GW 14 822
GW 10 823
GW 10 831
Output radio frequency modules
for general loads
Output radio frequency modules
for general loads
Output modules for wireless
motor command
Wireless signal repeater
- 1 3A(AC1) / 2A(AC15) output contact with 230V ac potential for electrical commands
- 1 CHORUS module
- To be paired to the RF CHORUS control devices
- Manual activation by means of front button key, or input to connect a potential-free contact
(e.g. one-way switches or standard type push-buttons)
- Monostable, bistable or timed function
- 1 16A(AC1) / 10A(AC15) potential free output contact for the electrical commands
- 2 CHORUS modules
- To be paired to the RF CHORUS control devices
- Manual activation by means of front button key, or input to connect a potential-free control
(e.g. one-way switches or standard type push-buttons)
- Monostable, bistable or timed function
- 2 8A(AC1) / 3A(AC15) output contacts with 230V ac potential for the manoeuvring of roller
shutters, awnings, etc.
- 2 CHORUS modules
- To be paired to CHORUS RF control devices (push-button panels, remote controls and input
modules)
- Manual activation by means of front push-buttons, or inputs to connect potential free contacts
(e.g. standard type push-buttons)
- 8 transmission / reception channels
- 2 CHORUS modules
- This device is to be used when communication between the control device and the actuator is
difficult due to obstacles or excessive distance
IMP00006 30-01-2007 11:03 Pagina 141
G
W
2
0
9
6
3
RADIO-FREQUENCY REMOTE CONTROL
Code No. N. command RF range Colour Dimensions Pack
channels push-buttons in free field LxHxD (mm) Carton
GW20 963 3 6 100 m Black 120x45x20 1
CHARACTERISTICS: powered by two 1.5V AAA alkaline batteries, not included. Average battery life: 3 years.
For each channel, two command keys are available.
NOTES: includes the support for wall-mounting, 2 wall plugs and screws.
G
W
1
4
8
0
8
PUSH-BUTTON PANELS FOR WIRELESS COMMANDS - WALL-MOUNTING - PLATE LUX
Code No. N. command RF range Dimensions Pack
COLOUR: WHITE
GW10 806 1 1 100 m 123x95x20 mm 1
GW10 807 2 2 100 m 123x95x20 mm 1
GW10 808 3 3 100 m 123x95x20 mm 1
GW10 809 4 4 100 m 145,2x95x20 mm 1
COLOUR: BLACK
GW12 806 1 1 100 m 123x95x20 mm 1
GW12 807 2 2 100 m 123x95x20 mm 1
GW12 808 3 3 100 m 123x90x20 mm 1
GW12 809 4 4 100 m 145,2x95x20 mm 1
COLOUR: TITANIUM
GW14 806 1 1 100 m 123x95x20 mm 1
GW14 807 2 2 100 m 123x95x20 mm 1
GW14 808 3 3 100 m 123x95x20 mm 1
GW14 809 4 4 100 m 145,2x95x20 mm 1
White: white button keys and milk white LUX-type plate
Black: black button keys and titanium LUX-type plate
Titanium: titanium button keys and titanium LUX-type plate
Interchangeability with the entire colour range of LUX plates.
NOTES: two distinct command positions correspond to each button key.
Includes kit for wall-mounting, containing: two strips of double-sided adhesive tape, two 6mm wall plugs with screws, and
one insulating film (to be positioned in the battery compartment when using metallised plates).
G
W
1
4
8
0
3
PUSH-BUTTON PANELS FOR WIRELESS COMMANDS - WALL-MOUNTING - PLATE ONE
Code No. N. command RF range Dimensions Pack
COLOUR: WHITE
GW10 801 1 1 100 m 118x90x20 mm 1
GW10 802 2 2 100 m 118x90x20 mm 1
GW10 803 3 3 100 m 118x90x20 mm 1
GW10 804 4 4 100 m 140x90x20 mm 1
COLOUR: BLACK
GW12 801 1 1 100 m 118x90x20 mm 1
GW12 802 2 2 100 m 118x90x20 mm 1
GW12 803 3 3 100 m 118x90x20 mm 1
GW12 804 4 4 100 m 140x90x20 mm 1
COLOUR: TITANIUM
GW14 801 1 1 100 m 118x90x20 mm 1
GW14 802 2 2 100 m 118x90x20 mm 1
GW14 803 3 3 100 m 118x90x20 mm 1
GW14 804 4 4 100 m 140x90x20 mm 1
White: white button keys and milk white ONE-type plate
Black: black button keys and titanium ONE-type plate
Titanium: titanium button keys and titanium ONE-type plate
Interchangeability with the entire colour range of ONE plates.
NOTES: two distinct command positions correspond to each button key.
COMMAND DEVI CES
RF SYSTEM - COMMAND AND CONTROL
142
CHORUS - HOME AUTOMATION
WIRELESS SYSTEMS - COMMAND AND CONTROL
CHORUS CATALOGUE 2007 > EURODOMO > DOMOTICS > CHORUS - HOME AUTOMATION
IMP00006 30-01-2007 11:03 Pagina 142
G
W
1
0
8
4
1
WIRELESS OPERATED TIMED THERMOSTAT - WALL-MOUNTING - BATTERY-POWERED
Code Temperature Colour RF range Dimensions Pack
adjustment in free field LxHxD (mm) Carton
GW10 841 From +5C to +40C White 100 m 130x92x23 mm 1
GW14 841 From +5C to +40C Titanium 100 m 130x92x23 mm 1
CHARACTERISTICS: powered by three 1.5V AAA alkaline batteries, not included. Average battery duration: 1 year.
To be used with the 1-channel, 3A and 16A wireless actuators.
Includes a serial line for connection with a GSM GW90821 repeater, via which (with text messages) you can set the function
(heating/air-conditioning) and the mode (automatic/manual/OFF). It is also possible to receive (via text messages and on the pre-set telephone number)
the current room temperature measured, the current SET POINT temperature, and the functions and modes currently activated.
NOTES: includes wall-mounting kit, containing: two strips of double-sided adhesive tape, two 6mm wall plugs with screws.
TEMPERATURE ADJUSTMENT
G
W
1
4
8
1
6
IR LIGHT-SENSITIVE MOVEMENT DETECTOR, WIRELESS OPERATED - WALL-MOUNTING - PLATE LUX
Code Range Threshold RF range Dimensions Pack
of action adjustment in free field LxHxD (mm) Carton
COLOUR: WHITE
GW10 816 8 m 5 - 1000 lux 100 m 123x95x20 mm 1
COLOUR: BLACK
GW12 816 8 m 5 - 1000 lux 100 m 123x95x20 mm 1
COLOUR: TITANIUM
GW14 816 8 m 5 - 1000 lux 100 m 123x95x20 mm 1
CHARACTERISTICS: powered by three 1.5V AAA alkaline batteries, not included. Average battery life: 3 years.
Titanium: titanium button keys and titanium LUX-type plate
Interchangeability with the entire colour range of LUX plates.
NOTES: to be used with the actuators GW10821-GW12821-GW14821, GW10822-GW12822-GW14822.
Working mode (IR, light-sensitive, IR + light-sensitive), selectable by means of the dip-switch.
G
W
1
4
8
1
1
IR LIGHT-SENSITIVE MOVEMENT DETECTOR, WIRELESS OPERATED - WALL - MOUNTING - PLATE ONE
Code Range Threshold RF range Dimensions Pack
of action adjustment in free field LxHxD (mm) Carton
COLOUR: WHITE
GW10 811 8 m 5 - 1000 lux 100 m 118x90x20 mm 1
COLOUR: BLACK
GW12 811 8 m 5 - 1000 lux 100 m 118x90x20 mm 1
COLOUR: TITANIUM
GW14 811 8 m 5 - 1000 lux 100 m 118x90x20 mm 1
CHARACTERISTICS: powered by three 1.5V AAA alkaline batteries, not included. Average battery life: 3 years.
Titanium: titanium button keys and titanium ONE-type plate
Interchangeability with the entire colour range of ONE plates.
NOTES: to be used with the actuators GW10821-GW12821-GW14821, GW10822-GW12822-GW14822.
Working mode (IR, light-sensitive, IR + light-sensitive), selectable by means of the dip-switch.
SENSORS
G
W
1
4
8
1
3
2-CHANNELS INPUT MODULE, WIRELESS OPERATED
Code Power supply RF range No. input No. modules Pack
voltage in free field channels Chorus Carton
COLOUR: WHITE
GW10 813 230V ac - 50 Hz 100 m 2 1 1
COLOUR: BLACK
GW12 813 230V ac - 50 Hz 100 m 2 1 1
COLOUR: TITANIUM
GW14 813 230V ac - 50Hz 100 m 2 1 1
CHARACTERISTICS: input channel for potential-free contacts. Insert to be positioned in the supports of the Chorus range.
NOTES: inputs fitted with cables L = 200mm x 0.75mm
2
for connecting conventional command devices.
INPUT MODULES
143
IMP00006 30-01-2007 11:03 Pagina 143
G
W
1
0
8
2
3
1-CHANNEL 8A ACTUATOR, WIRELESS OPERATED
Code Power supply No. output RF range Output No. modules Pack
voltage channels in free field contacts Chorus Carton
COLOUR: WHITE
GW10 823 230V ac - 50 Hz 1 100 m 8A(AC1)/3A(AC15) 250V ac 2 1
COLOUR: BLACK
GW12 823 230V ac - 50Hz 1 100 m 8A(AC1)/3A(AC15) 250V ac 2 1
COLOUR: TITANIUM
CHARACTERISTICS: insert to be positioned in the supports of the Chorus range, to be used with the RF command devices of the range.
Integrated command button key. 1-channel actuator to activate a motor to move roller-shutters, curtains, Venetian blinds, rolling blinds, etc.
via an output contact (NO) with 230V potential.
NOTES: input equipped with L = 200mm x 0.75mm
2
cable to connect traditional device contacts, in order to have a local command of the outputs.
OUTPUT MODULES FOR ENGI NE COMMAND
G
W
1
0
8
2
2
COLOUR: WHITE
COLOUR: BLACK
COLOUR: TITANIUM
CHARACTERISTICS: insert to be positioned in the supports of the Chorus range, to be used with the RF command devices of the range. Integrated command button key.
1-channel actuator to activate loads via the potential-free output contact (NO).
Suitable for commanding fluorescent lamps with a maximum current of 4A.
2
G
W
1
4
8
2
1
COLOUR: WHITE
COLOUR: BLACK
COLOUR: TITANIUM
CHARACTERISTICS: insert to be positioned in the supports of the Chorus range, to be used with the RF command devices of the range. Integrated command button key.
1-channel actuator to activate loads via the output contact (NO) with 230V potential.
Not suitable for directly commanding fluorescent-type lamps.
2
OUTPUT MODULES FOR GENERAL LOADS
G
W
1
0
8
5
1
TWO-WAY WIRELESS OPERATED TIMED THERMOSTAT - WALL-MOUNTING - BATTERY-POWERED
Code Temperature Colour RF range Dimensions Pack
adjustment in free field LxHxD (mm) Carton
GW10 851 From +5C to +40C White 100 m 130x92x23 mm 1
GW14 851 From +5C to +40C Titanium 100 m 130x92x23 mm 1
CHARACTERISTICS: powered by three 1.5V AAA alkaline batteries, not included. Average battery duration: 1 year.
To be used with the 1-channel, 3A and 16A wireless actuators. The two-way connection is used to communicate with the GSM
repeater interface GW90822 which (in combination with the GSM repeater GW90821
and via text messages) allows you to set the function (heating/air-conditioning) and the mode (automatic/manual/OFF).
It is also possible to receive (via text messages and on the pre-set telephone number) the current room temperature measured, the current SET POINT
temperature, and the functions and modes currently activated.
NOTES: includes wall-mounting kit, containing: two strips of double-sided adhesive tape, two 6mm wall plugs with screws.
144
IMP00006 30-01-2007 11:03 Pagina 144
G
W
9
0
8
2
2
GW90 822 100 m 5 2 1 1 1
CHARACTERISTICS: the information channels can be used to communicate with RF actuators (GW10821, GW12821, GW14821,
GW10822, GW12822, GW14822, GW10823, GW12823, GW14823). The reception channels can be used for communications from: a 2-channel
input module GW10813, GW12813, GW14813, RF push-button panel (1-4 channels), IR sensor GW10811, GW12811, GW14811 and the remote control
GW20963.
The two-way channel can only be used with the RF two-way timed thermostat GW10851, GW14851.
NOTES: item to be used only with the repeater GW90821, from which it receives the power supply via the row connection (flat-cable).
G
W
1
0
8
3
1
WIRELESS SIGNAL REPEATER
Code Power supply No. transmission Rx capacity Tx capacity No. modules Pack
voltage channels in free field in free field Chorus Carton
COLOUR: WHITE
GW10 831 230V ac - 50 Hz 8 100 m 100 m 2 1
COLOUR: BLACK
GW12 831 230V ac - 50Hz 8 100 m 100 m 2 1
COLOUR: TITANIUM
GW14 831 230V ac - 50Hz 8 100 m 100 m 2 1
CHARACTERISTICS: insert to be positioned in the supports of the Chorus range. Can be used with all the devices of the RF range.
ACCESSORI ES
145
IMP00007 30-01-2007 11:10 Pagina 145
design.
THE CHORUS SYSTEM
S
a
f
e
t
y
P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l
i
t
y
D
e
s
i
g
n
IMP00007 30-01-2007 11:10 Pagina 146
147
RF burglar alarm.
The CHORUS RF burglar alarm combines the maximum in terms of security
and reliability to the practicalness of wireless technology.
It is the ideal solution for any installation need thanks to the simplified
installation.
Volumetric movement detector Control unit Electronic proximity key
IMP00007 30-01-2007 11:10 Pagina 147
148
CON PARETI IN COMPENSATO,
CARTONGESSO O IN TAMBURATO...
...RESA
DAL 100% AL 90%
DELLA PIENA POTENZA
CON PARETI IN MATTONI PIENI,
O MATTONI FORATI
...RESA
DAL 95% AL 65%
DELLA PIENA POTENZA
CON PARETI IN CEMENTO ARMATO
O LAMIERA ED INTONACO
...RESA
DAL 70% AL 10%
DELLA PIENA POTENZA
GW 20 473
GW 20 472
GW 20 471
GW 20 480
GW 20 470
GW 20 474
CHARACTERI STI CS OF THE
CONTROL UNIT
The control unit is the heart of the
s y s t e m, a v a i l a b l e . T h e
communication between devices is
provided by a microprocessor that
selects a random code on the
basis of 34 million billion possible
combinations. The control unit has
a meter to measure the intensity of
the radio signal (RF), to verify the
transmission efficiency of each
individual device to the control
unit. Furthermore, all information
related to the system status are
displayed on the control unit by
LED (GW20470) or on the display
(GW20471).
DEVICES FOR ACTIVATING THE
SYSTEM
Wi t h t h e r e mo t e c o n t r o l
(GW 20 472) it is possible to
completely manage the system: the
total turning on and off of the
system, partially turning it on, such
as in a daytime or night-time area,
and activating the anti-panic
function.
Wi t h t h e p r o x i mi t y k e y
(GW 20 474) it is possible to
avoid typing the security code in
case a keyboard is present in the
system.
On the other hand, the keyboard
(GW 20 473) is used to activate
the system by typing a security
c o d e , t o t h e n p e r f o r m
same operations from the remote
control.
The maximum distance (range) in an
open field between the control unit
and the devices (sensors, siren and
controls) is 100 m. This value allows
handling all normal living units,
while for special situations, the use
of a signal repeater device is
required (GW 20 480).
INSTALLATION CHARACTERISTICS
The system devices communicate with each other by radio waves (RF), and
for this reason it is important to evaluate the type and location of the rooms
to be monitored and operate so as to obtain excellent reception of the
radio signals. In particular, given that the radio waves are attenuated (their
range is diminished) by the characteristics of the physical medium that they
must pass through, it is useful to keep in mind the type of wall and any other
obstacles present in the rooms.
Characteristics and advantages
WITH WALLS IN PLYWOOD,
PASTERBOARD OR
HOLLOW WOOD PANELS
WITH WALLS IN SOLID
BRICKS OR AIR BRICKS
WITH WALLS IN REINFORCED
CONCRETE OR SHEET METAL
AND PLASTER
YELD FROM 100% TO 90%
OF FULL POWER
OF FULL POWER
OF FULL POWER
IMP00007 30-01-2007 11:10 Pagina 148
149
Perimeter
detector
GW 20 478
Siren for
outdoors
GW 20 490
Volumetric
detector
GW 14 861
Magnetic
contact
GW 20 494
Wire contacts
detector
GW 20 479
Smoke detector
GW 20 483
Control unit with
telephone dialler
GW 20 471
Display module
GW 20 475
Electronic key
GW 20 474
Push-button panel for connection
and slicing GW 14 862
Remote control
GW 20 472
Application examples
IMP00007 30-01-2007 11:10 Pagina 149
150
K
I
T
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
U
N
I
T
S
A
C
T
I
V
A
T
I
O
N
D
E
V
I
C
E
S
S
Y
S
T
E
M
D
E
V
I
C
E
S
CODE DESCRIPTION CHARACTERISTICS
Standard RF burglar alarm kit
Control unit for 16 sensors
Control unit for 32 sensors
with built-in telephone dialler
Remote control with 4 buttons
Keyboard
Electronic proximity key
Siren for outdoors
Signal repeater
System status display module
1 control unit GW 20 470
1 remote control GW 20 472
2 movement detectors GW 20 477
Keys for programming and command,
control LED and indoor built-in siren
Programming keyboard, LCD display
for control and indoor built-in siren
Activation, deactivation, slicing and anti-panic
Activation, deactivation, slicing
and anti-panic. Incorporated transponder for
activation with electronic proximity key
- Together with the keyboard, it prevents keying the
code and permit the activation of the functions
- Together with the push-button panel, it permits the
activation of the functions
System on-off check from the outside with
flashing of the orange optical compartment
Push-button panel for connection and slicing
- GW10862, GW12862 and GW14862
interchangeable with all 3 gangs ONE plate range
- GW10867, GW12867 and GW14867
interchangeable with all 3 gangs LUX plate range
- Activation, slicing of the RF burglar alarm system
- Powered by 3 AAA type batteries
To be combined with the control unit
to increase the coverage of the system
System status display on/off
GW 10 862
GW 12 862
GW 14 862
RF BURGLAR ALARM
O
N
E
L
U
X
White Component
Black Component
Titanium Component
GW 10 867
GW 12 867
GW 14 867
White Component
Black Component
Titanium Component
GW 20 497
GW 20 470
GW 20 471
GW 20 472
GW 20 473
GW 20 474
GW 20 490
GW 20 480
GW 20 475
IMP00007 30-01-2007 11:10 Pagina 150
151
A
C
C
E
S
S
O
R
I
E
S
S
Y
S
T
E
M

I
N
T
E
R
F
A
C
E
CODE DESCRIPTION CHARACTERISTICS
Adjustable infrared movement detector
Wall-mounting volumetric detector
External detector
Optical smoke detector
External detector
Cable contact for roller shutters and rolling gates
Plastic magnetic surface contact
Metal magnetic surface contact
Lead for connecting PC
control unit
GSM remote control interface - RF burglar alarm
device - from DIN rail
EIB Interface - burglar alarm centres
Adjustable, 15m range, 81 opening
- GW10861, GW12861 and GW14861
interchangeable with all 3 gangs ONE
plate range
- GW10866, GW12866 and GW14866
interchangeable with all 3 gangs LUX plate range
- Powered by 3 AAA type batteries
With magnetic contact for doors and windows
Ceiling installation
For conventional row contacts
Connect with cable to the external detector for
conventional row contacts GW20479
Optional connection cable from the control unit
GW 20 470 and GW 20 471 with the serial
port of a PC for storing the system diagram and
modifying the operating parameters
Command (activation, deactivation and slicing)
and signalling (connection status, alarms defects)
system status
To be installed inside the GW20470, GW20471
control units. Connection to the control unit by
means of DIN mini serial connector
D
E
T
E
C
T
O
R
S
RF BURGLAR ALARM
O
N
E
L
U
X
GW 10 861
GW 12 861
GW 14 861
White Component
Black Component
Titanium Component
GW 10 866
GW 12 866
GW 14 866
White Component
Black Component
Titanium Component
GW 20 477
GW 20 478
GW 20 483
GW 20 479
GW 20 493
GW 20 494
GW 20 495
GW 20 499
GW 90 823
GW 20 476
IMP00007 30-01-2007 11:10 Pagina 151
G
W
1
4
8
6
2
PUSH-BUTTON PANEL FOR CONNECTION AND SLICING - PLATE ONE
Code RF range Functions Working Colour Dimensions Pack
in free field temperature LxHxD (mm) Carton
GW10 862 100 m Activation, slicing From -5C to +40C White 118x90x20 mm 1
GW12 862 100 m Activation, slicing From -5C to +40C Black 118x90x20 mm 1
GW14 862 100 m Activation, slicing From -5C to +40C Titanium 118x90x20 mm 1
CHARACTERISTICS: Powered via 3 1.5V AAA alkaline batteries, not included. Average battery life: 2 years.
Incorporated transponder for activation with electronic proximity key GW20474.
Titanium: titanium button keys and titanium ONE-type plate.
G
W
2
0
4
7
3
KEYBOARD
GW20 473 100 m Activation Slicing From +5C to +40C White 166x136x33 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: n. 1 alkaline battery - 9 V type 6LR61.
CHARACTERISTICS: incorporated transponder for activation with electronic proximity key GW20474.
G
W
2
0
4
7
2
REMOTE CONTROL
Code RF range No. keys Colour Dimensions Pack
in free field LxHxD (mm) Carton
GW20 472 100 m 4 Black 35x68x15 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: allows you to manage the following functions: activation, deactivation, slicing and anti-panic.
NOTES: one 12V MN21-type alkaline battery included.
CONNECTI ON DEVI CES
G
W
2
0
4
7
1
CONTROL UNIT WITH INTEGRATED TELEPHONE DIALLER
Code Power supply RF range Max. no. Max. no. Colour Dimensions Pack
in free field devices sensor LxHxD (mm) Carton
GW20 471 230 V 50 Hz 100 m 16 32 White 245x205x57 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: n. 1 lead battery - 6 V - 1,2 Ah.
CHARACTERISTICS: with programming and control keyboard, LCD display and integrated siren.
Integrated phone dialler allowing 8 phone numbers to be stored. Max. number of 16 devices between remote controls, keyboards and proximity key.
G
W
2
0
4
7
0
CONTROL UNITS
Code Power supply RF range Max. no. Max. no. Colour Dimensions Pack
in free field devices sensor LxHxD (mm) Carton
GW20 470 230 V 50 Hz 100 m 8 16 White 245x205x57 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: n. 1 lead battery - 6 V - 1,2 Ah.
CHARACTERISTICS: 3 push-buttons for programming and control, control LED, mechanical emergency key and siren from inside.
Max. number of 8 devices between remote controls, keyboards and proximity key.
COMMAND CENTRES
G
W
2
0
4
9
7
STANDARD RADIO BURGLAR ALARM KIT
Carton
GW20 497 RF burglar alarm base kit 1
KIT COMPOSITION: 1 control unit GW20470; 1 remote control GW20472; 2 movement detectors GW20477
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: all devices in the kit are supplied with batteries.
CHARACTERISTICS: the kit allows a basic type of radio burglar alarm system to be made, which can be expanded and integrated using Burglar Alarm range devices.
STANDARD KI T
RF BURGLAR ALARM SYSTEM
152
WIRELESS SYSTEMS - BURGLAR ALARM
IMP00007 30-01-2007 11:10 Pagina 152
G
W
2
0
4
9
0
SIREN FOR OUTDOORS
Code RF range Loudness Working Level of Colour Dimensions Pack
in free field temperature protection LxHxD (mm) Carton
GW20 490 100 m 94 dB (at 3 m) From -25C to +55C IP34 White 253x290x85 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: n. 1 lithium battery - 7,2 V - 13 Ah tipo LSH20.
G
W
2
0
4
8
0
SIGNAL REPEATER
Code RF range Cable conn. Max dist. Colour Dimensions Pack
in free field to central unit from central unit LxHxD (mm) Carton
GW20 480 100 m 2x0,75 + 4x0,22 mm
2
100 m White 47x270x30 1
To be used in combination with control unit GW20470 and GW20471 (from which it draws its operating power supply) to strengthen the systems coverage.
G
W
2
0
4
7
5
SYSTEM STATUS DISPLAY MODULE
Code Power supply RF range Draw Signalling Colour Dimensions Pack
in free field LED LxHxD (mm) Carton
GW20 475 12/24 V ac/dc 100 m 12 - 47 mA on/off White 47x100x30 1
SYSTEM DEVI CES
G
W
2
0
4
7
4
ELECTRONIC PROXIMITY KEY
Carton
GW20 474 Proximity key 1/10
CHARACTERISTICS: if used with the keyboard GW20473, avoid typing in the access code.
G
W
1
4
8
6
7
PUSH-BUTTON PANEL FOR CONNECTION AND SLICING - PLATE LUX
GW10 867 100 m Activation, slicing From -5C to +40C White 123x95x20 mm 1
GW12 867 100 m Activation, slicing From -5C to +40C Black 123x95x20 mm 1
GW14 867 100 m Activation, slicing From -5C to +40C Titanium 123x95x20 mm 1
CHARACTERISTICS: Powered via 3 1.5V AAA alkaline batteries, not included. Average battery life: 2 years.
Incorporated transponder for activation with electronic proximity key GW20474.
Titanium: titanium button keys and titanium LUX-type plate.
153
IMP00007 30-01-2007 11:10 Pagina 153
G
W
2
0
4
8
3
OPTICAL SMOKE DETECTOR
Code RF range Installation Colour Dimension Pack
in free field BxH (mm) Carton
GW20 483 100 m Ceiling-mounting White 50x104 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: n. 3 alkaline battery - 9 V type 6LR61.
G
W
2
0
4
7
9
DETECTOR FOR TRADITIONAL ROW CONTACTS
Code RF range No. Colour Dimensions Pack
in free field output LxHxD (mm) Carton
GW20 479 100 m 2 White 47x100x30 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: n. 1 alkaline battery - 9 V type 6LR61. Conventional connectable contacts GW20493, GW20494, GW20495.
G
W
2
0
4
7
8
EXTERNAL DETECTOR WITH MAGNETIC CONTACT FOR DOORS AND WINDOWS
Code RF range No. Colour Dimensions Pack
in free field output LxHxD (mm) Carton
GW20 478 100 m 1 White 40x77x26 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: n. 3 lithium batteries - 3 V - Type DL2430.
G
W
1
4
8
6
6
WALL-MOUNTING INFRARED VOLUMETRIC MOVEMENT DETECTOR - PLATE LUX
Code RF range Range Working Colour Dimensions Pack
in free field of action temperature LxHxD (mm) Carton
GW10 866 100 m 15 m From -10C to +45C White 123x95x20 mm 1
GW12 866 100 m 15 m From -10C to +45C Black 123x95x20 mm 1
GW14 866 100 m 15 m From -10C to +45C Titanium 123x95x20 mm 1
CHARACTERISTICS: powered via 3 1.5V AAA alkaline batteries, not included. Average battery life: 2 years.
White: white button keys and milk white LUX-type plate.
Black: black button keys and titanium LUX-type plate.
Titanium: titanium button keys and titanium LUX-type plate.
G
W
1
0
8
6
1
WALL-MOUNTING INFRARED VOLUMETRIC MOVEMENT DETECTOR - PLATE ONE
GW10 861 100 m 15 m From -10C to +45C White 118x90x40 mm 1
GW12 861 100 m 15 m From -10C to +45C Black 118x90x40 mm 1
GW14 861 100 m 15 m From -10C to +45C Titanium 118x90x40 mm 1
CHARACTERISTICS: powered via 3 1.5V AAA alkaline batteries, not included. Average battery life: 2 years.
White: white button keys and milk white ONE-type plate.
Black: black button keys and titanium ONE-type plate.
Titanium: titanium button keys and titanium ONE-type plate.
G
W
2
0
4
7
7
ADJUSTABLE INFRARED VOLUMETRIC MOVEMENT DETECTOR
GW20 477 100 m 15 m From -10C to +45C White 64x110x48 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: n. 1 alkaline battery - 9 V type 6LR61. Directional mounting bracket.
DETECTORS
154
IMP00007 30-01-2007 11:10 Pagina 154
G
W
2
0
4
7
6
EIB INTERFACE - BURGLAR ALARM CENTRES
Code Dimensions Pack
LxHxD (mm) Carton
GW20 476 38x32x14 mm 1
CHARACTERISTICS: interface between the EIB bus and the command centres GW20470, GW20471 of the RF burglar alarm system.
Configuration with Easy base unit GW90831 possible.
APPLICATIONS: allows you to send commands of connection / disconnection / slicing from the EIB bus to the burglar alarm system, and transmit the status
of connection / alarm / connection enabling from the burglar alarm system on the EIB bus.
NOTES to be installed inside the command centres GW20470, GW20471.
Connection to the control unit via mini DIN serial connector.
Connection to the bus via coupling terminal.
G
W
9
0
8
2
3
GW90 823 100 m 3 1
CHARACTERISTICS: the module has the possibility of a backup power supply, using the rechargeable 9V battery included. The product allows
you to carry out command functions (activation, deactivation, slicing) and system status
NOTES: item to be used only with the repeater GW90821, from which it receives the power supply via the row
SYSTEM I NTERFACES
G
W
2
0
4
9
9
CABLE FOR CONNECTING PC CONTROL UNIT
Code Length Connectors Pack
(m) Carton
GW20 499 2 MINI DIN 8 Pin RS 232 9 Pin 1
CHARACTERISTICS: cable for optional connection between the control unit GW20470 and GW20471 with the serial port of a PC,
to store system diagram and functional parameter changes.
G
W
2
0
4
9
4
VISIBLE MAGNETIC CONTACT
Code Description Material Installation Colour Pack
Carton
GW20 494 Magnetic contact Plastic Wall White 1/10
GW20 495 Magnetic contact Metal Wall Aluminium 1/5
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: operation magnets with installation support to be used in combination with GW20479.
G
W
2
0
4
9
3
CABLE CONTACT FOR ROLLER-SHUTTERS
Code Description Colour Pack
Carton
GW20 493 Rolling electromechanical contact White 1/2
To be used in combination with the detector for conventional line contacts GW20479 or similar.
ACCESSORI ES
155
IMP00007 30-01-2007 11:10 Pagina 155
design.
THE CHORUS SYSTEM
S
a
f
e
t
y
P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l
i
t
y
D
e
s
i
g
n
IMP00007 30-01-2007 11:10 Pagina 156
157
Master.
MASTER, the innovative system navigator of the CHORUS system integrates
the home automation systems and entryphone thereby allowing the control
of the entire home at a single touch.
The touch-screen panel and intuitive interface make controlling the home
easy, direct and available to all.
IMP00007 30-01-2007 11:10 Pagina 157
158
MASTER
The simple and intuitive map and plan display allows to control all household
functions with extreme ease.
MASTER offers cutting edge functions such as the creation of complex settings,
hourly programming, logic management and even notification of events via e-mail.
The web-server function permits the remote control of the entire system via Internet.
TFT 10,4 colour display.
MASTER, the supervisory and display touch screen panel, allows to control of all
system functions, manage the KNX - EIB and burglar alarm system, and integrate
household entryphones and surveillance systems.
IMP00007 30-01-2007 11:10 Pagina 158
G
W
9
0
8
2
4
ENTRYPHONE-WITH-SCREEN INTERFACE FOR MASTER AND INTERNET GATEWAY - FROM DIN RAIL
Code No. DIN Pack
modules Carton
GW90 824 9 1
CHARACTERISTICS: to be used to connect the Internet gateway GW90816 to the upright of the entryphone-with-screen system.
G
W
9
0
8
1
6
INTERNET GATEWAY
Code Power supply Dimensions Pack
voltage LxHxD (mm) Carton
GW90 816 12V dc 128x44x176 mm 1
CHARACTERISTICS: the device acts as an embedded web server and allows you to manage and control the EIB Easy system
via the Internet, or locally, via a LAN.
Integrated analogical modem 56kbit/s. Fitted with two RJ45 Ethernet gates (10/100 Mbit/s), one RJ11 gate for connection to the PSTN network.
APPLICATIONS: remote control via the Internet of the EIB Easy system, logical functions, timer, automatic sending of e-mails regarding events.
In combination with the interface GW90824, it allows the remotisation of video images from the entryphone-with-screen system, or the surveillance telecameras.
The remote control computer used does not require special software: just use an Internet Browser.
Plug power supply included.
INTERNET GATEWAY
INTERNET GATEWAY
G
W
9
0
8
2
4
Code No. DIN Pack
modules Carton
GW90 824 9 1
CHARACTERISTICS: to be used to connect the Master to the upright of the entryphone-with-screen system.
G
W
1
0
0
0
0
V
T
TOUCH SCREEN COMMAND AND VISUALISATION PANEL - FLUSH-MOUNTING
Code Power supply Display Plate Pack
voltage colour Carton
GW10 000 TB 230V ac Colour touch screen 10.4 White 1
GW10 000 VT 230V ac Colour touch screen 10.4 Titanium 1
GW10 000 VA 230V ac Colour touch screen 10.4 Slate 1
CHARACTERISTICS: colour TFT touchscreen control panel, for commanding and controlling the EIB Easy system. Integrates the function of internal
entryphone-with-screen speakerphone with that of web server, allowing the remote control of the system, via the Internet. Visualisation of commands and status by means of
icons
on maps, images, plans. Video resolution 800x600, Linux operative system.
APPLICATIONS: local and remote control (via the Internet) of the EIB Easy system, logical functions, timer, automatic sending of e-mails regarding events.
In combination with the interface GW90824, it allows the connection to the upright of the entryphone-with-screen, and the remotisation of the call on the entryphone-with-
screen and of the images from the surveillance telecameras. Any remote control computer used does not require specific software: just use an Internet Browser.
NOTES: flush-mounting box included.
MASTER
MASTER
159
BUS KONNEX EIB - EASY
IMP00007 31-01-2007 10:57 Pagina 159
design.
THE CHORUS SYSTEM
S
a
f
e
t
y
P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l
i
t
y
D
e
s
i
g
n
IMP00007 30-01-2007 11:10 Pagina 160
161
Home Automation.
CHORUS offers the simplest way to enter the world of home automation.
In accordance with the KNX/EIB standard, the Easy system allows to
configure the system without the need of a PC. Household functions can be
created in just a few short steps thanks to the self-learning devices.
Easy light-sensitive IR
movement detector
Actuator for Easy motor control Easy 4 channel push-button panel
IMP00007 30-01-2007 11:10 Pagina 161
162
HOME AUTOMATION
CHORUS offers an open and modular system that responds to a simple and direct single control.
This is the EIB Easy system that, using the European recognised EIB protocol, can make all system components
communicate with one another. It is also very easy to use, a PC is not required for programming and can be remotely
accessed via SMS and Internet. If required it can be expanded for more complex systems, integrating it with traditional
EIB products.
Controlling all household functions will be as easy as pushing a button.
The Base Unit is the heart of the Easy EIB system and on which is based the
Chorus - Home Automation offer. Used as an alternative to specific software tools
(ETS) that inevitably require the use of a Personal Computer, the configuration of
the system is easier, quicker and intuitive using six push-buttons and a display.
The Easy EIB devices are automatically recognised: simply select that required
during programming to create the desired function: light, dimmer, roller shutter,
scenes, alarms, temperature adjustment controls.
With integrated BUS power supply unit, an 8 channel output actuator and a
timer in a single device and backup chip card to save the project data.
IMP00007 30-01-2007 11:10 Pagina 162
G
W
1
2
7
7
2
V
T
EASY COMMAND AND VISUALISATION PANELS COMBINED WITH SCREEN-EQUIPPED ENTRYPHONE
- FLUSH-MOUNTING - LUX
Code Plate Power supply Display For flush-mounting Dimensions Pack
colour voltage boxes LxHxD (mm) Carton
GW12 772 TB Milk white 230V AC 50/60Hz Colour 3,5 GW24237 150x160x57 mm 1
GW12 772 VT Titanium 230V AC 50/60Hz Colour 3,5 GW24237 150x160x57 mm 1
GW12 772 VA Slate 230V AC 50/60Hz Colour 3,5 GW24237 150x160x57 mm 1
CHARACTERISTICS: the device integrates the functions of command display and visualisation of the EIB Easy system with that of internal entryphone-with-screen
and speakerphone. Equipped with rechargeable backup battery. Configuration with Easy base unit possible GW90831.
G
W
1
2
7
7
1
V
T
EASY COMMAND AND VISUALISATION PANELS
GW12 771 TB Milk white 230V AC 50/60Hz Monochromatic 2,8 GW24237 150x160x57 mm 1
GW12 771 VT Titanium 230V AC 50/60Hz Monochromatic 2,8 GW24237 150x160x57 mm 1
GW12 771 VA Slate 230V AC 50/60Hz Monochromatic 2,8 GW24237 150x160x57 mm 1
CHARACTERISTICS: control panel with back-lit graphic LCD, for commanding and controlling the EIB Easy system.
Fitted with 6 frontal, navigation button-keys. Equipped with rechargeable backup battery. Configuration with Easy base unit possible GW90831.
APPLICATIONS: allows you to select ON-OFF commands, commands for temperature control and commands to manage roller-shutters, dimmers, scenes
(memorisation and activation) and the visualisation of the status of the controlled devices. It also allows you to control the burglar
alarm system, and to create timed command sequences. It works as: a clock, calendar, thermometer, memo, and hourly timer.
COMMAND PANELS
COMMAND AND VI SUALI SATI ON SUPERVI SI ON
G
W
9
0
8
3
2
CHIP CARD FOR BACK-UP FOR EASY STANDARD UNIT
Carton
GW90 832 Chip card 1
CHARACTERISTICS: backup chip card for saving the project data of the Easy base unit GW90831.
G
W
9
0
8
3
1
EASY STANDARD UNIT - FROM DIN RAIL
Code Power supply Output Max. current No. DIN Pack
voltage voltage supplied modules Carton
GW90 831 230V AC 50/60Hz 30V dc 2V 320 mA 12 1
CHARACTERISTICS: configuration unit of the EIB Easy system, allows you to manage a bus line consisting of up to 64 devices.
Includes a bus power supply with a maximum output current of 320mA, plus an actuator with 8 output channels (230V AC, 10A) with potential-free contacts.
Integrates a timer with four output channels and a scene module.
NOTES: connection to the bus via coupling terminal with protection. Backup chip card GW90832 included.
STANDARD UNI T
SYSTEM COMPONENTS
163
IMP00007 30-01-2007 11:10 Pagina 163
G
W
9
0
8
2
5
ENTRYPHONE INTERFACE FOR GSM REMOTE CONTROL - FROM DIN RAIL
Code No. DIN Pack
modules Carton
GW90 825 2 1
CHARACTERISTICS: in combination with the GSM repeaters GW90821, GW90861, GW90815 it allows you to forward the entryphone call arriving
from an external position to a pre-set telephone number. The call deviation function can be activated via the front push-button.
By means of the DTMF tones of the telephone called, it is also possible to send commands to activate the electro-lock, or auxiliary configuration commands.
G
W
9
0
8
6
1
GSM EASY REMOTE CONTROL - FROM DIN RAIL
Code Power supply No. DIN Pack
voltage modules Carton
GW90 861 230V AC 50/60Hz 6 1
CHARACTERISTICS: via the GSM network (for example from a mobile phone), or text messages, the device allows you to command
the EIB Easy actuators. It is also possible to transmit information arriving from devices connected to the bus (via text messages, to a pre-set telephone
number). Using a computer (USB gate), it is possible to set the outgoing messages and the telephone numbers to be used for calls.
Configuration with Easy base unit possible GW90831
APPLICATIONS: allows you to select ON-OFF commands, timed commands, priority commands, commands for temperature control and commands to
manage roller-shutters, dimmers, scenes (memorisation and activation). The outgoing information (text messages) relates to the status of the actuators commanded.
NOTES: equipped with coupling terminal for connection to the bus, with protective cover and GSM antenna. Configuration software included.
Three backup batteries (AAA rechargeable) not included.
REMOTE CONTROL MODULES
REMOTE CONTROL
164
IMP00007 30-01-2007 11:10 Pagina 164
G
W
9
0
8
4
6
EASY 4-CHANNEL BINARY INPUT MODULE - FROM DIN RAIL
Code Max length No. DIN Pack
cables modules Carton
GW90 846 50 m 2.5 1
CHARACTERISTICS: bus module with 4-channel binary input, for connecting 4 push-buttons or potential-free contacts.
The reading voltage (SELV) is generated within the device itself. With 4 LEDs for indicating the status of the input contact.
APPLICATIONS: two channels allow you to select ON-OFF commands with fronts management, timed commands,
priority commands, commands to control roller-shutters (with double push-button), dimmers (with indication of brightness value),
scenes (memorisation and activation), priority commands and commands for temperature control.
The other two channels allow you to enter priority commands, or can be used as alarm inputs (weather sensor)
NOTES: fitted with coupling terminal for protected connection to the bus.
G
W
1
4
7
5
2
EASY 4-CHANNEL PUSH-BUTTON PANEL - FLUSH-MOUNTING
Code Colour No. No. modules Pack
channels Chorus Carton
GW10 752 White 4 2 1
GW12 752 Black 4 2 1
GW14 752 Titanium 4 2 1
CHARACTERISTICS: push-button panel, 4 button keys/4 channels, with integrated coupling unit for EIB bus. Each button key has an amber, night-locating
LED, and a green LED to visualise the status of the commanded load. Configuration with Easy base unit GW90831 possible.
APPLICATIONS: allows you to select ON-OFF commands with fronts management, switching commands, timed commands, and commands
to control roller-shutters (single or double push-button), dimmers (with single or double push-button) and scenes (memorisation and activation).
NOTES: equipped with coupling terminal for connection to the bus, with protective cover and a set of icons to personalise
the functions of the button keys.
G
W
1
4
7
5
1
BLANKING MODULE FOR HOUSING 4-CHANNEL CONTACTS INTERFACE
Code Colour No. modules Pack
Chorus Carton
GW10 751 White 1 5/200
GW12 751 Black 1 5/200
GW14 751 Titanium 1 5/200
CHARACTERISTICS: 1-gang blanking module with tampography KNX-EIB.
Allows the housing and rapid identification of the 4-channel contacts interface GW90834 or GW90721.
NOTES: embedded coupling.
G
W
1
0
8
9
8
Code Power supply Lamp Colour Cable Pack
voltage Colour Carton
GW10 898 3 - 5 V dc Led Red Red - black 50
GW10 899 3 - 5 V dc Led Green Green - black 50
NOTES: the miniature lamps with wired lead are equipped with power cables. If connected with the interfaces GW90721, GW90834, they do not require the use
of a current limiting resistance. In this case, the maximum current absorbed is less than 1mA.
G
W
9
0
8
3
4
EASY 4-CHANNEL CONTACTS INTERFACE - RETRACTABLE
Code No. input No. output Max length Dimensions Pack
channels channels cables LxHxD (mm) Carton
GW90 834 4 4 10 m 38x32x14mm 1
CHARACTERISTICS: bus interface for the connection of 4 push-buttons or conventional, potential-free contacts. The reading voltage (SELV) is generated within
the device. For each input, an output is available, for the power supply to a low absorption LED (less than 1mA like, for example, GW10898, GW10899)
to visualise the status of the load commanded. Configuration with Easy base unit GW90831 possible.
APPLICATIONS: allows you to select ON-OFF commands with fronts management, switching commands, timed commands, priority commands,
commands for temperature control and commands to control roller-shutters (with single or double push-button), dimmers (with single or double push-button),
and scenes (memorisation and activation). The input channels can be used as alarm inputs (weather sensors).
Installation in flush-mounting box, junction boxes, or embedded in the blanking modules GW10751, GW12571, GW14571.
The slot on the plastic shell also allows for screw fixing.
NOTES: fitted with coupling terminal for connection to the bus, and unshielded cables (for the connection of the inputs), 30cm long,
extendable up to 10m, with unshielded, braided cable.
BI NARY I NPUT MODULES
INPUTS
165
IMP00007 30-01-2007 11:10 Pagina 165
G
W
9
0
7
7
0
WIND SENSOR INTERFACE
Code Power supply Dimensions Level of Pack
LxHxD (mm) protection Carton
GW90 770 230V ac 110x95x38 mm IP55 1
CHARACTERISTICS: allows the interface of the wind sensor GW90769 with the modules GW90834 and GW90846. Generates an alarm signal via
a potential-free, NO contact, on the basis of the wind intensity (adjustable with 10 threshold values, 3.3...24.5m/s). Wall-mounting.
G
W
9
0
7
6
9
WIND SENSOR
Code Level of Pack
protection Carton
GW90 769 IP65 1
CHARACTERISTICS: anemometer to be used in combination with the wind sensor interface GW90770.
G
W
1
4
7
5
6
EASY LIGHT-SENSITIVE IR MOVEMENT DETECTOR - FLUSH-MOUNTING
Code Colour Cycle Threshold No. modules Pack
time adjustment Chorus Carton
GW10 756 White 10s - 5min 10 - 500 lux 2 1
GW12 756 Black 10s - 5min 10 - 500 lux 2 1
GW14 756 Titanium 10s - 5min 10 - 500 lux 2 1
CHARACTERISTICS: movement sensor with detection conditioned by the light threshold value set. Directional lens.
Operating range: 10m. Vertical bearing angle: 30. Horizontal bearing angle: 105. Light threshold value adjustable by means of the
front access trimmer. Cycle time can be set in pre-fixed steps via the Easy base unit (10s...5min), and can be modified ( 50%)
via the front access trimmer. Frontal green LED signals movement detection, and command entry.
APPLICATIONS: allows you to send timed commands to the movement detector. The entry of commands can be conditioned by the status
of the piloted actuator. The device is able to manage a safety pause of 5 seconds upon the deactivation of the piloted load. For installation indoors.
NOTES: fitted with coupling terminal with protective cover for connection to the bus.
SENSORS
G
W
1
4
7
7
6
EASY 8-CHANNEL RF RECEIVER - FLUSH-MOUNTING
Code Colour N. RF input No. modules Pack
GW10 776 White 8 2 1
GW12 776 Black 8 2 1
CHARACTERISTICS: 8-channel radio receiver to interface the command devices of the RF Command and Control system with the actuators
of the EIB Easy system. Up to 4 command devices can be associated with each radio input channel.
APPLICATIONS: allows you to select ON-OFF commands with fronts management, inversion commands, timed commands, priority commands and
commands to control roller-shutters, dimmers, scenes (memorisation and activation).
NOTES: fitted with coupling terminal for with protective cover for connection to the bus.
The commands available depend on the type of device with which it is associated. To be used in combination with: RF push-button panels, RF remote controls,
RF movement detectors, RF timed thermostats, RF two-way timed thermostats and RF input modules.
166
IMP00007 30-01-2007 11:10 Pagina 166
G
W
9
0
8
4
2
EASY 300W DIMMER ACTUATOR FOR ELECTRONIC TRANSFORMERS - FROM DIN RAIL
Code Power supply Power of Power of No. DIN Pack
voltage incandescent lamp halogen lamp modules Carton
GW90 842 230V AC 50/60Hz 25 - 300 W 25 - 300 W 4 1
CHARACTERISTICS: dimmer actuator to regulate the brightness of incandescent lamps and LV halogen lamps controlled by electronic transformers.
Frontal switch to select the work mode. Soft start function to protect lamps.
Frontal LEDs indicating the status of the load and the functioning.
APPLICATIONS: ON-OFF commands, timed commands, priority and brightness regulation commands.
NOTES: fitted with coupling terminal with protective cover for connection to the bus. Not suitable for use with winding transformers.
G
W
9
0
8
4
1
EASY 400W RESISTIVE/INDUCTIVE DIMMER ACTUATOR - FROM DIN RAIL
Code Power supply Power of Power of No. DIN Pack
voltage incandescent lamp inductive load modules Carton
GW90 841 230V AC 50/60Hz 25 - 400 W 25 - 400 VA 4 1
CHARACTERISTICS: dimmer actuator to regulate the brightness of incandescent lamps and halogen lamps controlled by winding transformers.
Protection against short-circuiting and overloading. Frontal switch to select the work mode.
Soft start function to protect lamps. Frontal LED indicating the status of the load, the overload and the functioning.
APPLICATIONS: ON-OFF commands, timed commands, priority and brightness regulation commands.
OUTPUT MODULES OF DI MMERS
G
W
1
4
7
6
7
EASY 1-CHANNEL 8A ENGINE COMMAND ACTUATOR - FLUSH-MOUNTING
Code Colour Output No. modules Pack
contacts Chorus Carton
GW10 767 White 8A(AC1)/3A(AC15)230V ac 2 1
GW12 767 Black 8A(AC1)/3A(AC15)230V ac 2 1
GW14 767 Titanium 8A(AC1)/3A(AC15)230V ac 2 1
CHARACTERISTICS: 1-channel actuator to activate a motor to move roller-shutters, curtains, Venetian blinds, rolling blinds, etc.
via potential-free output contacts (NO). Fitted with two frontal push-buttons for local activation, and two LEDs indicating output contact closure.
APPLICATIONS: carries out commands of movement/adjustment/stopping, along with priority commands, scene management and alarm signalling commands.
G
W
9
0
8
3
6
EASY 4-CHANNEL 16A ACTUATOR - FROM DIN RAIL
Code Output No. DIN Pack
contacts modules Carton
GW90 836 4NA 16A (AC1)/4A(AC15) 230V ac 4 1
CHARACTERISTICS: 4-channel actuator to activate loads via the potential-free output contacts (NO).
Fitted with frontal push-buttons for local activation, and LED indicating output contact closure.
APPLICATIONS: ON-OFF commands, timed commands with warning function when switching off, priority commands and scene management commands.
G
W
1
4
7
6
6
EASY 1-CHANNEL 16A ACTUATOR - FLUSH-MOUNTING
GW10 766 White 1NA/NC16A(AC1)/10A(AC15)230Vac 2 1
GW12 766 Black 1NA/NC16A(AC1)/10A(AC15)230Vac 2 1
GW14 766 Titanium 1NA/NC16A(AC1)/10A(AC15)230Vac 2 1
CHARACTERISTICS: 1-channel actuator to activate loads via the potential-free output contact (NO NC).
Fitted with frontal push-button for local activation, and LED indicating output contact closure.
APPLICATIONS: ON-OFF commands, timed commands with warning function when switching off, priority commands and scene management commands.
OUTPUTS
167
IMP00007 30-01-2007 11:10 Pagina 167
G
W
9
0
5
8
3
CABLES
Code Type Description Insulating (mm) Colour Pack
voltage Carton
GW90 583 2 conductors 1 x 2 x 0.8 LSZH Cable sheath 4000 V 5.2 Green 100
GW90 582 4 conductors 2 x 2 x 0.8 PVC Cable sheath 4000 V 6.1 Green 100
Can be installed with a power supply cable of 230V, and are recommended both for protruding and built-in assembly, for the arrangement in conduits,
in dry, open-air places, as long as they are protected from the direct rays of the sun.
In the EIB cable GW90582, the first duplex cable (red + black) is used for the power supply and the data transmission of the EIB devices; the second duplex cable
(yellow + white) can be used for another service SELV power supply.
In the EIB cable GW90583, the duplex cable (red + black) is used for the power supply and the data transmission of the EIB devices.
CHARACTERISTICS: GW90582 BUS cable for shielded installation, made up of 2 pairs of twisted conductors. Colours black / red + yellow / white.
GW90583 BUS cable for shielded installation, made up of 1 pair of twisted conductors. Colours black/red.
ACCESSORI ES
G
W
2
0
4
7
6
LxHxD (mm) Carton
GW20 476 38x32x14 mm 1
Connection to the control unit via mini DIN serial connector.
INTERFACES
COMPLEMENTARY I TEMS
G
W
1
4
7
6
3
EASY THERMOSTAT - WALL-MOUNTING
Code Colour Dimensions Pack
LxHxD (mm) Carton
GW10 763 White 85x95x23 mm 1
GW14 763 Titanium 85x95x23 mm 1
CHARACTERISTICS: thermostat for controlling the heating/air-conditioning systems on the bus.
Adjustment with two-point (ON/OFF) or proportional (PWM) control. Fitted with back-lit LCD display.
APPLICATIONS: can be used in combination with the timed thermostats GW10761, GW14761 for adjusting the temperature in specific areas. In this case, the
thermostat acts
as a Slave, putting into effect the temperature profile sent by the Master (timed thermostat), using set point values defined locally.
It also allows you to control the fan coils.
NOTES: fitted with coupling terminal for connection to the bus.
Equipped with backup battery, to guarantee the updating of the calendar (day/time), in the event of bus voltage absence.
G
W
1
0
7
6
1
EASY TIMED THERMOSTAT - WALL-MOUNTING
LxHxD (mm) Carton
GW10 761 White 130x92x23 mm 1
CHARACTERISTICS: timed thermostat, programmable on a weekly basis, for controlling heating/air-conditioning systems on the
EIB Easy bus. Three-level temperature profile (comfort, pre-comfort, economy). Adjustment with two-point (ON/OFF) or proportional (PWM) control.
Fitted with back-lit LCD display. Configuration with Easy base unit GW90831 possible.
APPLICATIONS: can be used in combination with the thermostats GW10763, GW14763 for adjusting the temperature in specific areas. In this case, the timed
thermostat acts
as a Master, sending the temperature profile to the bus.
NOTES: fitted with coupling terminal for connection to the bus. The device is pre-set for a backup power supply using 2 AAA alkaline batteries (not included),
to guarantee the updating of the calendar (day, time) in the event of bus voltage absence
168
IMP00007 30-01-2007 11:10 Pagina 168
169
S
a
f
e
t
y
P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l
i
t
y
D
e
s
i
g
n
IMP00008 30-01-2007 11:15 Pagina 169
design.
THE CHORUS SYSTEM
S
a
f
e
t
y
P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l
i
t
y
D
e
s
i
g
n
IMP00008 30-01-2007 11:15 Pagina 170
171
Video entryphone.
The CHORUS video entryphone system offers solutions that range from the
elegant entryphone with handset to the flush- mounting speakerphone and
the BUS command and display panel combined with the video entryphone.
The use of the 2 wire technology make the installation and configuration of
the system easy, quick and flexible.
Speakerphone entryphone Entryphone Video entryphone
IMP00008 30-01-2007 11:15 Pagina 171
172
WALL-MOUNTING ENTRYPHONE
The wall-mounting entryphone is distinguish by its refined
design and elegant lines.
White in colour, it can be wall-mounted or flush-mounted in
a rectangular box.
With privacy, intercom call and configurable auxiliary
command functions.
SPEAKERPHONE ENTRYPHONE
The 3 module flush-mounting speakerphone entryphone,
available in three colours, white, black and titanium, is
completed with the home range of plates: ONE, LUX, ART.
command functions.
The CHORUS video entryphone system is simple and reduces installation times.
Systems with 48 internal gangs and 4 outside call positions can be created with just 2 non-polarized wires including
power supply.
Intercom function with up to 4 internal gangs, flush-mounting household surveillance system with camera, possibility of
remote access of the entryphone call via GSM, use of the KNX EIB control unit in combination with the video
entryphone, use of the Master as an internal video entryphone gang: one solution for all application needs.
FREE-STANDING VIDEO ENTRYPHONE
The speakerphone entryphone with 3,5" colour display,
displays the images from the outside and surveillance
telecameras. Available for flush-mounting, wall-mounting
and free-standing installations it integrates perfectly with the
design of the LUX plates.
command functions.
Indoors
IMP00008 30-01-2007 11:15 Pagina 172
173
2

w
i
r
e

t
e
c
h
n
o
lo
g
y

=
M
a
x
i
m
u
m

i
n
s
t
a
lla
t
i
o
n
s
i
m
p
li
c
i
t
y
Outdoors
1 module position
Flush-mounting
2 module position
Wall-mounting
Box with build-in rainproof roof
3 module position
Flush-mounting
Video surveillance
A household video surveillance system can be
integrated to the video entryphone system by means
of the indoor colour telecamera, 2 flush-mounting
modules, together with the video selector. Available
in white, black or titanium and are completed with
the three ONE, LUX, ART plates.
The outside positions, audio/video with directional colour telecamera or audio only, are modular using modules with
traditional call buttons or the module with display and electronic index and are completed with the street number module.
Equipped with 1, 2, 3 module titanium or slate coloured metal frame. Flush-mounting or wall-mounting in boxes with built-
in rainproof roof.
2

w
i
r
e

t
e
c
h
n
o
lo
g
y

=
M
a
x
i
m
u
m

i
n
s
t
a
lla
t
i
o
n
s
i
m
p
li
c
i
t
y
IMP00008 30-01-2007 11:15 Pagina 173
174
OUTDOORS
CODE TYPE OF SYSTEM
TYPE OF
INSTALLATION
FUNCTIONS MODULARITY
GW 18 001
Audio/video module for
outdoors
Audio/video module
Adjustable colour camera
Relay output contact
Contact with pulse discharge for
electric-lock command
Input for local command
GW 18 006
Audio/video module with
2 push-buttons for outdoors
Audio/video module with 2 push-
buttons
Adjustable colour camera
Name plates backlit with white
LEDs
GW 18 011
Audio module for outdoors
Blind module
for entrance panels
Audio module
GW 18 016
Audio module with 2 two
push-buttons for outdoors
Audio module with 2 push-
buttons
LEDs
GW 18 021
Module with four push-buttons
for outdoors
Module with 4 push-buttons
LEDs
Entryphone video
Entryphone
Entryphones
Entryphones with video
Flush-mounting or
wall-mounting
The outdoor positions are made
up by vertically arranging the
modules up to a maximum of
three inside the boxes and
frames of 1, 2, 3 modules.
The compositions can be
placed side by side when
made in this manner with
frame.
GW 18 026
Call module with
electronic index for outdoors
Call module with electronic index
Backlit alphanumeric LCD
GW 18 031
GW 18 036
Street number module for
outdoors
White backlit LED street number
module
Blind module for finishing of
audio/video outdoor
IMP00008 31-01-2007 11:03 Pagina 174
175
INDOORS
Speakerphone
Colours
LUX
to be
completed
with
3 gangs
plates
ONE-LUX-
ART
System management
Easy EIB and EIB
Electric-lock command
Auxiliary commands (stair lights,
actuators, etc...) via bus or
Entryphones with screen system
Video supervision with
surveillance cameras
Intercommunication
Privacy
Configurable auxiliary
commands
(stair lights, actuator)
Intercommunication
Privacy
Configurable auxiliary commands
(stair lights, actuator)
Video supervision with
surveillance cameras
Intercommunication
Privacy
Flush-mounting speakerphone
entryphone
With handset
Wall/table speakerphone
entryphone
Easy command and visualisation
panel combined with flush-mounting
entryphones with screen
EIB command and visualisation panel
combined with flush-mounting
entryphones with screen
White
Flush-mounting
Flush-mounting
Surface-mounting
Flush-mounting
Wall/table
GW 18 250
GW 18 252
GW 18 254
White
Black
Titanium
GW 12 790TB
GW 12 790VA
Milk white plate
GW 12 790VT Titanium plate
Slate plate
GW 12 772TB
GW 12 772VA
Milk white plate
GW 12 772VT Titanium plate
Slate plate
GW 18 232TB
GW 18 232VT
GW 18 232VA
Milk white plate
Titanium plate
Slate plate
GW 18 222TB
GW 18 222VT
GW 18 222VA
Milk white plate
Titanium plate
Slate plate
Speakerphone entryphone -
flush-mounting
GW 18 031
Wall-mounting
entryphone
CODE COLOUR
TYPE OF
INSTALLATION
AUDIO VIDEO
PLATE
APPEARANCE
FUNCTIONS
IMP00008 30-01-2007 11:15 Pagina 175
G
W
1
8
0
8
1
V
T
AUDIO ENTRYPHONE KITS
Code Type Colour Pack
Carton
GW18 081 VT Single family Titanium 1
GW18 082 VT Two-family Titanium 1
GW18 081 VA Single family Slate 1
GW18 082 VA Two-family Slate 1
COMPOSITION: 1 flush-mounting box for outdoors GW18131, 1 frame for outdoors GW18121,
1 frame for outdoors GW18101VT or GW18101VA , 1 audio module with 2 push-buttons for outdoors GW18016,
1 single audio/video power supply unit GW18161, 1 (single family kit) / 2 (two-family kit) wall-mounting entryphones GW18260.
AUDI O KI TS
AUDI O KI TS
G
W
1
8
0
7
1
V
T
VIDEO ENTRYPHONE KITS
Code Type Colour Pack
Carton
GW18 071 VT Single family Titanium 1
GW18 072 VT Two-family Titanium 1
GW18 071 VA Single family Slate 1
GW18 072 VA Two-family Slate 1
COMPOSITION: 1 flush-mounting box for outdoors GW18131, 1 frame for outdoors GW18121,
1 frame for outdoors GW18101 VT or GW18101 VA, 1 audio/video module with 2 push-buttons for outdoors GW18006,
1 single audio/video power supply unit GW18161, 1 (single family kit) / 2 (two-family kit) flush-mounting speakerphone/entryphone-with-screen, GW18222VT or
GW18222VA,
1 (single family kit) /2 (two-family kit) flush-mounting boxes GW24237.
VI DEO KI TS
VI DEO KI TS
176
CHORUS - VIDEO ENTRYPHONE
CHORUS CATALOGUE 2007 > EURODOMO > DOMOTICS > CHORUS - VIDEO ENTRYPHONE
IMP00008 30-01-2007 11:15 Pagina 176
G
W
1
8
0
2
6
CALL MODULE WITH ELECTRONIC INDEX FOR ENTRANCE PANELS
Code No. audio/video Dimensions Pack
modules Carton
GW18 026 1 115x85x50 mm 1
CHARACTERISTICS: additional module with alphanumeric display and electronic index, for the composition of an external audio/video system
that can be linked with the base modules GW18001, GW18011.
The electronic index is programmed with a software package (supplied with the product), or locally, using the frontal push-buttons.
Connection to programming computer by means of USB gate.
APPLICATIONS: assembly in flush-mounting or wall-mounting boxes for outdoors.
NOTES: display with white back-lighting.
G
W
1
8
0
2
1
MODULE WITH 4 PUSH-BUTTONS FOR ENTRANCE PANELS
modules Carton
GW18 021 1 115x85x43,5 mm 1
CHARACTERISTICS: additional module with four push-buttons with call function, for the composition of an external audio/video system,
that can be linked with the base modules GW18001, GW18006, GW18011, GW18016.
NOTES: name plates back-lit with white LEDs.
G
W
1
8
0
1
6
AUDIO MODULE WITH 2 PUSH-BUTTONS FOR ENTRANCE PANELS
modules Carton
GW18 016 1 115x85x50 mm 1
CHARACTERISTICS: base module with two push-buttons with call function, for the composition of an external entryphone system
that can be linked with the modules GW18021, GW18031. The module has a relay output (NO - 10A - 12/24V AC/DC) for local, timed activations or in switchover,
an impulse output (18V, 3A peak) for activating the electro-locks, and a local, configurable command input.
G
W
1
8
0
1
1
AUDIO MODULE FOR ENTRANCE PANELS
modules Carton
GW18 011 1 115x85x50 mm 1
CHARACTERISTICS: base module for the composition of an external entryphone system, can be linked with the modules GW18021, GW18026, GW18031.
The module has a relay output (NO - 10A - 12/24V AC/DC) for local, timed activations or in switchover,
G
W
1
8
0
0
6
AUDIO/VIDEO MODULE WITH 2 PUSH-BUTTONS FOR ENTRANCE PANELS
modules Carton
GW18 006 1 115x85x50 mm 1
CHARACTERISTICS: base module with two push-buttons with call function, for the composition of an external entryphone-with-screen system;
that can be linked with the modules GW18021, GW18031. Adjustable colour telecamera.
G
W
1
8
0
0
1
AUDIO/VIDEO MODULE FOR ENTRANCE PANELS
modules Carton
GW18 001 1 115x85x50 mm 1
CHARACTERISTICS: base module for the composition of an external entryphone-with-screen system
that can be linked with the modules GW18021, GW18026, GW18031. Adjustable colour telecamera.
MODULES FOR ENTRANCE PANELS
OUTDOORS
177
IMP00008 30-01-2007 11:15 Pagina 177
G
W
1
8
1
4
2
WALL-MOUNTING BOXES WITH RAINPROOF ROOF FOR ENTRANCE PANELS
Code No. audio/video Configuration Dimensions Pack
modules LxHxD (mm) Carton
GW18 141 1 152x165x85 mm 1
GW18 142 2 Vertical 152x251x85 mm 1
CHARACTERISTICS: boxes in high resistance technopolymer.
G
W
1
8
1
3
2
FLUSH-MOUNTING BOXES FOR ENTRANCE PANELS
GW18 131 1 132x147x49 mm 1
CHARACTERISTICS: technopolymer boxes.
NOTES: fitted with 2 cable glands and 2 spacers for the modular assembly of flush-mounting boxes side-by-side.
BOXES FOR ENTRANCE PANELS
G
W
1
8
1
2
2
HOLDING FRAMES FOR ENTRANCE PANELS
modules BxH (mm) Carton
GW18 121 1 140x145 mm 1
GW18 122 2 Vertical 140x230 mm 1
GW18 123 3 Vertical 140x316 mm 1
CHARACTERISTICS: metal frame.
NOTES: assembly in flush-mounting or wall-mounting boxes for outdoors.
FRAMES FOR ENTRANCE PANELS
G
W
1
8
1
0
1
V
T
METAL COVERS FOR ENTRANCE PANELS
COLOUR: TITANIUM
GW18 101 VT 1 145x155x20 mm 1
GW18 102 VT 2 Vertical 145x241x20 mm 1
GW18 103 VT 3 Vertical 145x326x20 mm 1
COLOUR: SLATE
GW18 101 VA 1 145x155x20 mm 1
GW18 102 VA 2 Vertical 145x241x20 mm 1
GW18 103 VA 3 Vertical 145x326x20 mm 1
NOTES: to be applied on the frames for external positions.
COVERS FOR ENTRANCE PANELS
G
W
1
8
0
3
6
BLIND MODULE FOR ENTRANCE PANELS
modules Carton
GW18 036 1 115x85x43,5 mm 1
CHARACTERISTICS: additional module to external audio/video system.
G
W
1
8
0
3
1
STREET NUMBER MODULE FOR ENTRANCE PANELS
modules Carton
GW18 031 1 115x85x43,5 mm 1
CHARACTERISTICS: additional module for housing the label with the street number, for the composition of an external audio/video system.
NOTES: neutral label included, back-lighting with white LEDs.
178
IMP00008 30-01-2007 11:15 Pagina 178
G
W
1
8
2
5
4
SPEAKERPHONE - FLUSH-MOUNTING
Chorus Carton
GW18 250 White 3 1
GW18 252 Black 3 1
GW18 254 Titanium 3 1
CHARACTERISTICS: flush-mounting speakerphone entryphone with full 2-party speakerphone communication.
It has 2 push-buttons with answer function, electro-lock command of external call gang, and 2 push-buttons with configurable auxiliary functions.
The device has a relay output (NO - 3A - 12/24V AC/DC) for local activations, and an output for connecting a local push-button
with call function from the landing. 4 different call tones available.
AUDI O I NTERNAL UNI TS
G
W
1
2
7
9
0
V
T
EIB CONTROL PANEL / VIDEO ENTRYPHONE
FLUSH-MOUNTING - LUX
Colour voltage boxes LxHxD (mm) Carton
CHARACTERISTICS: the device integrates the functions of command display and visualisation of the EIB system with that of internal gang
speakerphone/entryphone-with-screen. Equipped with rechargeable backup battery. To be configured using ETS software.
G
W
1
2
7
9
0
V
T
EASY EIB CONTROL PANEL / VIDEO ENTRYPHONE
FLUSH-MOUNTING - LUX
CHARACTERISTICS: the device integrates the functions of command display and visualisation of the EIB Easy system with that of internal entryphone-with-screen
and speakerphone. Equipped with rechargeable backup battery. Configuration with Easy base unit GW90831 possible.
MULTI FUNCTI ONAL UNI T
G
W
1
8
2
3
2
V
T
VISION - VIDEO SPEAKERPHONE - WALL-MOUNTING/FREE- STANDING - LUX
Code Plate Display Dimensions Pack
colour LxHxD (mm) Carton
GW18 232 TB Milk white Colour 3,5 150x160x40 mm 1
GW18 232 VT Titanium Colour 3,5 150x160x40 mm 1
GW18 232 VA Slate Colour 3,5 150x160x40 mm 1
CHARACTERISTICS: wall-mounting or free-standing speakerphone/entryphone-with-screen with LCD 3.5 colour display and speakerphone full 2-party communication.
It has 4 push-buttons with answer function, electro-lock command, external call gang, including video, privacy and 2 push-buttons
with configurable auxiliary functions.
The device has a relay output (NO - 3A - 12/24V AC/DC) for local activations, and an output for connecting a local push-button with call function
from the landing. 4 different call tones available.
NOTES: Fitted with flange for wall installation, and bracket and cable for free-standing installation.
G
W
1
8
2
2
2
V
T
VISION - SPEAKERPHONE - FLUSH-MOUNTING - LUX
Code Plate Display For flush-mounting Dimensions Pack
colour boxes LxHxD (mm) Carton
GW18 222 TB Milk white Colour 3,5 GW24237 150x160x40 mm 1
GW18 222 VT Titanium Colour 3,5 GW24237 150x160x40 mm 1
GW18 222 VA Slate Colour 3,5 GW24237 150x160x40 mm 1
CHARACTERISTICS: flush-mounting speakerphone/entryphone-with-screen with LCD 3.5 colour display and speakerphone full 2-party communication.
It has 4 push-buttons with answer function, electro-lock command, external call gang, including video, privacy and 2 push-buttons
with configurable auxiliary functions.
The device has a relay output (NO - 3A - 12/24V AC/DC) for local activations, and an output for connecting a local push-button with call function
from the landing. 4 different call tones available.
VI DEO I NTERNAL UNI TS
INDOORS
179
IMP00008 30-01-2007 11:15 Pagina 179
G
W
1
8
1
6
7
VIDEO SIGNAL AMPLIFIER - DIN MODULE
Code No. modules Pack
DIN Carton
GW18 167 3 1
CHARACTERISTICS: video signal amplifier, to be used if the distance between the last internal gang of the entryphone-with-screen
and the power supply is greater than 100m. The device allows you to increase the distance by a further 100m.
G
W
1
8
1
6
6
VIDEO SIGNAL DISTRIBUTOR - DIN MODULE
Code No. Outputs No. modules Pack
DIN Carton
GW18 166 4 4 1
CHARACTERISTICS: video signal distributor on 4 outputs, with automatic adaptation of the signal impedance.
SYSTEM ACCESSORI ES
G
W
1
8
1
6
2
MULTIPLE AUDIO/VIDEO POWER SUPPLY - DIN MODULE
Code Input Max. power No. modules Pack
voltage absorbed DIN Carton
GW18 162 230V ac 50/60Hz 60 VA 12 1
CHARACTERISTICS: power supply unit for audio/video systems, it provides a power supply to all the system devices, and acts as
a video signal mixer. Pre-set with 4 terminals for the connection of up to 4 external audio/video systems,
and 2 terminals for the connection of up to 48 internal audio/video systems, arranged on one or two uprights.
Protected from overvoltage and overcurrents on the input line, and from short-circuiting on the output line.
G
W
1
8
1
6
1
SINGLE AUDIO/VIDEO POWER SUPPLY - DIN MODULE
Code Input Max. power No. modules Pack
voltage absorbed DIN Carton
GW18 161 230V ac 50/60Hz 60 VA 9 1
CHARACTERISTICS: power supply unit for audio/video systems, it provides a power supply to all the system devices, and acts as
a video signal mixer. Pre-set with a terminal for the connection of an external
audio/video system, and a terminal for the connection of up to 48 internal audio/video systems, arranged on a single upright.
Protected from overvoltage and overcurrents on the input line, and from short-circuiting on the output line.
POWER SUPPLI ES
SYSTEM COMPONENTS
G
W
1
8
2
7
4
FLUSH-MOUNTING CAMERA
Code Colour Power supply Recovery angle Format of No. modules Pack
voltage video signal Chorus Carton
GW18 270 White 12V AC/DC 90 PAL 2 1
GW18 272 Black 12V AC/DC 90 PAL 2 1
GW18 274 Titanium 12V AC/DC 90 PAL 2 1
CHARACTERISTICS: telecamera for video surveillance. Can be used with the video selector GW18172.
INTERNAL CAMERAS
G
W
1
8
2
6
0
WALL-MOUNTING ENTRYPHONE
LxHxD (mm) Carton
GW18 260 White 98x180x35 mm 1
CHARACTERISTICS: wall-mounting entryphone with receiver.
It has 2 push-buttons with the function of electro-lock command of external call gang, and privacy, 2 push-buttons with configurable auxiliary functions,
and 3 push-buttons for the intercommunicating call.
The device has a relay output (NO - 3A - 12/24V AC/DC) for local activations, and an input for connecting
a local push-button with call function from the landing. 4 different call tones available.
180
IMP00008 30-01-2007 11:15 Pagina 180
G
W
9
0
8
2
5
INTERFACE: AUDIO ENTRYPHONE TO GSM REMOTE CONTROL - DIN MODULE
Code No. DIN Pack
modules Carton
GW90 825 2 1
CHARACTERISTICS: in combination with GSM repeaters GW90821, GW90861 GW90815 it allows you to forward he entryphone call arriving
from an external position to a pre-set telephone number. The call deviation function can be activated via the front push-button.
G
W
9
0
8
2
4
INTERFACE :MASTER/INTERNET GATEWAY TO VIDEO ENTRYPHONE SYSTEM - DIN MODULE
Code No. DIN Pack
modules Carton
GW90 824 9 1
CHARACTERISTICS: to be used to connect the Master GW10000 or the Internet gateway GW90816 to the upright of the entryphone-with-screen system.
SYSTEM I NTERFACES
SYSTEM I NTERFACES
CABLE FOR AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM
Code No. Conductors Pack
conductors section Carton
GW18 181 2 braided 1 mm
2
1
CHARACTERISTICS: the use of this cable ensures the performance level, in terms of the maximum distances reachable in the
Chorus entryphone-with-screen systems.
NOTES: supplied in coils of 100m.
G
W
1
8
1
7
3
ACTUATOR FOR AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM - DIN MODULE
Code No. Outputs No. Local command No. modules Pack
inputs DIN Carton
GW18 173 2 2 4 1
CHARACTERISTICS: actuator with a relay output (NO - 10A 230V AC) for timed activations, or in switchover, and
an impulsive discharge output (18V, 3A peak) to activate an electro-lock.
Two inputs are available for the connection of potential-free contacts for the local command of the two outputs.
G
W
1
8
1
7
2
VIDEO SELECTOR - DIN MODULE
Code No. Cameras Output power supply Format of No. modules Pack
connectable voltage video signal DIN Carton
GW18 172 4 12V dc PAL 6 1
CHARACTERISTICS: the device provides the power supply to, and connects, a maximum of 4 surveillance telecameras to the video/entryphone upright.
The telecameras can be selected from the internal video/entryphone position.
The device is fitted with an input for the connection of a potential-free alarm contact of a telecamera.
APPLICATIONS: can be used with the flush-mounting telecameras GW18270, GW18272, GW18274.
G
W
1
8
1
7
1
INTERCOM FUNCTION MODULE - DIN MODULE
Code No. Positions No. modules Pack
connectable DIN Carton
GW18 171 4 6 1
CHARACTERISTICS: the device allows for intercommunicating calls between a maximum of 4 internal positions
belonging to the same house, or to separate houses, avoiding the occupation of the video/entryphone upright during the communication.
181
IMP00008 30-01-2007 11:15 Pagina 181
design.
THE CHORUS SYSTEM
S
a
f
e
t
y
P
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l
i
t
y
D
e
s
i
g
n
IMP00008 30-01-2007 11:15 Pagina 182
183
Building Automation.
CHORUS is also Building Automation. A single solution from the home to
larger buildings: the European standard KONNEX / EIB for the building
automation management, is in accordance with the EN50090 standard.
EIB command and
display panel
EIB wall-mounting timed
thermostat
4 channel 16A
EIB actuator
IMP00008 30-01-2007 11:15 Pagina 183
184
CHORUS is a scalable offer for all system types and needs. With the same technology as that used for the home and building
automation, the choice of the bus standard KNX/EIB also allows to create solutions for the Building Automation without limiting
the extension and number of devices. The devices are configured with the PC ETS software.
ETS is an indispensable tool both for the designer and installer to configure even the most complex of systems.
It supports powerful inspection and control functions to avoid oversight errors and gives a clear and complete view of the
automation functions that need to be configured, both at a general and at a detailed level of the system.
The Gewiss KONNEX-EIB offer is completed by the integration of CHORUS products for the Building Automation.
The KNX/EIB Bus system and its architecture
BUS EIB
INPUTS
OUTPUTS
INTERFACE
RS 232
4 input
interface
Dimmer actuator
Startec EIB
Analogue actuator General actuator Roller shutter actuator
Analogue input Binary input
CONTROL COMFORT ALARMS CONTROL
FUNCTIONS
TEMPERATURE
ADJUSTMENT
IMP00008 30-01-2007 11:15 Pagina 184
G
W
1
2
7
9
0
V
T
EIB COMMAND AND VISUALISATION PANELS COMBINED WITH VIDEO ENTRYPHONE
CHARACTERISTICS: the device integrates the functions of command display and visualisation of the EIB system with that of internal gang
and speakerphone/entryphone-with-screen. Equipped with rechargeable backup battery. To be configured using ETS software.
G
W
1
2
7
8
9
V
T
EIB COMMAND AND VISUALISATION PANEL - FLUSH-MOUNTING - LUX
GW12 789 TB Milk white 230V AC 50/60Hz Monochromatic 2,8 GW24237 150x160x57 mm 1
GW12 789 VT Titanium 230V AC 50/60Hz Monochromatic 2,8 GW24237 150x160x57 mm 1
GW12 789 VA Slate 230V AC 50/60Hz Monochromatic 2,8 GW24237 150x160x57 mm 1
CHARACTERISTICS: control panel with back-lit graphic LCD, for commanding and controlling the EIB system.
Fitted with 6 frontal, navigation button-keys. Equipped with rechargeable backup battery. To be configured using ETS software.
APPLICATIONS: allows the command and control of the EIB devices installed.
Allows the control of the burglar alarm system, and the creation of timed command sequences.
It also works as: a clock, calendar, thermometer, memo, and hourly timer.
COMMAND PANELS
G
W
1
0
0
0
0
V
T
MASTER - TOUCH SCREEN COMMAND AND VISUALISATION PANEL - FLUSH-MOUNTING
Code Power supply Display Pack
voltage Carton
GW10 000 TB 230V ac Colour touch screen 10.4 1
GW10 000 VT 230V ac Colour touch screen 10.4 1
GW10 000 VA 230V ac Colour touch screen 10.4 1
CHARACTERISTICS: colour TFT touchscreen control panel, for commanding and controlling the EIB system. Integrates the function of internal
entryphone-with-screen and speakerphone with that of web server, allowing the remote control of the system, via the Internet. Visualisation of commands and status by
means of icons
on maps, images, plans. Video resolution 800x600, Linux operative system.
APPLICATIONS: local and remote control (via the Internet) of the EIB system, logical functions, timer, automatic sending of e-mails regarding events.
In combination with the interface GW90824, it allows the connection to the entryphone-with-screen upright, and the remotisation of the call on the entryphone-with-screen,
and of the images deriving from the surveillance videocameras.
Any remote control computer used does not require specific software: just use an Internet Browser.
NOTES: flush-mounting box included.
TOUCH SCREEN PANELS
COMMAND AND VI SUALI SATI ON SUPERVI SI ON
185
CHORUS - BUILDING AUTOMATION
BUS KONNEX EIB
CHORUS CATALOGUE 2007 > EURODOMO > DOMOTICS > CHORUS - BUILDING AUTOMATION
IMP00008 30-01-2007 11:15 Pagina 185
G
W
9
0
8
2
4
Code No. DIN Pack
modules Carton
GW90 824 9 1
CHARACTERISTICS: to be used to connect the Master GW10000 or the Internet gateway GW90816 to the upright of the entryphone-with-screen system.
SYSTEM ACCESSORI ES
G
W
9
0
8
1
6
INTERNET GATEWAY
Code Power supply Dimensions Pack
voltage LxHxD (mm) Carton
GW90 816 12V dc 128x44x176 mm 1
CHARACTERISTICS: the device acts as an embedded web server and allows you to manage and control the EIB Easy system
via the Internet, or locally, via a LAN. Integrated analogical modem 56kbit/s. Fitted with 2 RJ45 Ethernet gates (10/100 Mbit/s),
and 1 RJ11 gate for connection to the PSTN network.
APPLICATIONS: remote control via the Internet of the EIB system, logical functions, timer, automatic sending of e-mails regarding events.
In combination with the interface GW90824 it allows the remotisation of video images from the entryphone-with-screen system, or the surveillance telecameras.
The remote control computer used does not require special software: just use an Internet Browser.
Plug power supply included.
G
W
9
0
8
2
5
ENTRYPHONE INTERFACE FOR GSM REMOTE CONTROL - FROM DIN RAIL
Code No. DIN Pack
modules Carton
GW90 825 2 1
CHARACTERISTICS: in combination with the GSM repeaters GW90821, GW90861, GW90815 it allows you to forward the entryphone call
arriving from an external position to a pre-set telephone number. The call deviation function can be activated via the front push-button.
G
W
9
0
8
1
5
GSM EIB REMOTE CONTROL - FROM DIN RAIL
Code Power supply No. modules Pack
voltage DIN Carton
GW90 815 230V AC 50/60Hz 6 1
CHARACTERISTICS: via the GSM network (for example from a mobile phone), or text messages, the device allows you to send commands
to EIB actuators. It is also possible to transmit information arriving from devices connected to the bus (via text messages, to a pre-set telephone number).
Using a computer (USB gate), it is possible to set the outgoing messages and the telephone numbers to be used for calls.
To be configured using ETS software.
APPLICATIONS: allows the command and control of the EIB devices installed.
The outgoing information (text messages) relates to the status of the actuators commanded.
NOTES: equipped with coupling terminal for connection to the bus, with protective cover and GSM antenna.
Three backup batteries (AAA rechargeable) not included. Configuration software included.
REMOTE CONTROL MODULES
REMOTE CONTROL
186
BUS KONNEX EIB
IMP00008 30-01-2007 11:15 Pagina 186
G
W
1
4
7
9
8
EIB 8-CHANNEL RF RECEIVER - FLUSH-MOUNTING
Code Colour N. RF input No. modules Pack
GW10 798 White 8 2 1
GW12 798 Black 8 2 1
CHARACTERISTICS: 8-channel radio receiver to interface the command devices of the RF Command and Control system with the actuators
of the EIB system. Up to 4 command devices can be associated with each radio input channel.
NOTES: fitted with coupling terminal with protective cover for connection to the bus. To be used in combination with:
RF push-button panels, RF remote control, RF movement detectors, RF timed thermostats, RF two-way timed thermostats, and RF input modules.
G
W
1
4
7
8
2
EIB 4-CHANNEL PUSH-BUTTON PANEL - FLUSH-MOUNTING
Code Colour No. No. modules Pack
GW10 782 White 4 2 1
GW12 782 Black 4 2 1
CHARACTERISTICS: push-button panel, 4 button keys/4 channels, with integrated coupling unit for EIB bus. Each button key has an amber, night-locating
LED, and a green LED to visualise the status of the commanded load. To be configured using ETS software.
NOTES: equipped with coupling terminal for connection to the bus, with protective cover and a set of icons to personalise
the functions of the button keys.
G
W
1
4
7
5
1
BLANKING MODULE FOR HOUSING 4-CHANNEL CONTACTS INTERFACE
Chorus Carton
GW10 751 White 1 5/200
GW12 751 Black 1 5/200
GW14 751 Titanium 1 5/200
CHARACTERISTICS: 1-gang blanking module with tampography KNX-EIB.
NOTES: allows the housing and easy identification of the 4-channel contacts interface GW90834 and GW90721; embedded coupling.
G
W
1
0
8
9
8
Code Power supply Lamp Colour Cable Pack
voltage Colour Carton
GW10 898 3 - 5 V dc Led Red Red - black 50
GW10 899 3 - 5 V dc Led Green Green - black 50
NOTES: the miniature lamps with wired lead are equipped with power cables.
If connected to the interfaces GW90721, GW90834 they do not require the use of a current limiting resistance. In this case, the maximum current absorbed is less than
1mA.
G
W
9
0
7
2
1
EIB 4-CHANNEL CONTACTS INTERFACE - RETRACTABLE
Code No. Input No. Output Max cables Dimensions Pack
channels channels length LxHxD (mm) Carton
GW90 721 4 4 10 m 38x32x14 mm 1
CHARACTERISTICS: bus interface for the connection of 4 push-buttons or conventional, potential-free contacts.
The reading voltage (SELV) is generated within the device itself. For each input, an output is available for the power supply to a low absorption
LED (less than 1mA, like for example GW10898 and GW10899), to visualise the status of the load commanded. To be configured using ETS software.
APPLICATIONS: installation in flush-mounting box, junction boxes, or embedded in the blanking modules GW10751, GW12571, GW14571.
The slot on the plastic shell also allows for screw fixing.
NOTES: fitted with coupling terminal for connection to the bus, and unshielded cables (for the connection of the inputs), 30cm long,
extendable up to 10m, with unshielded, braided cable.
BI NARY I NPUT MODULES
INPUTS
187
BUS KONNEX EIB
IMP00008 30-01-2007 11:15 Pagina 187
G
W
9
0
7
7
0
WIND SENSOR INTERFACE
Code Power supply Dimensions Level of Pack
LxHxD (mm) protection Carton
GW 90 770 230V ac 110x95x38 mm IP55 1
CHARACTERISTICS: allows the interface of the wind sensor GW90769 with the modules GW90721, GW90718, GW90712 and GW90532.
Generates an alarm signal, via a potential-free, NO contact, on the basis of the wind intensity (adjustable with 10 threshold values, 3.3...24.5m/s).
Wall-mounting.
G
W
9
0
7
6
9
WIND SENSOR
Code Level of Pack
protection Carton
GW 90 769 IP65 1
CHARACTERISTICS: anemometer to be used in combination with the wind sensor interface GW90770.
188
G
W
1
4
7
8
6
EIB LIGHT-SENSITIVE IR MOVEMENT DETECTOR - FLUSH-MOUNTING
Code Colour Recovery Threshold No. Modules Pack
time time adjustment Carton
GW 10 786 White 10s - 1min 10 - 500 lux 2 1
GW 12 786 Black 10s - 1min 10 - 500 lux 2 1
GW 14 786 Titanium 10s - 1min 10 - 500 lux 2 1
CHARACTERISTICS: movement sensor with detection conditioned by the brightness level set. Non-divisible, adjustable lens.
Operating range: 10m. Vertical bearing angle: 30. Horizontal bearing angle: 105. Light threshold value adjustable by means of the
frontal access trimmer or ETS parameter. The cycle time can be set via ETS and modified ( 50%) via the front access trimmer.
Frontal green LED signals movement detection, and command entry. To be configured using ETS software.
APPLICATIONS: allows you to send timed commands to the movement detector.
The device is able to manage a safety pause upon the deactivation of the piloted load. For installation indoors.
SENSORS
BUS KONNEX EIB
IMP00008 31-01-2007 11:05 Pagina 188
G
W
1
4
7
9
7
EIB 1-CHANNEL 8A ENGINE COMMAND ACTUATOR - FLUSH-MOUNTING
GW10 797 White 8A(AC1)/3A(AC15)-230V ac 2 1
GW12 797 Black 8A(AC1)/3A(AC15)-230V ac 2 1
GW14 797 Titanium 8A(AC1)/3A(AC15)-230V ac 2 1
CHARACTERISTICS: 1-channel actuator to activate a motor to move roller-shutters, curtains, Venetian blinds, rolling blinds, etc.
via potential-free output contacts (NO). Fitted with two frontal push-buttons for local activation, two LEDs indicating output contact closure,
and two LEDs for night-time locating. To be configured using ETS software.
G
W
9
0
7
4
0
EIB 4-CHANNEL 16A ACTUATOR - FROM DIN RAIL
Code Output No. modules Pack
contacts DIN Carton
GW90 740 4NA 16A(AC1)/10A(AC15) 230V ac 4 1
CHARACTERISTICS: 4-channel actuator to activate loads via the potential-free output contacts (NO).
Fitted with frontal push-buttons for local activation, and LED indicating output contact closure.
APPLICATIONS: suitable for commanding fluorescent lamps with a maximum current of 4A.
G
W
1
4
7
9
6
EIB 1-CHANNEL 16A ACTUATOR - FLUSH-MOUNTING
GW10 796 White 1NA/NC16A(AC1)/10A(AC15)230Vac 2 1
GW12 796 Black 1NA/NC16A(AC1)/10A(AC15)230Vac 2 1
GW14 796 Titanium 1NA/NC16A(AC1)/10A(AC15)230Vac 2 1
CHARACTERISTICS: 1-channel actuator to activate loads via the potential-free output contact (NO NC).
Fitted with frontal push-button for local activation, LED for indicating output contact closure, and LED for night locating.
APPLICATIONS: suitable for commanding fluorescent lamps with a maximum current of 4A.
OUTPUTS
189
BUS KONNEX EIB
IMP00008 30-01-2007 11:15 Pagina 189
G
W
2
0
4
7
6
LxHxD (mm) Carton
GW20 476 38x32x14 mm 1
Connection to the unit control via mini DIN serial connector.
INTERFACES
ACCESSORI ES
G
W
1
4
7
9
3
EIB THERMOSTAT - WALL-MOUNTING
LxHxD (mm) Carton
GW10 793 White 85x95x23 mm 1
CHARACTERISTICS: thermostat for controlling the heating/air-conditioning systems on the bus. Regulation with two-point
(ON/OFF) or proportional (PWM) control. Fitted with back-lit LCD display. To be configured using ETS software.
APPLICATIONS: can be used in combination with the timed thermostats GW10791, GW14791 for adjusting the temperature in specific areas.
In this case, the timed thermostat acts as the Slave, following the temperature profile sent by the Master (timed thermostat),
using set point values or the relative variance values defined locally. It also allows you to control the fan coils.
NOTES fitted with coupling terminal for connection to the bus. Equipped with rechargeable backup battery to guarantee the updating of the calendar (day, time)
in the event of bus voltage absence.
G
W
1
0
7
9
1
EIB TIMED THERMOSTAT - WALL-MOUNTING
LxHxD (mm) Carton
GW10 791 White 130x92x23 mm 1
CHARACTERISTICS: timed thermostat, programmable on a weekly basis, for controlling heating/air-conditioning systems on the EIB bus.
Three-level temperature profile (comfort, pre-comfort, economy). Adjustment with two-point (ON/OFF) or proportional (PWM) control.
Fitted with back-lit LCD display. To be configured using ETS software.
APPLICATIONS: can be used in combination with the thermostats GW10793, GW14793 for adjusting the temperature in specific areas.
In this case, the timed thermostat acts as the Master, sending the temperature profile or corresponding set point values to the bus.
NOTES fitted with coupling terminal for connection to the bus. The device offers the possibility of a backup power supply
with 2 AAA alkaline batteries (not included), to guarantee the updating of the calendar (day, time) in the event of bus voltage absence.
190
BUS KONNEX EIB
IMP00008 30-01-2007 11:15 Pagina 190
20
07
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
IMP00008 30-01-2007 11:15 Pagina 191
192
TECHNI CAL CHARACTERI STI CS
IEC 60670-24; CEI 23-48; CEI 23-49
IP 40
Double insulation
Min - 15C / Max +60C
GW PLAST
IK 08
thermo-pressure with ball 70C Glow wire test 650C
ENCLOSURE TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Power supply
Draw
Electrical protection
Rechargeable backup battery
Battery autonomy without power supply
Programmable relay outputs
Number of circuits that can be monitored
If a the residual current circuit breaker restart is installed in the enclosure, the circuits that can be monitored become 8 (vers. 24 mod.) and 2 (vers. 12 mod.).
CONTROL UNIT TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
07kW 0,1kW
4-35mA 1mA
management of the three daily events with 1 minute resolution
with buzzer
with front display and LED
with NO relay
with NO NC relay
automatic
Italian/English
FUNCTION TABLE
ELECTRONIC ENCLOSURE
Standard
Protection rating
Protection against indirect contacts
Installation temperature
Material
Impact resistance:
Resistance to abnormal heat and fire
230V-50/60Hz (Neutral phase)
max 100mA
PTC
Yes
6h
1 NO NC + 1 NO 1A(AC1) 250V ac
9 (vers. 24 mod.) or 3 (vers 12 mod.)
Instantaneous power monitoring
Current dispersion monitoring
Daily programmer function
Acoustic alarm
Visual alarm
Release management for non priority loads
Telephone dialler management
Self-test residual current circuit breaker recognition
LCD language
CHORUS - ENCLOSURES
ACTIVO ENCLOSURES
IMP00008 30-01-2007 11:15 Pagina 192
193
D
I A B C E G F
L H
Function keys
MODE
ENCLOSURE FUNCTIONS
Active tripping
The two output relays, the first with NO NC and the second with NO change-over contacts,
can be completely configured.
Anti black-out assured service
By means of an optional release coil (e.g.: GW 96 012) the enclosure allows opening of non-
priority loads thus avoiding tripping of the main switch.
Daily programmer
A user load can be activated for a maximum of 3 daily cycles (e.g.: simulation of
presence/activation of garden lights/irrigation system).
Remote alarms
The relays can be used for remote anomaly signalling by means of buzzers, indicator lights,
telephone dialler or other device.
Full integration with SELF-TEST
CHORUS ACTIVO enclosure automatically acknowledges the presence of SELF-TEST residual
current circuit-breaker and signals its operating state and any anomalies directly on the front
panel without the need to open the door.
Disabled device indicator
Visual signal of Ongoing Test
Visual and acoustic signal of System Fault
Visual and acoustic signal of Device Fault
Full system monitoring
CHORUS ACTIVO enclosure monitors the fundamental electric values of the installation in
order to ensure efficiency and maximum service continuity.
Display of main parameters:
- Instantaneous power
- Medium power
- Earth dispersion current
- Output status
- Clock
- Power failure duration
Alarms activation in case of:
- Non-priority load-release coil tripping (optional)
- Exceeding of contractual power threshold (Settable between 0.5kW and 6.5kW)
- Exceeding earth dispersion threshold (which can be set between 4mA and 30mA)
- Power failure
- Tripping of protection devices installed in the enclosure with indication of the specific
breaker tripped
Monthly warning for residual current circuit-breaker manual test
(Functionality is deactivated in case of wiring with Fail-Safe RCCB)
A Signals non-distribution of power by the electricity company.
B Signals exceeding of the earth dispersion threshold.
C Signals generic alarm, main switch tripping, divisional switch tripping, voltage
anomalies, Self-test warnings (if present).
D Key . Allows programming of the enclosure's tripping parameters.
E Key . Establishes contact for an external telephone dialler.
F Key . Allows the various enclosure parameters to be displayed.
G Key . These keys allow modification of enclosure's tripping parameters
during the programming stage.
H Key . The button allow to open the door.
I Buzzer. Acoustically signals several system errors.
L Horizontal scroll LCD Display.
+
TEL.
PROG
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Horizontally-hinged
door with automatic
opening
Indicator light panel
Programming and
function keys
LCD Display
Door opening push-button
Design can be integrated with
CHORUS range
CHORUS FLUSH-MOUNTING ENCLOSURE
CHORUS - ENCLOSURES
ACTIVO ENCLOSURES
IMP00009 30-01-2007 11:21 Pagina 193
194
Combination 1
Daily programmer Daily programmer Daily programmer Telephone dialler
No. 1 RELAY
(NO + NC)
Daily programmer
Threshold
exceeded
Telephone dialler Threshold exceeded
No. 2 RELAY
(NO)
Combination 2 Combination 3 Combination 4
WIRING DIAGRAM WITH SELF-TEST RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKER E RELEASE COIL FOR NON PRIORITY LOAD
1. The CHORUS ACTIVO enclosure is a monitoring and tripping
device for the system. System safety is ensured exclusively by the
residual current circuit breakers /installed.
2. The CHORUS ACTIVO enclosure is not a certified measuring unit
and hence is not suitable for professional surveys of electrical
magnitude.
3. For correct installation, programming and use please refer to the
manual supplied with the enclosure.
ENCLOSURE OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
N
F
Monitoring unit supply power
NT
FT
OUT HALL
COM
COM
OUT DIFF
F1
F2
F3*
1
2
3
4
5
5
Voltage monitoring
Current monitoring
Residual current monitoring
* When using Self-test residual current circuit breaker, connect terminal
F3 as shown in the wiring diagram.
Monitoring of each output circuit
(downstream of divisional switches)
No. 1 RELAYS
Output contact in switching
No. 2 RELAY
Normally open output contact
ACTIVE ENCLOSURE TERMINAL BLOCK
Non-priority load
A1, A2: Release coil contacts
B: Non priority load switch
(the release coil is opened when the take-off threshold is
exceeded e.g. GW 96 012).
Current sensor
supplied
Load
1
Load
2 Load
3
Non-priority
load
On the back of the enclosure ACTIVO Enclosure terminal block
Differential current sensor
supplied
APPLICATION EXAMPLES FOR RELAY OUTPUTS
Application examples which do not limit the use of relay outputs for other applications are shown in the table.
CHORUS - ENCLOSURES
ACTIVO ENCLOSURES
IMP00009 30-01-2007 11:21 Pagina 194
195
24 MODULES
GW 40 821 - GW 40 831 - GW 40 826
GW 40 256 - GW 40 276 - GW 40 266
GW 40 991 TB - GW 40 991 VT - GW 40 991 VA
12 MODULES
GW 40 801 - GW 40 811 - GW 40 806
GW 40 251 - GW 40 271 - GW 40 261
GW 40 981 TB - GW 40 981 VT - GW 40 981 VA
DIMENSION TABLES
ELECTRONIC AND CO-ORDINATED ENCLOSURES
CHORUS - ENCLOSURES
ACTIVO ENCLOSURES
IMP00009 30-01-2007 11:21 Pagina 195
196
1
2
*
For the nominal voltages and currents, see the specifications in the single codes.
**
The value of 2 M refers to a special condition established by the standards given alongside.
The terminals, located in the rear part of the devices, are manoeuvrable even after
coupling the component to the support, and are suitable for both flexible and rigid
cables. The components are supplied with the screws of the terminals open, to
reduce wiring times.
The spring terminals allow you to carry out the wiring in a shorter time, and without
using screwdrivers or other tools. To insert the cable, it is necessary to press the
orange lever (opening of terminal). Releasing the lever, the terminal closes
automatically, firmly blocking the cable.
TECHNICAL DATA AND REFERENCE STANDARDS
IEC 23-44 / IEC 23-42
(EN 61008-1 / EN 61009-1)
Commands
IEC 23-9
(EN 60669-1)
2000
to 50 Hz
per 1 minute
> 5
2** 5
75
125 850
650
CEI 23-50
(IEC 60884-1)
(IEC 60884-1)
IEC 23-9 / IEC 23-62
(EN 60669-1 / EN 60669-2-2)
IEC 23-9 / IEC 23-62
(EN 60669-1 / EN 60669-2-2)
IEC 23-3
(EN 60898-1)
Italian Std.
socket-outlets
International Std.
socket-outlets
Latching relay
Momentary
relays
Miniature
circuit breakers
Residual miniature
circuit breakers
IEC 23-9
(EN 60669-1)
Supports
and plates
Component Reference standards
Essential electrical data*
Holding at test
voltage
(V)
Insulation
resistance
(M)
Prolonged
operation
(No. position
changes)
Resistance to abnormal heat and to fire
Thermo-pressure
with ball
(C)
Glow Wire Test
(C)
Interrupting
capacity
or class
of use
1,25 In
(200 position
changes)
40.000
to In 250V~
cos = 0,6
10.000
to In 250V~
cos = 0,8
10.000
to In 250V~
cos = 0,8
50.000
to In 250V~
cos = 0,6
1,25 In
(100 position
changes)
1,25 In
(100 position
changes)
1,25 In
(200 position
changes)
3KA 8.000
4.000 3KA
The Chorus modular range allows you to create a wide variety of functions, thanks to the modular structure of the numerous products
offered.
In addition to the traditional electromechanical devices (commands, socket-outlets, protection etc.), there are also electronic devices for the
command and control of users, such as regulators, timers and dimmers. Furthermore, a wide selection of products has been developed for
special services and wireless systems.
The Chorus range for domestic use has a modular structure on flush-mounting frames up to 12 modules. Wall and surface-mounting boxes
and plates are included, as well as watertight plates IP55, outdoor containers IP40 and IP55.
CHARACTERISTICS OF SCREW TERMINALS
TERMINAL TIGHTENING CAPACITY
Flexible wires
Minimum
0,75 mm
2
Maximum
2x4 mm
2
Minimum
0,5 mm
2
Maximum
2x2,5 mm
2
Rigid wires
Terminal grip on cable traction >50N
TECHNICAL DATA
CHARACTERISTICS OF SPRING TERMINALS
TERMINAL TIGHTENING CAPACITY
Flexible wires
Minimum
0,75 mm
2
Maximum
2x4 mm
2
Minimum
0,5 mm
2
Maximum
2x2,5 mm
2
Rigid wires
Terminal grip on cable traction >50N
TECHNICAL DATA
2) Cable insertion
Screws with cross or
slotted head
1) Spring pressure
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
IMP00009 30-01-2007 11:21 Pagina 196
197
Unlosable screws
with cross or
slotted head
INTERNATIONAL SUPPORT FOR ITALIAN PLATES
The support is specially designed to apply Italian Standard 2
CHORUS module plates on International Standard square
enclosures.
Particularly suitable also in the renovation of old buildings,
renewing the installations with the design of the Italian Standard 2
module plate.
HALF-MODULE MODULAR STRUCTURE
The introduction of half-module components allows for a wide
installation versatility, offering new application solutions.
For example, in the three-module frame it is possible to insert two-
module components in the central position (e.g. an Italian/German
Standard socket-outlet).
In order to facilitate the installation, the seats of the
housing/module are highlighted in stamping on the support
1/
2.
FRONT RELEASE OF COMPONENTS
The innovative coupling method of the CHORUS components
allows you to insert/extract the components of the range from the
front, facilitating the assembly and wiring operations even after the
frame has been fixed on the box. The component is removed from
the frame by means of a screwdriver.
The holes on the frames guarantee notable installation flexibility,
making it possible to fix them directly onto surfaces where the use
of a box is not practicable, for example panels, profiles, etc.
The CHORUS frames are made of polycarbonate - a material that guarantees excellent rigidity, robustness and duration over time, making
this product non-deformable and ensuring high performance levels.
CHARACTERISTICS OF SUPPORTS
1/2 module 1 module 2 modules 3 modules
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
IMP00009 30-01-2007 11:21 Pagina 197
198
1
2
1
2
PROTECTION RATING OF THE CHORUS HOME RANGE COMPLEX INSTALLED
CHARACTERISTICS OF SIGNALLING AND NIGHT-TIME LOCALISATION
BACKLIGHTING OF COMMAND DEVICES
Lighting for localisation
purposes
Lighting for signalling
Permits the
identification of the
command button in the
dark, or the indication
of the ON/OFF status
of a lighting circuit
Seat for
insertion of
miniature
lamps with
wired lead
Substitution of
the button key
Substitution of diffuser and
personalised label
Permits the
command button and
its specific function, in
the dark
General services of a
building complex (stair
lights, entrances, etc.)
Places of public
entertainment
Bedrooms
Corridors
General services
Internal systems for
offices, shops,
warehouses.
Hotel facilities
Hospitals and nursing
homes
Diffuser 22x22mm
Push-buttons with
illuminated name plate
Permits the
ON/OFF status of a
user or lighting circuit
from a distance.
The signalling is
clearly visible from the
front
Permits the
identification of
command buttons in
the dark, and the
reading of the name
on the label, even in
poorly lit
areas
Signalling of lights
coming on outside the
place where the
command device
is installed
Push-button for call
circuits in homes and
offices
Type
Illuminable devices
Substitution of the
button key
Substitution of the signalling
lens for functional signalling
Interchangeability of the button keys 22x22mm
Use Applications Type Use Applications
Examples of function and localisation lighting
The indicator lamp is
located parallel to the user,
and is switched on when the
one-way switch is ON.
The indicator lamp follows
the ON/ OFF status of the
user.
To indicate the operating status of users not visible from the command position
The two indicator lamps
and the user are parallel,
so they switch on and off
together with the user.
The indicator lamp is
switched on when the one-
way switch is OFF.
With the one-way switch in
the ON position, the user is
powered and the indicator
lamp is switched off.
To locate the command button in the dark
The two indicator
lamps come on when
the user is not
powered, and go off
when the user is in the
ON mode.
Component Installation Regulatory standards IP rating
The set of device + support + plate with closed front
equipment (commands, ringers, indicators)
Flush-mounting, civil or similar finishing,
in vertical position, perfectly installed
41
X1
4X
The set of device + support + plate with open front
equipment (socket-outlets, etc.)
in vertical position, perfectly installed.
Suited for use for zone 3 of rooms
containing baths or showers
The set of device + support + plate with open front
equipment (socket-outlets, etc.)
in vertical position, perfectly installed
with plug inserted
EN60529 (IEC 70-1)
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
IMP00009 30-01-2007 11:21 Pagina 198
199
CHORUS CIVIL RANGE SIGNALLING UNIT DEVICES
Command devices
(localisation)
Miniature lamp
Type
Incandescent
the colour of the signal
corresponds to the colour
of the chosen miniature lamp
LED 230V AC
Code
GW 10 891
GW 10 892
GW 10 881
GW 10 882
GW 10 883
GW 10 884
GW 10 885
White
Blue
White
Red
Green
Amber
12V AC/DC
24V AC/DC
Voltage Colour
Notes
Command devices
(signalling)
Miniature lamp
Type
Incandescent
the colour of the signal
corresponds to the colour
of the chosen miniature lamp
LED 230V AC
Code
GW 10 891
GW 10 892
GW 10 881
GW 10 882
GW 10 883
GW 10 884
GW 10 885
White
Blue
White
Red
Green
Amber
12V AC/DC
24V AC/DC
Voltage Colour
Notes
Push-buttons with single
indicator lamps
Miniature lamp
Type
Incandescent
the colour of the signal corresponds
to the colour of the chosen diffuser
the use of the opal diffuser is recommended
the use of the red diffuser is recommended
the use of the green diffuser is recommended
the use of the amber diffuser is recommended
LED
230V AC
Code
GW 10 891
GW 10 892
GW 10 882
GW 10 881
GW 10 883
GW 10 884
GW 10 885
White
White
Blue
Red
Green
Amber
12V AC/DC
24V AC/DC
Voltage Colour
Notes
Diffusers and double indicator lamps Miniature lamp
Type
Incandescent
the colour of the signal corresponds
to the colour of the chosen diffuser
the use of the opal diffuser is recommended
the use of the red diffuser is recommended
the use of the green diffuser is recommended
the use of the amber diffuser is recommended
LED 230V AC
Code
GW 10 891
GW 10 892
GW 10 882
GW 10 881
GW 10 883
GW 10 884
GW 10 885
White
White
Blue
Red
Green
Amber
12V AC/DC
24V AC/DC
Voltage Colour
Notes
Push-buttons with illuminated
name plate
Torpedo unit
Type
Incandescent
White backlighting
Code
GW 20 902
GW 20 903
White
12V AC/DC
24V AC/DC
Voltage Colour
Notes
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
IMP00009 30-01-2007 11:21 Pagina 199
200
1 2
N L
1 2
N L
2
1
3 4 5 2
1
3 4 5
Reference standards: EN 60669-1, EN 60669-2-1
GW 10 592 - GW 12 592 - GW 14 592
GW 10 591 - GW 12 591 - GW 14 591
It is possible to connect the input of the device with one (or more) push-buttons, connected side by side. This solution is suitable, for example,
for the installation of the device in an environment where the light-sensitive module is positioned in the entrance, for the automatic switching-
on of the lights in dark conditions, while in the other points push-buttons are used to switch the lights on manually. The activation is always
subject to the light-sensitive module and the adjusted timer, via the potentiometer.
The exclusion of the light-sensitive threshold is obtained by positioning the light selector at the maximum.
COMMAND
FIXED LENS
Tripping light threshold
adjustment
Trip duration adjustment
Detector lens
Wiring terminals
Power supply:
L - Phase
N - Neutral
Potential-free output:
1 / 2 - NO contact
Wiring terminals
Power supply:
2 - Phase
3 - Neutral
4 / 5 - NO contact
Input:
1 - Remote command
Wiring diagram
Wiring diagram
Tripping light indicator
Trip duration adjustment
Tripping light threshold
adjustment
Detector lens
Tripping
light indicator
DIRECTIONAL LENS
The passive infrared movement detector senses temperature variations within its range of action and, depending on the environmental light,
closes a relay contact. When movement stops, the contact automatically opens again after an adjustable set time. The device incorporates
a light-sensitive sensor with an adjustable trip threshold to avoid commanding the service (e.g. lighting equipment) when not necessary.
The exclusion of the light-sensitive threshold is obtained by positioning the light selector at the maximum.
TECHNICAL DATA
Supply voltage:
Setting of light-sensitive threshold:
Setting of activation duration:
Output contact:
Fluorescent lamp command:
Working temperature:
Relative humidity:
IR operating range:
Angle of vertical measurement:
Angle of horizontal measurement:
230V AC 50/60 Hz
10 / 500 lux
15 sec / 10 min
1 NO 3A (AC1) / 2A (AC15) 250V AC
not suitable
-5 / + 40 C
max. 93% non condensative
10 m
30
105
TECHNICAL DATA
Supply voltage:
Setting of light-sensitive threshold:
Setting of activation duration:
Output contact:
Working temperature:
Relative humidity:
IR operating range:
Angle of vertical measurement:
Angle of horizontal measurement:
230V AC 50/60 Hz
10 / 500 lux
15 sec / 10 min
1 NO 16A (AC1) / 10A (AC15) 250V AC
max. 4A
-5 / + 40 C
max. 93% non condensative
10 m
30
105
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
IMP00009 30-01-2007 11:21 Pagina 200
201
Suoneria
N L
1 2
Control buttons
3 position band
selector
Infrared
transmitter
GW 12 596
GW 10 597 - GW 12 597 - GW 14 597
Reference standards: EN 60669-1; 60669-2-1; EN 60669-2-2
INFRARED RECEIVERS AND REMOTE CONTROL
The infrared system is made up of a portable remote control with 6 channels/3 bands, a single-channel receiver with relay output for the
ON-OFF command of a specific service (light point, fan, etc.).
The remote control is able to manage up to 18 receivers.
1 CHANNEL RECEIVER
Suitable for use in open spaces, where there are no obstacles between the receiver and the remote control, and the maximum distance
between the two devices is 10m. Fitted with a rear selector with 18 positions to determine the appropriate remote control channel.
For different and more specialised applications, it is possible to use the corresponding articles of the wireless range.
TECHNICAL DATA
No. of channels:
No. of push-buttons:
Band selector:
Max capacity:
Power supply:
6
6
3 positions - housed in the battery area
The setting of the internal microswitch on
3 bands allows you to avoid interference
with other remote controls.
10 m
No.2 AAA alkaline batteries 1,5V
TECHNICAL DATA
Nominal voltage:
Output contact:
230VAC 50/60 Hz
1 NO 5A (AC1) 250V AC
Infrared receiver
element
Push-button for
direct load control
Wiring terminals
Power supply:
L - Phase
N - Neutral
1 / 2 NO contact (monostable)
DIP-switch for
selecting the
channel recognised
by the remote
control
LOAD COMMAND JOGGING COMMAND OF LOADS
COMMAND AND ADJUSTMENT OF
RESISTIVE AND INDUCTIVE LOADS
Command of devices and users via relay
connected to the infrared receiver.
Jogging command of devices and users such as
electro-locks or ringers.
Command and adjustment of lighting devices
connected to a dimmer.
Installation characteristics
Fields for use:
Buildings in the domestic or advanced commercial sectors where a high level of comfort is sought.
Renovations where it would be hard or

unaesthetic to install terminal control circuits.
Places for people with a disability.

Ringer
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
IMP00009 30-01-2007 11:21 Pagina 201
202
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
1
N
L
1
N
L
2
3
L N
2 1
1
N
L
1 2
L N
3
Reference standards: EN 60669-1; EN 60669-2-2
GW 10 721 - GW 12 721 - GW 14 721
COMMAND
LATCHING RELAY
Electromechanical relay (of the latching type) for commanding lamps from more than one point.
TECHNICAL DATA
Power supply voltage (coil):
Output contact:
Number of poles:
250V AC 50/60 Hz
10AX 230V AC
1
GW 10 723 - GW 12 723 - GW 14 723
LATCHING RELAY - 4 SEQUENCES
Electromechanical relay with 4 sequences for commanding two independent circuits, in the sequence: open-open, open-closed, closed-
open, closed-closed.
TECHNICAL DATA
Output contact:
Number of poles:
250V AC 50/60 Hz
10AX 230V AC
2
GW 10 724 - GW 12 724 - GW 14 724
MOMENTARY RELAY
Electromechanical momentary relay suitable for creating automatisms or separations between the command circuit and the energy
circuit. Can be used as an auxiliary element for controlling particular loads.
TECHNICAL DATA
Output contact:
Number of poles:
250V AC 50/60 Hz
1 NO/NC 10A (AC1) /4A (AC15)
250V AC 50/60Hz
1
NUMBER
OF
IMPULSES
SEQUENCES
1 2 3 4
4
WIRING TERMINALS
Power supply:
L - Phase
N - Neutral
Output 230V AC:
1 - Load power supply contact
WIRING TERMINALS
Power supply:
L - Phase
N - Neutral
Output 230V AC:
1 - Contact 1
2 - Contact 2
WIRING TERMINALS
Power supply:
L - Phase
N - Neutral
1 - NC contact
2 - NO contact
3 - Common
Wiring diagram
Wiring diagram
IMP00009 30-01-2007 11:21 Pagina 202
203
0 AL 12
NCNO R
0 AL 12
NCNO R
Call push-button
(with pull-cord)
Reset
push-
button
TECHNICAL DATA
GW 10 726 - GW 12 726 - GW 14 726
CALL RELAY
BATHROOM ALARM CALL SYSTEM
The Ministerial Decree 236/89 (G.U. 23/June/1989, n145) establishes the technical regulations for the creation of hygienic services for
people with a disability. In order to avoid architectural barriers, the layout of the sanitary fixtures must not prevent or obstruct the
manoeuvres of a wheelchair during the use of the room.
From the electrical point of view, in particular there must be an emergency bell located near the toilet and the bath.
The alarm circuit must be activated by means of a pull-cord push-button (emergency bell) which, if pressed again, does not silence the
alarm.
The return to a condition of normality can only be obtained by pressing a remote push-button connected to the reset input of the relay.
In order to avoid the unintentional resetting of the alarm, the use of the key push-buttons (e.g. code GW 10 145, GW 12 145 and
GW 14 145) is recommended.
Apart from the inputs for the "AL" alarm push-button and the "R" reset push-button, the GEWISS call relay, powered at 12V AC/DC,
includes an NO + NC output contact with potential at 12V for managing the light/acoustic signalling.
Output contact:
12V AC/DC
1 NO/NC 1A 12V DC
WIRING TERMINALS
Power supply 12V: 0/12
Inputs:
AL - alarm push-button
R - reset push-button
Output contacts at 12V:
NO - normally open contact
NC - normally closed contact
Wiring diagram
Power supply
12V AC/DC
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
IMP00009 30-01-2007 11:21 Pagina 203
204
2
1
3 4 5 2
1
3 4 5
Possibility of connection with
remote push-buttons
TECHNICAL DATA
GW 10 725 - GW 12 725 - GW 14 725
ELECTRONIC RELAY FOR HEAVY-DUTY LOADS
Bistable relay suitable for commanding heavy-duty loads such as the batteries of fluorescent or discharge lamps, or fixed users with a high
draw level, such as air-conditioners, ovens and boilers.
Particularly suitable for commanding loads that involve a frequent alternation of activations and deactivations (lighting in through-areas,
commanded by infrared sensors, water and air extraction pumps, etc.).
As it is especially quiet, it is also suitable for installation near bedrooms and studies.
In the event of a blackout, the relay memorises the user status, in order to restore the same condition when the mains voltage returns.
If there is no mains voltage, the contact maintains the position held before the event, in order to reinstate that same condition once the
mains voltage is restored.
Power supply voltage:
Dimensions:
Output contact:
Discharge lamp command:
LEDs:
230V AC 50/60 Hz
2 CHORUS modules
1 NO 16A (AC1)/10A (AC15) 250V AC
max 10A
max 10A
Green, for signalling
output status
WIRING TERMINALS
Power supply:
3 - Phase
2 - Neutral
4 / 5 NO contact
Input:
1 - Remote command
Wiring diagram
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
IMP00009 30-01-2007 11:21 Pagina 204
205
POWER TAKE-OFF
TYPE
A complete range that allows you to obtain compatibility
between the sizing of the system and the socket-outlet.
The dual amperage socket-outlet avoids the use of
adapters.
They take the Italian Standard, with central earth, and the
German Standard, with side earth, avoiding the use of
adapters or plug replacement.
The Italian/German Standard dual amperage socket-
outlet is universal for the Italian sector.
3 Only terminals to supply power to the block of multiple
socket-outlets, without using staples.
Shorter wiring times.
Safety of connections and of earth continuity.
They allow the differentiation of a power outlet intended
for special applications, avoiding the connection of users
not envisaged for this circuit.
They allow the differentiation of a power outlet intended
for special applications, avoiding the connection of users
not envisaged for this circuit.
Conforming to the main international standards.
Power supply for household appliances, lighting
equipment, portable appliances, TV, Hi-fi, etc.
Power supply for household appliances, tools, portable
appliances, etc.
Power take-off for user devices installed in the same area
of the room, and often linked from a functional viewpoint
(e.g. TV - DVD player - Hi-fi).
Particularly suitable for side-by-side installation in
protected and watertight wall-mounting containers (mobile
or fixed applications with more than one energy take-off
point).
Power supply of computers and information technology
devices through allocated lines (e.g. static UPS continuity
system).
Power supply for electromedical or lab equipment.
Power take-off for domestic and similar services.
Installation in protected and watertight wall-mounting
containers (mobile or fixed applications with more than
one energy take-off point).
Power supply of computers and information technology
devices through allocated lines (e.g. static UPS continuity
system).
Power supply for electromedical or lab equipment.
Power take-off for domestic and similar services.
Installation in protected and watertight wall-mounting
containers (mobile or fixed applications with more than
one energy take-off point).
PLUG SOCKETS
ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS
In compliance with French, German and Spanish Standards.
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
IMP00009 30-01-2007 11:21 Pagina 205
206

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS
GW 10 208 - GW 12 208 - GW 14 208 DOUBLE
GW 10 209 - GW 12 209 - GW 14 209 TRIPLE
GW 10 257 F GW 10 260
GW 10 341
GW 12 341
GW 14 341
GW 10 351
GW 10 247 F
GW 12 247 F
GW 14 247 F
GW 10 257 F
QUICK-WIRING DOUBLE AND TRIPLE SOCKET-OUTLETS WITH SAFETY SHIELDS
FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
Reduced wiring times.
Safety of connections and of earth
continuity.
Less overall bulk in the flush-
mounting box.
Power take-off for user devices
installed in the same area of the
room, and often linked from a
functional viewpoint.
E.g.: TV - Video recorder - Hi-fi -
Computer - Printer
GERMAN AND FRENCH STANDARD SOCKET-OUTLETS WITH FRONT TIGHTENING OF TERMINALS
3 only terminals for feeding the
multiple socket-outlet, without using
U-bolts.
The German and French Standard socket-outlets with front tightening of terminals allow you to check the correct fixing of the cables once
the installation is completed and, thanks to the side output, they also allow a reduced bulk of the wiring in the box (flush-mounting or wall-
mounting).
FRENCH STANDARD SOCKET-OUTLET FOR ALLOCATED LINES, WITH FRONT TIGHTENING TERMINALS
To access the front-fixing
terminals of the socket-outlets, it
is necessary to remove the cap
with the help of a screwdriver
Terminal tightening screws Removable front cap
This French Standard socket-outlet allows you to identify and privilege an energy take-off
point, in order to prevent the feeding of devices excluded from the allocated line. The
socket-outlets are equipped with a supplementary honeycomb for the mechanical release
of the safety shields. The plugs of the users connected to these circuits require the
accessory (GW 10 260) which, when fixed on the front of the plug, allows you to
unblock the protection system.
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
IMP00009 30-01-2007 11:21 Pagina 206
207
S
p
e
c
i
f
i
c

f
e
e
d
t
h
r
o
u
g
h

e
n
e
r
g
y

I
2
t

(
A
2
s
)
Short-circuit current (A)
Short-circuiting capacity 3000 A
Cold thermal trip zone
Current
danger curve
Electromagnetic trip zone
Trip characteristics
Miniature circuit breaker, characteristics C
Residual current
circuit breaker
TECHNICAL DATA
Nominal current
Interrupting capacity:
Differential nominal current:
Characteristics of the miniature circuit
breaker trip:
Type of residual current devices:
Number of poles:
Type of socket-outlet:
230V AC
16A
3kA
10mA
C bend
Class A
1P+N
2P + T 16A dual amperage
2P + T 16A Italian/German Standard, dual amperage
2- only with the plug
completely inserted is it
possible to close the one-way
switch.
1- the absence of voltage on
the honeycombs is assured.
3- the one-way switch opens
automatically when you begin
to remove the plug.
4- protection is guaranteed in
the event of short-
circuiting/overloading and
(where a residual current
circuit breaker is fitted) also in
the event of direct or indirect
contact.
Reference standards: CEI 23-50 (IEC 60884-1), EN 60898, EN 61009-1
POWER TAKE-OFF
INTERLOCKED SWITCHED SOCKET-OUTLETS
Many danger situations in the domestic environment are caused by faults or insulation leaks in the user devices (especially the portable
ones), occurring when the appliance is fed.
GEWISS has created interlocked switched socket-outlets with a bipolar switch (both miniature circuit breaker and residual miniature circuit
breaker), suitable for installation in the system terminating for load protection. These socket-outlets guarantee that the honeycombs are
connected to the voltage only when the plug is inserted, to prevent the forming of electrical arcs when the plug is inserted and removed.
The removal of the plug means the immediate release of the automatic one-way switch.
GW 10 321
GW 12 321
GW 14 321
GW 10 311
GW 12 311
GW 14 311
Key:
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
IMP00009 30-01-2007 11:21 Pagina 207
208
TECHNICAL DATA
Primary: 230V AC
Secondary: 120 and 230V AC Frequency: 50/60Hz
Power: 20 VA
Overload protection via PTC with automatic reset
American Standard plugs 6,3 x 1,5 mm
centre distance 12,7 mm
British 2,5A Standard plugs (plug pins 5 mm)
European plugs 2,5A
Italian Standard plugs 2 x 10A - type S10
Reference standards: EN 61558-2-5
Voltage switch
GW 10 331 - GW 12 331 - GW 14 331
Transformer
primary circuit
power supply
push-button
The shaver socket includes a powered insulation transformer 20VA, automatically fed upon the insertion of the plug. There is also a selector that
allows you to change the voltage of the secondary circuit of the transformer. Especially suitable for use in hotel facilities.
Application examples*:
Red:
Line fed by UPS static system
Green:
Line fed by mains power supply/generator
Orange:
Line fed by mains/generator and insulation
transformer
* There are no relevant regulatory provisions, therefore the examples of colour use are only a guide.
If the sockets installed inside the same box have different
power supply lines, separate the circuits by mean of the
special divider.
special divider.
special divider.
POWER TAKE-OFF
SOCKET-OUTLETS FOR ALLOCATED LINES
Functional characteristics
The socket-outlets for allocated lines allow the clear differentiation of a power outlet intended for special applications, avoiding the connection
of services not envisaged for this circuit.
Insulation transformer
in compliance with IEC
standards 96-1:
Euro-American socket-outlet 2P
suitable for:
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
IMP00009 30-01-2007 11:21 Pagina 208
209
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
PLUG SOCKETS- INTERNATIONAL STANDARD
Compatibility of International Standard sockets/plugs
Italian 2P+ 10A 250V
German/Spanish 2P+ 10/16A 250V
French 2P+ 10/16A 250V
German/French 2P+ 10/16A 250V
British standard 2P+ 13A 250V
2P+ 15A 250V
USA and similar 2P+ 15A 125V
2P+ 10A 125V
Australian 2P+ 10A 250V
2P+ 15A 250V
Argentine 2P+ 10A 240V
2P+ 15A 240V
Israeli 2P+ 16A 250V
GW 10 241
GW 12 241
GW 14 241
GW 10 247
GW 12 247
GW 14 247
GW 10 296
GW 12 296
GW 14 296
GW 10 297
GW 12 297
GW 14 297
GW 10 341
GW 12 341
GW 14 341
GW 10 286
GW 12 286
GW 14 286
GW 10 301
GW 12 301
GW 14 301
GW 10 302
GW 12 302
GW 14 302
GW 10 306
GW 12 306
GW 14 306
GW 10 307
GW 12 307
GW 14 307
GW 10 281
GW 12 281
GW 14 281
GW 10 287
GW 12 287
GW 14 287
SOCKET
PLUG
Standard Description

ITALIAN STANDARD - IT
BRITISH STANDARD - UK
GERMAN STANDARD - D
CHINESE STANDARD
(the most widely used)
AUSTRALIAN STANDARD INDIAN STANDARD NORTH AMERICAN STANDARD - USA FRENCH STANDARD - F
ITALIAN STANDARD
SPANISH STANDARD (D - F - IT)
FRENCH STANDARD
GERMAN STANDARD
BRITISH STANDARD
CHINESE STANDARD
INDIAN STANDARD
AUSTRALIAN STANDARD
SOUTH AMERICAN STANDARD (USA - D - F - IT)
NORTH AMERICAN STANDARD (USA)
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
IMP00009 30-01-2007 11:21 Pagina 209
210
TV
TV
SAT
SAT
TECHNICAL DATA
Frequency range : from 5 to 2400 MHz
Diameter of the coaxial cable : from 5 to 7 mm
Return channel : from 5 to 40 MHz
Shielding : Class A
Chrominance/luminance delay difference : < 1 ns. for all models
User door - TV socket-outlet : Coaxial connector IEC male 9,5 mm
User door - TV-SAT socket-outlet : Coaxial connector F (female)
Reference standards: EN 50083-1; EN 50083-2; EN 50083-4
GW 20 277
Direct
socket
Direct
socket
Direct
socket
Feedthrough
sockets
TV
SAT
Direct
sockets
Direct
sockets
Feedthrough
sockets
Feedthrough
sockets
Direct sockets
Centralised system
with star distribution
Centralised system
with cascade distribution
SAT system
for single user
Combined TV-SAT
system for single user
Combined TV-SAT centralised system
with star distribution
Combined TV-SAT centralised system
with feedthrough sockets
TV
APPLICATIONS
SAT TV-SAT
CHARACTERISTICS ADVANTAGES
Shielding efficiency (in compliance with the regulation
IEC - EN 50083-2/A1 - class A).
The sockets, which are in a metal case, are unaffected by the
electromagnetic emissions (EMC) present in the environment.
Impedance adaptation.
System for the quick and safe connection of the coaxial cable.
Undesired signal reflections are avoided.
Maintains the coaxiality of the cable in the connection point.
A range featuring two types: user doors with F connector (type
EN 60169-24) and with IEC male connector 9,5 mm
(in compliance with HD 134.2 S2).
Maximum application flexibility with single or centralised systems (new / restored
/ arrangements for future extensions).
In satellite reception, due to the frequency range, it is very important to maintain the
coaxiality of the connection, which is a requirement fully met by the innovative
connection and the use of the F connector.
SIGNAL TAKE-OFF
TV-SAT SOCKETS
The development of television transmission systems and of services intended for the user has raised the performance and quality level required
for signal distribution systems.
The new EN 50083 Standards (systems for distribution of television and sound signals via cable) define the present and future European Standard
and establish the requirements that the various parts of the system, including the terminal sockets, must meet.
Thanks to their high performance level, these socket-outlets offer optimal distribution of the signals, both digital and analogic, as required by the
various drivers for access to present and future services.
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
IMP00009 30-01-2007 11:21 Pagina 210
211
The RJ11IN-OUT connector offers the possibility to connect an input line and an
output line, quickly and easily. The divided terminal block avoids the use of
additional terminals, and facilitates the wiring operations. Fixing of cable on
insulation displacement terminals.
The double connector RJ11 offers 2 connectors RJ11 in a single module.
The double rear terminal block facilitates the wiring operations. Fixing of cable
on insulation displacement terminals.
RJ11IN-OUT CONNECTOR DOUBLE CONNECTOR RJ11
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD TELEPHONE CONNECTORS
Telephone connectors RJ11 with 4 contacts, suitable for connecting telephone, fax machine, modem and RJ12 with 6 contacts, suitable
for connecting intercommunicating telephone systems.
The TV-FM-SAT socket-outlets of 2 modules allow the contemporary connecting of more than one device. The socket-outlets consist of:
- TV socket-outlet male IEC coaxial connector
- TV-SAT socket-outlet female coaxial connector F
- radio socket-outlet female IEC connector
RJ11 GW 10 401 - GW 12 401 - GW 14 401
RJ11 IN-OUT GW 10 402 - GW 12 402 - GW 14 402
RJ12 GW 10 404 - GW 12 404 - GW 14 404
RJ11 DOUBLE GW 10 403 - GW 12 403 - GW 14 403
TV-FM-SAT SOCKET-OUTLETS
Plug
Note: With the connection in series, when one of the plugs is extracted, the
socket-outlets positioned downline are disconnected. To prevent this
problem, just insert a plug with a jumper between the terminals 3-4, in the
socket-outlet from which the telephone appliance was removed.
Series connection
Telephone duplex cable
Each socket takes the signal from the
line.
There is no conversation secrecy.
Parallel connection
Telephone duplex cable
The clamps 3 and 4 are connected by means of the contact
inside the telephone, which is closed when the telephone
receiver is put down. When the telephone receiver is picked up,
the line breaks downline (L1 pole), ensuring that the
conversation is not overheard.
Reference standards: ISO 11801
GW 10 381 - GW 12 381 - GW 14 381 GW 10 382 - GW 12 382 - GW 14 382
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
IMP00009 30-01-2007 11:21 Pagina 211
212
CLACK!
60 mm
5
6
2
1
3
4
Connector type:
Type of cables used:
Number of contacts:
Terminals:
Category:
Transmission speed:
Transmission protocols used:
RJ45
8
toolless
5e
100MHz
EIA/TIA 568A - EIA/TIA 568B
FTP UTP
CONNECTORS FOR STRUCTURED WIRING
Connectors RJ45 of category 5e and 6, shielded (FTP) and unshielded
(UTP) for data transmission. Allow computerised devices (computers,
printers, modems, etc.) to be connected to the network, as well as the
connection of multimedia devices (e.g. videoconference facilities).
They can also be used for traditional, centralised telephone systems.
The unfitted wires are inserted in the appropriate blade seat.
The closing of the cover ensures the complete incision of the insulation
and the electrical continuity with the contact.
The unfitted wires are inserted in the appropriate blade seat.
The tightening ensures the complete incision of the insulation and the
electrical continuity with the contact.
TOOLLESS CONNECTION
With the Toolless connection, it is possible to make the connection without using additional tools.
This connection simplifies the wiring operations.
CAT 5e
CAT 6
GW 10 421 - GW 12 421 - GW 14 421
GW 10 422 - GW 12 422 - GW 14 422
GW 10 423 - GW 12 423 - GW 14 423
GW 10 424 - GW 12 424 - GW 14 424
TECHNICAL DATA
GW 10 421 - GW 12 421
GW 14 421
GW 10 422 - GW 12 422
GW 14 422
Connector type:
Type of cables used:
Number of contacts:
Terminals:
Category:
Transmission speed:
Transmission protocols used:
RJ45
8
toolless
6
250MHz
EIA/TIA 568A - EIA/TIA 568B
FTP UTP
TECHNICAL DATA
GW 10 423 - GW 12 423
- GW 14 423
GW 10 424 - GW 14 224
- GW 14 424
Diagrams
To obtain the EIA/TIA
568A or 568B
configuration shown
alongside, follow the
colour code given on the
terminal block (of the
products).
EIA/TIA - 568A EIA/TIA - 568B
Reference standards: EN 50 173 - ISO 11801
EIA/TIA 568A
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
IMP00009 30-01-2007 11:21 Pagina 212
213
Cold thermal trip zone
Current danger curve
Electromagnetic trip zone
S
p
e
c
i
f
i
c

f
e
e
d
t
h
r
o
u
g
h

e
n
e
r
g
y

I
2
t

(
A
2
s
)
Short-circuit current (A)
Short-circuiting capacity 3000 A
Trip characteristics
Miniature circuit breaker, characteristics C Residual current
6A
10A
16A
6A
10A
16A
6A
10A
16A
6A
10A
16A
3kA
3kA
30mA
10mA
1P+N
1
1P+N
230V AC
230V AC
Power supply
voltage
TECHNICAL
DATA
Miniature circuit
breaker
Residual
miniature circuit
breaker
Number of
poles
Nominal
current
Interrupting
capacity
Differential
nominal current
PROTECTION
AUTOMATIC ONE-WAY SWITCHES
The automatic one-way switches protect the electrical load connected downline (either directly or via a plug socket) against overloading
and short-circuiting and, via the residual current circuit breaker part, against contact voltages. They can be installed together with the
miniature circuit breakers and the residual miniature circuit breakers used, in the enclosure of the home, to diversify the different lines while
respecting the selectivity.
They are especially suitable for places where there is a greater risk of electrocution (such as bathrooms), to protect terminal devices,
protection for portable user devices in the domestic and similar environments, etc.
Miniature circuit breaker trip with C characteristics and A-type residual current circuit breaker for alternated fault currents and single-
direction push-buttons.
Reference standards: EN 60898-1; EN 61009-1; EN 61543
Residual miniature
circuit breaker
Miniature circuit
breaker
Key:
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
IMP00009 30-01-2007 11:21 Pagina 213
214
PE
OUT L L IN
NIN OUT N
L
N OUT
OUT
N
L IN
IN
Fuse
TECHNICAL DATA
Nominal voltage:
Maximum nominal current:
Number of poles:
Fuses that can be inserted:
230V AC
16A
1
6,3 x 32 mm
FUSE HOLDER
Modular element for the installation of fuses of dimensions 6,3x32mm with maximum nominal current equal to 16A.
Socket-outlets should be included upline, to power devices for which additional protection against overcurrents and short-circuiting is
recommended. Especially suitable for the protection of dimmers too. The fuse is not included.
The GEWISS range for the protection of circuits against overvoltage in the domestic or similar environments includes the dischargers in the
EURODIN catalogue designed for installation in apartment enclosures.
GW 10 491
GW 12 491 - GW 14 491
TECHNICAL DATA
Nominal voltage:
Uc:
Up:
Uoc:
230V AC
275 Vac 50/60 Hz
1kV
<= 2,5 kV
Reference standards: EN 61643-11
Connection terminals
Input line: L in - Phase
N in - Neutral
Output line: L out - Phase
N out - Neutral
GW 10 492 - GW 12 492 - GW 14 492
PROTECTION
OVERVOLTAGE LIMITER
The overvoltage limiter is a discharger of the varistor type, suitable for protecting the power supply socket-outlets of all types of electrical
appliances (especially those containing electronic components, e.g. TV, DVD player, Hi-fi, etc.) from damage that can arise from the
presence of overvoltages induced in the mains by manoeuvres or atmospheric discharges. The overvoltage peak will not reach the user,
or will at least be greatly attenuated. If the varistor should break, the presence of a fuse prevents short-circuiting. The failure is signalled
by the switching off of the LED and the lack of power supply.
Wiring diagram
Wiring diagram
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
IMP00009 30-01-2007 11:21 Pagina 214
215
TECHNICAL DATA
Battery:
Minimum autonomy:
Recharging time:
Lamp:
Power absorbed in standby mode:
Dimensions:
Light flux:
230V AC
Ni-Mh 3,6V 1100mAh
1 hour
12 hours
High efficiency white LED
2W
4 CHORUS modules
20 lumens
TECHNICAL DATA
Battery:
Minimum autonomy:
Recharging time:
Lamp:
Power absorbed in standby mode:
230V AC
Ni-Mh 3,6V 80mAh
2 hours
36 hours
High efficiency LED
2 VA
Reference standards: EN 60065; EN 61000-6-3; EN 61000-6-1
GW 12 661
GW 10 666 - GW 12 666 - GW 14 666
Reference standards:
EN 60598-1; EN 60598-2-22; EN 60598-2-2; EN 55015; EN 61547
By means of a selector on
the front, the lamp can work
in different modes:
- emergency: switches on
automatically when there is
no mains voltage
- inhibition:
lamp always switched off
- night: the lamp remains
switched on for about
30 minutes, powered by
batteries, then switches off
and recharges automatically
SIGNALLING
Lamp with high efficiency LED, to be inserted in any Italian, German or French Standard socket-outlet, suitable for auxiliary lighting if there
is no voltage from the mains; can be easily extracted and used as a normal, portable, rechargeable lamp. Selecting the night function,
it can be used as a courtesy night-light; when in this mode, the lamp switches off automatically after about 30 minutes. The time necessary
for recharging is about 36 hours.
Signalling LED:
- green: indicates the presence of the mains
- red: indicates the inhibition of the anti-blackout function
Autonomous emergency lamp for flush-mounting boxes of 4 modules, suitable for emergency lighting in residential or public service
environments when there is no mains voltage. A green frontal LED indicates the presence of mains voltage.
It can be used for lighting escape routes, dangerous passageways, etc.
Lighting by means of high efficiency white LED.
EXTRACTABLE ANTI-BLACKOUT LAMP
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
IMP00009 30-01-2007 11:21 Pagina 215
216
Red Amber
Opal Green
TECHNICAL DATA
Dimensions:
Type of lamp:
Absorbed power
12V AC/DC or 230V AC
2 CHORUS modules
LED
12V: 0,4W - 230V: 6W
Opal
Green
Red
Amber
Opal
Green
Red
Amber
Opal/transparent
Red/green
Permit the visualisation from a considerable distance of the ON/OFF status of a user or lighting circuit.
The light generated by the indicator lamp is visible not only from the front, but also from the side.
Suitable for special applications such as the signalling of calls from hospital wards.
The protruding indicator lamps are supplied with LED sources.
INDICATOR LAMPS
Permit the visualisation from a considerable distance of the ON/OFF status of a user or lighting circuit. The Chorus half-module indicator
lamps allow notable space-saving.
The indicator lamps must be completed with miniature lamps with
wired lead, to be inserted in the back of the product
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
IMP00009 30-01-2007 11:21 Pagina 216
217
1
12V~
230V~
3 2
N
L
3 2 1
12V ac/dc
230V ac
TECHNICAL DATA
Dimensions:
Absorbed power
Sound intensity:
GW 10 611 - GW 12 611 - GW 14 611 12V AC/DC
GW 10 612 - GW 12 612 - GW 14 612 230V AC - 50Hz
2 CHORUS modules
6,5VA
80dB at 1 m
Reference standards: IEC 62080
Wiring terminals
Power supply: L - Phase
N - Neutral
Entrance ringers: 1 - Emergency
2 - Two-tone
3 - Trill
Wiring diagram GW 10 611 - GW 10 612
GW 12 611 - GW 12 612
GW 14 611 - GW 14 612
RINGER WITH THREE INDEPENDENT INPUTS
The ringer with three independent inputs has three different acoustic signals:
- emergency-type sound (e.g. bathroom alarm)
- two-tone sound (e.g. main entrance ringer)
- trill-type sound (e.g. secondary entrance ringer)
Possibility to adjust the volume of the ringer, by means of a push-button on the back of the product.
TECHNICAL DATA
Dimensions:
Type of lamp:
Absorbed power
12V AC/DC or 230V AC
50/60Hz
2-4 CHORUS modules
High efficiency white LEDs
12V 2 modules: 0,12W
12V 4 modules: 0,1W
2 Chorus modules
GW 10 651 - GW 12 651 - GW 14 651
4 Chorus modules
GW 10 656 - GW 12 656 - GW 14 656
Wiring terminals
Power supply: Terminals 1-2: 12V
Terminals 1-3: 230V
STAIR RISER LAMP
White LED lamp suitable for use as stair riser lamp, courtesy light, night-light etc.
The product has a double power supply input 12V AC/DC 230V AC.
The white LED lamp is integrated in the product.
12V AC/DC
230V AC
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
IMP00010 30-01-2007 11:24 Pagina 217
218
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
1 2 3 4 5 6
N L
N L
TECHNICAL DATA
Dimensions:
Operating temperature:
Reserve charge:
Sound intensity:
Duration of temporary silencing:
Temperature visualisation range:
230V AC
2 CHORUS modules
-5 +45C
48 hours
65 dB at 1 m
5 minutes
0 - +45C
Reference standards: EN 60065; EN 55014-1; EN 55014-2
GW 10 708 - GW 12 708 - GW 14 708
CLOCK- ALARM- THERMOMETER
- LCD display with white backlight
- Visualisation of time (12/24h), day of the week and date
- Visualisation of the temperature
- Alarm function with two independent daily alarms
- Visualisation of the time programmed and the ringers activated
- Snooze function for the temporary silencing of the alarm
- Unit of temperature measurement can be selected (C, F)
- Rechargeable buffer battery
Wiring terminals
N - Neutral
TECHNICAL DATA
Output contacts:
Reserve charge:
Dimensions:
No. activations/deactivations:
230V AC 50/60Hz
1NA/NC 8A(AC1) / 4A(AC15) 250V AC
48 hours
2 CHORUS modules
144
GW 10 581 - GW 12 581 - GW 14 581
Command push-buttons:
- Selection of functional mode
- Selection of operational mode
- Modify (increase)
- Modify (decrease)
Wiring terminals
N - Neutral
Output relay: 1 - NO contact
2 - NC contact
3 - Common
Serial line: 4 - TX (output data)
5 - GND (common)
6 - RX (input data)
POWER, CLIMATE AND COMFORT MANAGEMENT
DAILY AND WEEKLY ELECTRONIC TIMER WITH 1 CHANNELS
- Electronic device for the timed command of a load
- Positive LCD display with white backlight
- Permanent indication of: time, day of the week, load lighting status, functioning/working mode status
- 144 daily cycles that can be set (transitions every 5 minutes)
- Serial connection to the GSM repeaterGW 90 821 for the remote command of the device
- Manual activation/deactivation of the load (MAN mode)
- Programmed activation/deactivation of the load (AUTO mode), with daily/weekly cycles
- Permanent deactivation of the load (OFF mode)
- Immediate visualisation of the daily planning, via permanently visualised histogram
- Rechargeable buffer battery
IMP00010 30-01-2007 11:25 Pagina 218
219
1 2
L N
2 1
L N
Signalling unit with
localisation function
2
1
3 4 5
GW 10 582 - GW 12 582
GW 14 582
GW 10 583 - GW 12 583 - GW 14 583
TECHNICAL DATA
TECHNICAL DATA
ELECTRONIC TIMER
Type of contact:
Output contact:
Dimensions:
Trip duration adjustment:
No. remotisable push-buttons:
230V AC
Electronic, with TRIAC
1 NO 2A (AC1) 250V AC
not suitable
1 CHORUS module
15s 15 minutes
15
Type of contact:
Output contact:
Dimensions:
Trip duration adjustment:
No. remotisable push-buttons:
230V AC
relay
1NA - 16A(AC1) / 10A(AC15) 250V AC
max. 4A
2 CHORUS modules
15s 15 minutes
15
The electronic timer allows you to command groups of light points or users, programming the automatic switching off after a pre-set period
of time. On the device, there is a push-button for the command, and a LED that indicates the presence of mains voltage. By means of a
rotating selector on the side of the product, it is possible to vary the timing (15"-30"-45"-1'-1'30"-2'-3'-5'-10'-15').
Via the command circuit of the remote push-buttons connected, the device allows you to power up to 15 LED signalling units for localisation.
5 seconds before the end of the time period set, the device signals the imminent switching off by means of a brief deactivation of the load.
Keeping the local push-button pressed for 5 seconds, the stair cleaning function is activated/deactivated, and in this mode the load
remains active for 30 minutes.
RELAY TIMER
The relay timer is equipped with a front push-button for local activation, and is able to manage a series of light points or users, limiting
their functioning time; it can also be used to command the extractor fan used in bathrooms, thereby avoiding a useless waste of electrical
energy. The timer is also fitted with a LED that indicates the presence of mains voltage, and a rotating selector (located underneath the
easily removable front cover) to determine the duration of the load activation (15"-30"-45"-1'-1'30"-2'-3-5'-10'-15'). By means of the
command circuit of the remote push-buttons connected, the device allows you to power the signalling units for the localisation function, up
to a maximum of 15. Keeping the local push-button pressed for 5 seconds, the "stair cleaning" function is activated/deactivated (for the
modes 1 and 2), or the "fan forcing" function (for 3 and 4). In these modes, the load remains active for 30 minutes.
Depending on the contact connection, it is possible to select one of
the following operational modes:
1- Timing with delay reset
2- Timing without delay reset
3- Delay in the stopping of the extractor fan after the switching
off of the lamp (the extractor fan turns on when the lamp is
switched on)
4- The timed switching on and off of the extractor fan occurs after
the light switches off.
Wiring terminals
N - Neutral
Command: 1 - Load
Input: 2 - Remote command
Wiring terminals
Power supply: 3 - Phase
2 - Neutral
Potential-free output: 4/5 NO contact
Wiring diagram
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
IMP00010 30-01-2007 11:25 Pagina 219
220
2
2
2 1 2 1
2 1
Fuse Fuse
Two-way switches
Fuse
Fuse
Fuse
Two-way switch
Two-way
switch
Reversing
switch
TECHNICAL DATA
Product code:
Max power resistive load:
Max power inductive load:
Adjustable load:
Dimensions:
Incandescent and halogen lamps
Toroidal, lamellar transformers
GW 10 567 - GW 12 567 - GW 14 567
230V AC
100 - 500W
100 - 500VA
1 CHORUS module
TECHNICAL DATA
Product code
Supply voltage
Power
Dimensions
GW 10 574 - GW 12 574 - GW 14 574
230V AC
55-80 VA
1 CHORUS module
Typical use:
- Domestic sector for light
source adjustments.
- In existing systems, the
dimmer with two-way switch
can be easily installed in
place of a two-way switch,
without modifying the original
circuit.
EN 60669-1; EN 60669-2-1
Control knob:
pressurised ON/OFF
adjustment via rotation
Indicator light for
localisation and presence
of mains voltage.
EN 60669-1; EN 60669-2-1
Control knob:
pressurised ON/OFF
adjustment via rotation
Indicator light for
of mains voltage.
EN 60669-1; EN 60669-2-1
Control knob:
pressurised ON/OFF
adjustment
via pressure
Indicator light for
of mains voltage.
DIMMER
TECHNICAL DATA
ROTATING ELECTRONIC REGULATORS
Product code:
Adjustable load:
Toroidal, lamellar, electronic transformers
Manifold engines
Dimensions:
GW 10 561 - GW 12 561 - GW 14 561
230V AC
100 - 500W
1 CHORUS module
GW 10 564 - GW 125 64 - GW 14 564
230V AC
100 - 900W
40 - 300VA
1 CHORUS module
Dimmer with conventional potentiometer adjustment and static switching off by turning the knob to the zero position.
Dimmer with incorporated two-way switch that makes it possible to command the switching on and off of a second point (using the two-
way switch), or a number of points (using reversing switches). Switched on and off by pressing the knob; adjustment by turning it.
ROTATING ELECTRONIC REGULATORS WITH TWO-WAY SWITCH
PUSH-BUTTON ELECTRONIC REGULATORS FOR AIR AGITATORS
Push-button type dimmer with pre-set intensity levels (0-25-50-100%). By briefly pressing the push-button, the minimum intensity level will
be obtained. With any further touch, the speed will change from the minimum to the medium, then the maximum. A subsequent touch
will turn the dimmer off.
Typical use:
- Suitable for adjusting air agitators, fans and extractors with
induction engines. It can be controlled by external NO push-button.
Typical use:
- Domestic sector for light
source adjustments.
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
IMP00010 30-01-2007 11:25 Pagina 220
221
3
1 2
Fusibile
2 1
3
1 2
Deviatori
1 2
3 2 1
Before
Fuse
Two-way switches
After
TECHNICAL DATA
DIMMER
PUSH-BUTTON ELECTRONIC REGULATORS FOR RESISTIVE/INDUCTIVE LOADS
Product code:
Adjustable load:
Dimensions:
Protection:
Ferromagnetic transformers
Electronic transformers
GW 10 568 - GW 12 568
GW 14 568
230V AC
60 - 500W
60 - 500VA
60 - 500VA
1 CHORUS module
to be installed together with a rapid fuse
with high interrupting capacity
GW 10 571 - GW 12 571
GW 14 571
230V AC
25 - 300W
25 - 300VA
25 - 300VA
2 CHORUS modules
rapid fuse incorporated
CHARACTERISTICS ADVANTAGES
Memorisation of adjustment level:
Gradual switching on:
Gradual switching off:
Easy to position at standard
adjustment level.
Increase in life-span of lamp, reducing
the stress of the filament during the
cold switching on, as well as
preventing the glare effect on people.
Guarantees the gradual passage
from the maximum light condition to
the switched-off status.
Push-button type dimmer, with possibility of control and adjustment from any number of points using single-pole push-buttons with an NO
contact; gradual switching on and off by briefly touching at the pre-set adjustment level (intensity memory); adjustment with prolonged
pressure on the same button.
Typical use:
- Domestic sector for light source adjustments
- Commercial sector, hotel rooms, community places, conference
halls, for light source adjustments
- In existing systems, the dimmers can be easily
installed by replacing the two-way switches, without modifying
the original circuit.
- In existing systems, the push-
button dimmers can be
installed by replacing the two-
way switches, without
modifying the circuit.
Control push-button:
- ON/OFF by touch;
- adjustment by prolonged pressure
Indicator light for localisation and
presence of mains voltage
GW 10 568
GW 12 568
GW 14 568
GW 10 571
GW 12 571
GW 14 571
Wiring terminals
Command: - Load
Wiring terminals
Command: 3 - Load
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
IMP00010 30-01-2007 11:25 Pagina 221
222
1 2 3 4 5 6
N L
TECHNICAL DATA
Supply voltage
Dimensions
Output contact
Operating temperature
Temperature visualisation range
Adjustment range
Tolerance
Reserve charge
230V AC 50/60Hz
2 CHORUS modules
1NO NC with potential-free contact
5A(AC1) / 2A(AC15) 250V
-5 +45 C
0 +45 C
+5 +40 C
0,5 C to 20 C
48 hours
GW 10 703 GW 12 703 GW 14 703
Reference standards: EN 60730-1; EN 60730-2-7, EN 60730-2-9
The timed thermostat allows you to automatically control the weekly temperature and timing within the place of installation, together with
the heating and air-conditioning systems.
- Powered by mains voltage
- Relay output contact for commanding the boiler, air-conditioner, solenoid valve, etc.
- LCD display with white backlight (the backlighting is activated every time one of the button-keys is pressed, and switches off 5 seconds
after the last touch)
- Programming on a weekly basis (a programme for 7 days with hourly profiles independently configurable for each day)
- Setting of hourly profile on the basis of 24 hours with 3 different levels of temperature (T1, T2, T3) and visualisation of the profile
- Programming of times with a resolution of 15 minutes without a limit in the number of daily changes
- Residual current circuit breaker for adjustment can be set and differentiated for HEATING and AIR-CONDITIONING
- PARTY and HOLIDAY functions for programming special functioning speeds of different duration periods
- Functioning modes that can be set: AUTOMATIC / MANUAL / OFF
- Possibility to select the system thermal gradient self-learning function. This function optimises the anticipation of
heating (up to 2 hours), in order to guarantee the set temperature right from the programme start
- A serial connection towards the GSM repeater (GW90821) is possible, allowing the remote control via text messages
- Rechargeable buffer battery.
Wiring terminals
N - Neutral
2 - NC contact
3 - Common
Serial line: 4 - TX
5 - GND (common)
6 - RX
Positive LCD
display
Programming
push-buttons
Day of the week
Room
temperature
measured
Type of functioning
Clock
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
IMP00010 30-01-2007 11:25 Pagina 222
223
GW 10 701 GW 14 701
TECHNICAL DATA
Power supply:
Average battery autonomy:
Dimensions:
Output contact:
Temperature visualisation range:
Adjustment range:
Tolerance:
Batteries (3 x 1,5V alkaline AAA)
minimum 1 year
130x92x23 mm
1NO NC with potential-free contact
5A(AC1) / 2A(AC15) 250V AC
-5 +45 C
0 +45 C
+5 +40 C
0,5 C to 20 C
LCD display
UP push-button
MODE push-button
for selecting the
operating mode
DOWN push-button
GW 10 701 - GW 14 701
Protective door
for the
programming
push-buttons
Reference standards: EN 60730-1; EN 60730-2-7, EN 60730-2-9
WALL-MOUNTING TIMED THERMOSTAT - DAILY/WEEKLY PROGRAMMING - BATTERY-POWERED
The timed thermostat allows you to automatically control the weekly temperature and timing within the place of installation, together with
the heating and air-conditioning systems.
- Powered with alkaline batteries (3 x 1,5VAAA)
- Relay output contact for commanding the boiler, air-conditioner, solenoid valve, etc.
- Programming on a weekly basis (a programme with hourly profiles independently configurable for each day of the week)
- Setting of hourly profile on the basis of 24 hours with 3 different levels of temperature (T1, T2, T3) and visualisation of the profile
- Programming of hourly profile with a resolution of 15 minutes without a limit in the number of daily changes
- Residual current circuit breaker for adjustment can be set and differentiated for HEATING and AIR-CONDITIONING
- PARTY and HOLIDAY functions for programming special functioning speeds of different duration periods
- Functioning modes that can be set: AUTOMATIC / MANUAL / OFF
- Possibility to select the system thermal gradient self-learning function. This function optimises the anticipation of
heating (up to 2 hours), in order to guarantee the set temperature right from the programme start
- A serial connection towards the GSM repeater (GW90821) is possible, allowing the remote control via text messages
The device can be wall-mounted (fixed with plugs) or installed on a 3 module flush-mounting box.
Base for fixing on wall with terminal block
Wiring terminals
Potential-free output: 1- common
2- NO contact
3- NC contact
Serial line: 4 - TX
5 - GND (common)
6 - RX
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
IMP00010 30-01-2007 11:25 Pagina 223
224
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
F PE N
+ --
1 2 L N 3
TECHNICAL DATA
Absorbed power
Adjustment range:
Tolerance:
Output contact:
230V AC
2VA
+5 +35C
0,5C at 20C
1NO NC 8A(AC1) 250V AC
TECHNICAL DATA
Dimensions:
Output voltage:
Absorbed power
110 250V AC
1 CHORUS module
12V DC
2VA
GW 10 719 - GW 12 719 - GW 14 719
LED indicating
presence of
mains voltage
GW 10 705 - GW 12 705 - GW 14 705
THERMOSTAT
The flush-mounting thermostat commanding a boiler and/or an air-conditioner regulates the temperature in an easy, efficient way.
The choice of temperature is made by simply rotating the knob and positioning it on the value you want.
The frontal selector allows you to select 3 different functioning modes.
- SUMMER (air-conditioner) - the output will be active when the temperature recorded by the thermostat is greater than the value indicated
by the knob.
- WINTER (boiler) - the relay output will be active when the temperature recorded by the thermostat is lower than the value indicated
by the knob. In Winter mode, the antifreeze function is active, pre-set at +5C.
- OFF - the output is never activated.
POWER SUPPLY
Insulation transformer suitable for the power supply of a gas or water detector1. Internally protected against overloading, short-circuiting
and excessively high temperatures.
The thermostat is fitted with two LEDs; the yellow light has a
localisation function, while the green one indicates the activation of
the output.
N - Neutral
2 - Common
3 - NC contact
Wiring terminals
2 - Neutral
3 - Earth
Output 12V 5: positive
4: reference
potential
Two-colour LED
Adjustment knob
Selector:
Summer
OFF
Winter
1 2 3
4 5
IMP00010 30-01-2007 11:25 Pagina 224
225
1 3 4 N L 2
12V
ac/dc
1 3 4 N L 2
Correct detector positioning
Natural gas (CH4) LPG
1530 cm
2040 cm
max 6 m
max 3 m
TECHNICAL DATA
Absorbed power:
Alarm threshold:
Alarm sound level:
Relative environmental humidity:
Output contact on changeover:
Fixing:
Dimensions:
Life-span of device:
12 V AC/DC
2VA
12% LIE (lower explosive limit)
85 dB at 1 m
+5 +40 C
+30 +90% without condensate
1 NO NC 10A AC1/5A (AC15) 250V AC
flush-mounting on CHORUS support
2 CHORUS modules
5 years since it was powered
Wiring diagram
Reference standards: IEC 216-8
The gas detectors reveal the presence of dangerous substances (CH4/LPG) in the domestic environment where they are installed
- Indicator lights and acoustic alarm signalling
- Closure of a solenoid valve, via relay
- Possibility to send a text message of alarm by means of the GSM repeater (GW 90 821)
- Indicator lights for malfunctioning of sensor or device
- Function for operational test of the device
The closure of the solenoid valve via the relay is carried out approximately 20s from the start of the alarm situation.
The push-button allows you to carry out the operational test: when pressed, the red LED lights up (alarm signalling), the buzzer sounds and,
after about 20s, the relay is activated. Upon the release of the push-button, the signalling is immediately deactivated.
The detector can be connected to the mains by means of the power supply module (GW 10 719 - GW 12 719 - GW 14 719).
Test push-button
Indicator lights
Survey grid
solenoid valve 12V AC/DC
SAFETY
GAS DETECTOR
L-N - Power supply 12V AC/DC
1 - Common
2 - NC contact
3 - NO contact
4 - NO contact
GW 10 711 - GW 12 711 - GW 14 711 LPG
GW 10 712 - GW 12 712 - GW 14 712 METHANE GAS
12V
AC/DC
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
IMP00010 30-01-2007 11:25 Pagina 225
226
1 3 4 N L 2
12V
ac/dc
1 3 4 N L 2
2 1 5
The wireless water sensor should be
positioned in line with the floor in
order to reveal the presence of any
type of liquid.
The sensor must be positioned so that
the LED is visible and the push-button
accessible.
WATER DETECTOR
WIRELESS WATER SENSOR
Indicator lights Push-button
Reference standards: EN 60065; EN 55014-1; EN 55014-2
TECHNICAL DATA
Power supply:
Dimensions:
Output contacts:
Sound intensity:
12V AC/DC
2 CHORUS modules
1NO - 5A(AC1) / 3A(AC15) 250V AC
70dB at 1 m
TECHNICAL DATA
Dimensions:
Power supply:
Carrier frequency:
Free range capacity:
88x74x45,5 mm
Battery 9V
868 MHz
100 m
Push-button
Signalling LED
L-N - Power supply 12V AC/DC
1 - Common
2 - NC contact
3 - NO contact
4 - NO contact
WATER DETECTOR WITH WIRELESS SENSOR
The water detector system consists of a flush-mounting detector and a wall-mounting sensor, operating on a wireless basis at the frequency
of 868 MHz. The water sensor reveals the presence of any type of liquid, operating by means of ultrasounds. This technology avoids the
oxidation of the contacts due to humidity, and therefore the untimely intervention of the detector.
Possibility to send a text message of alarm by means of the GSM repeater (GW 90 821).
The device allows you to:
- reveal the presence of any type of liquid
- activate the alarm via indicator lights and acoustic signals, and activate a solenoid valve
- send an alarm directly to the user, via the repeater.
The probe has a push-button which permits the association with the detector, the inhibition of the sensor, or the carrying out of the
operational test, as well as a LED on the front to indicate the working status.
The detector is equipped with three LEDs (power supply, operational test, sensor programming, alarm, signalling of faulty sensor and flat
sensor battery), a buzzer (acoustic alarm signal) and a push-button (probe association).
Each detector device can be associated with up to 5 water-presence detector probes in wireless mode.
The detector must be powered with a voltage of 12V AC/DC by means of a transformer/power supply (GW 10 719 - GW 12 719 -
GW 14 719).
solenoid valve 12V AC
7DC
GW 10 716 - GW 12 716 - GW 14 716
GW 12 718
INSTALLATION CHARACTERISTICS
Wiring diagram Correct detector positioning
12V
AC/DC
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
IMP00010 30-01-2007 11:25 Pagina 226
227
F
L
U
S
H
-
M
O
U
N
T
I
N
G
F
L
U
S
H
-
M
O
U
N
T
I
N
G

W
A
T
E
R
T
I
G
H
T

I
P
5
5
V
A
R
I
O
U
S
W
A
L
L
INSTALLATION DESCRIPTION GANGS BOX SUPPORT PLATES
Notes:
-
(1)
with fixing inserts in metal -
(2)
high capacity and with fixing inserts in metal -
(3)
with fixing columns in plastic -
(4)
plate with 2 gangs
PLATES, SPECIAL PLATES, CONTAINERS AND SUPPORTS
APPLICATION BOARD
2
3
4
6
8(4+4 )
12(6+6 )
1
2
3
4
2
3
4
2
3
4
2
2+2 Horiz
2+2 Vert
4
6
1
2
GW 24 207
(2)
GW 24 245
(2)
GW 24 234
GW 16 743 - GW 16 773
GW 16 744 - GW 16 774
GW 16 752 - GW 16 782
GW 16 753 - GW 16 783
GW 16 754 - GW 16 784
GW 16 854 - GW 16 864
GW 16 856 - GW 16 866
2
3
4
6
2+2 Vert
2
GW 24 203
(1)
GW 24 303
(2)
GW 24 204
(3)
GW 24 304
(2)
GW 24 205
(1)
GW 24 306
(2)
GW 24 236
(1)
GW 24 237
(2)
GW 24 238
(2)
GW 24 231
(1)
GW 24 234
GW 24 207
GW 24 245
GW 24 246
GW 24 282
GW 16 802
GW 16 803
GW 16 804
GW 16 806
GW 16 808
GW 16 812
ONE LUX ART
ONE LUX
ONE
ONE LUX ART Italian Std.
(4)
ONE LUX International Std.
ONE LUX ART Italian Std.
(4)
ONE LUX ART
ONE LUX
GW 16 711 TB
GW 16 711 TN
GW 16 711 VT
GW 16 712 TB
GW 16 712 TN
GW 16 712 VT
GW 16 703 TB - GW 16 703 TN
GW 16 704 TB - GW 16 704 TN
GW 16 702 TB
GW 16 702 TN
GW 16 703 TB - GW 16 703 TN
GW 16 704 TB - GW 16 704 TN
GW 16 702 TB
GW 16 702 TN
ONE
ONE International Std.
GW 16 802
GW 16 821
GW 16 802
GW 16 821
GW 16 803
GW 16 804
GW 16 806
GW 16 821
GW 24 203
(1)
GW 24 303
(2)
GW 24 204
(3)
GW 24 205
(1)
GW 24 304
(2)
GW 24 231
(1)
GW 16 803
GW 16 804
GW 16 821
GW 16 803
GW 16 804
GW 16 821
GW 16 804 (not included)
GW 16 806 (not included)
GW 16 841
GW 16 842
GW 16 804
(included)
GW 16 821
GW 16 803
(included)
THE CODE INCLUDES THE SELF-SUPPORTING
PLATE AND THE BOX
centre distance 57mm
ONE International Standard
Centre distance 71mm
ONE
RECTANGULAR
BOXES
SQUARE
BOXES
BOXES FOR
LIGHTWEIGHT WALLS
SELF-SUPPORTING
PLATES
FOR PROFILES
AND PANELS
WATERTIGHT
PLATES
WATERTIGHT PLATES -
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD
WATERTIGHT PLATES
WATERTIGHT PLATES -
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD
WALL-MOUNTING BOXES -
ITALIAN STANDARD
WALL-MOUNTING BOXES -
INTERNATIONAL
STANDARD
TABLE PLATES
SUPPORTS FOR ASSEMBLY
ON DIN RAIL
F
O
R

L
I
G
H
T
W
E
I
G
H
T
W
A
L
L
S

I
P
5
5
GW 16 502 GW 16 503 GW 16 504 GW 16 512 GW 16 513 GW 16 514
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
IMP00010 30-01-2007 11:25 Pagina 227
228
SUPPORTS
DIMENSION TABLES
8 (4+4) GANGS - GW 16 808 12 (6+6) GANGS - GW 16 812
4 GANGS - GW 16 804 6 GANGS - GW 16 806
2 GANGS
GW 16 821
2 GANGS
GW 16 802
3 GANGS
GW 16 803
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
IMP00010 30-01-2007 11:25 Pagina 228
229
ONE PLATES
ONE INTERNATIONAL STANDARD PLATES
2 GANGS 3 GANGS 4 GANGS
6 GANGS
2 GANGS
2+2 GANGS V57 2+2+2 GANGS V
2+2 GANGS 2+2+2 GANGS
8 GANGS (4+4) 12 GANGS (6+6)
2 GANGS V71
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
IMP00010 30-01-2007 11:25 Pagina 229
230
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
LUX INTERNATIONAL STANDARD PLATES
LUX PLATES
2 GANGS 2+2 GANGS 2+2+2 GANGS
2+2 GANGS V 57
2 GANGS 3 GANGS
4 GANGS 6 GANGS
2+2 GANGS V71 2+2+2 GANGS V
IMP00010 30-01-2007 11:25 Pagina 230
231
ART PLATES
WATERTIGHT PLATES - IP55
2 GANGS 3 GANGS
4 GANGS
2 GANGS
GW 16 702 TB - GW 167 02 TN
3 GANGS
GW 16 703 TB - GW 16 703 TN
4 GANGS
GW 16 704 TB - GW 16 704 TN
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
IMP00010 30-01-2007 11:25 Pagina 231
232
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
WALL-MOUNTING BOXES - SUITABLE FOR ONE PLATES - INTERNATIONAL STANDARD
2 GANGS 2+2 HORIZ. GANGS 2+2 VERT. GANGS
GW 16 752 - GW 16 782 GW 16 753 - GW 16 783 GW 16 754 - GW 16 784
TABLE PLATES
WALL-MOUNTING BOXES - SUITABLE FOR ONE PLATES - ITALIAN STANDARD
3 GANGS 4 GANGS
GW 16 743 - GW 16 773 GW 16 744 - GW 16 774
4 GANGS 6 GANGS
GW 16 854 - GW 16 864 GW 16 856 - GW 16 866
IMP00010 30-01-2007 11:25 Pagina 232
233
SELF-SUPPORTING PLATES FOR PROFILES AND PANELS
BLANK PLATES
DIN RAIL SUPPORT
1 GANG
GW 167 11 TB - GW 16 711 TN - GW 16 711 VT
2 GANGS
GW 16 712 TB - GW 16 712 TN - GW 16 712 VT
3 GANGS
GW 16 723 TB - GW 16 723 TN
4 GANGS
GW 16 724 TB - GW 16 724 TN
1 module - GW 16 841 2 modules - GW 16 842 - GW 24 282
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
IMP00010 30-01-2007 11:25 Pagina 233
234
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
3 GANGS 4 GANGS 6 GANGS
93
72
60
185
170
100
156
137
108,5
66
62
71
130,5
110
83,5
64
62
46
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
GW 24 207 CODE GW 24 245 GW 24 246
GW 24 207
GW 24 245
GW 24 246
GW 24 234
SELF-SUPPORTING, EMPTY, WATERTIGHT CONTAINERS IP55
FLUSH-MOUNTING BOXES FOR LIGHTWEIGHT WALLS WITH AIR GAP
2 GANGS
GW 16 512
3 GANGS
GW 16 513
4 GANGS
GW 16 514
SELF-SUPPORTING, EMPTY, PROTECTED CONTAINERS IP40
2 GANGS 3 GANGS
4 GANGS
GW 16 502 GW 16 503
GW 16 504
GW 24 282
IMP00010 30-01-2007 11:25 Pagina 234
235
B D
A E
C
F G
B D
A
F
E
G
C
B D
A
F
E
G
C
Orificios para tubos
10/16 mm
Orificios para tubos
16/20 mm
SURFACE-MOUNTING BOXES
GW 24 203 CODE
3 GANGS 3 GANGS
3 GANGS
DOMOBOX
4 GANGS
4 GANGS
DOMOBOX
6 GANGS
6 GANGS
DOMOBOX
GW 24 204 GW 24 303 GW 24 205 GW 24 304 GW 24 236 GW 24 306
171
60
194
90
49
50,5
100
170
60
186
76
51
53
100
121
58
144
85
49
50,5
108,5
118
58
128
68
49
50,5
108,5
96
58
119
80
49
50,5
83,5
94
58
104
66
47
48
83,5
94,5
58
104
68
49
50,5
83,5
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
3 GANGS GW 24 203 - GW 24 204 - GW 24 303
4 GANGS GW 24 205 - GW 24 304
6 GANGS GW 24 236 - GW 24 306
8 GANGS GW 24 237
ROUND GW 24 232
SQUARE GW 24 231
12 GANGS GW 24 238
Holes for conduits
10/16 mm
Holes for conduits
16/20 mm
CHORUS - HOME RANGE
MODULAR DEVICES
IMP00010 30-01-2007 11:25 Pagina 235
236
RF COMMAND AND CONTROL SYSTEM
The RF "Command and Control" system consists of wireless communications devices that integrate with the traditional electrical system,
allowing the expansion of functionality without recourse to working in walls.
The wireless device's transmission frequency is 868 MHz.
Each single RX actuator/receiver can be associated with up to 16 different input channels; (e.g. 2 GW 14 803 push-button panel channels
+ 1 cannel of a GW 14 811 movement detector and so on to a maximum of 16).
The wireless signal repeater (GW 10 831, GW 12 831 and GW 14 831), increase/improve the capacity of the radio connection
between the transmitters and receivers that are combined together.
COMBINATION OF THE DEVICES
ACTUATOR 3A
GW 10 821 - GW 12 821
GW 14 821
RF RECEIVERS
RF TRANSMITTERS
1-2-3-4 CHANNEL PUSH-BUTTON PANEL/ONE PLATE
GW 10 801 - GW 10 802 - GW 10 803 - GW 10 804
GW 12 801 - GW 12 802 - GW 12 803 - GW 12 804
GW 14 801 - GW 14 802 - GW 14 803 - GW 14 804
1-2-3-4 CHANNEL PUSH-BUTTON PANEL/LUX PLATE
GW 10 806 GW 10 807 GW 10 808 GW 10 809
GW 12 806 GW 12 807 GW 12 808 GW 12 809
GW 14 806 GW 14 807 GW 14 808 GW 14 809
REMOTE CONTROL
GW 20 963
INPUT MODULE
GW 10 813 - GW 12 813 - GW 14 813
TIMED THERMOSTAT
GW 10 841 - GW 14 841
GW 10 851 - GW 14 851
MOVEMENT DETECTOR
ONE PLATE: GW 10 811 - GW 12 811 - GW 14 811
LUX PLATE: GW 10 816 - GW 12 816 - GW 14 816
ACTUATOR 16A
GW 10 822 - GW 12 822
GW 14 822
MOTOR CONTROL
GW 10 823 - GW 12 823
GW 14 823
IMP00010 30-01-2007 11:25 Pagina 236
237
CONFIGURATION OF THE DEVICES
Configuration and operation of the system's devices is easily done with just a few operations:
- The association between the RF transmitters, (command devices, sensors, input modules, timed thermostats) with the RF receivers
(output modules/actuators);
- Function configuration of the single device.
Below is an example of the combination between a push-button panel (GW 14 801) and an actuator for general 3A loads (GW 14 821).
The receiver/actuator device is set in the self-learning mode by positioning the rotary selector in the corresponding position (Fig. 1).
The association is made by pressing the button of the push-button panel to be included (Fig. 2).
The system becomes operational after turning the actuator's rotary selector on the desired function (fig. 3) according to system needs
(e.g. timer, commutation and/or impulse).
Pressing of the push-button panel button and
creation of the association
Selection of the function and positioning into
the desired operating mode
Selector
in self-learning position
Fig. 2
phase 2: transmission
Fig. 3
phase 3: configuration
Fig. 1
phase 1: self-learning
IMP00010 30-01-2007 11:25 Pagina 237
238
GENERAL DEVICE CHARACTERISTICS
All devices of the range have a maximum RF radio signal free field capacity (an environment free of architectural obstructions and
obstacles) of 100 m.
The system conforms to the R&TTE 1999/5/EC European Directive related to radio apparatus and satisfies the following reference
standards: EN 60669-2-1; EN 60730-1; EN 60730-2-7; EN 60730-2-9; ETSI EN 301 489-1; ETSI EN 301 489-3; ETSI EN 300 220-1;
ETSI EN 300 220-3.
WIRELESS COMMANDS PUSH-BUTTON PANEL
The push-button panel allows to control lights, roller shutters, motors, etc. thanks the wireless communication with the output modules of the
RF "Command and Control" system.
The device is wall-mounting (with screws and wall plugs or double sided adhesive tape) or surface-mounting in flush-mounting boxes with
3 modules.
REMOTE CONTROL WITH 3 CHANNELS
The wireless remote control allows to control lights, roller shutters, motors, etc. thanks to the (wireless) RF communication with the output
modules of the RF "Command and Control" system.
The device is portable. The pack includes wall support.
GW 20 963
TECHNICAL DATA
Power supply:
Average battery life:
Protection class:
Dimensions (BxHxD):
Batteries (2 x 1,5V alkaline type AAA)
2 years
-5 +40C
IP20
4 channels: 140X90X20 mm
1-2-3 channels: 118x90x20 mm
TECHNICAL DATA
Power supply:
Protection class:
Dimensions (BxHxD):
2 years
-5 +40C
IP20
120x45x20 mm
GW 10 801 - GW 10 802 - GW 10 803 - GW 10 804
GW 12 801 - GW 12 802 - GW 12 803 - GW 12 804
GW 14 801 - GW 14 802 - GW 14 803 - GW 14 804
ONE PLATE
GW 10 806 GW 10 807 GW 10 808 GW 10 809
GW 12 806 GW 12 807 GW 12 808 GW 12 809
GW 14 806 GW 14 807 GW 14 808 GW 14 809
LUX PLATE
IMP00010 30-01-2007 11:25 Pagina 238
239
LCD Display
UP push-button
MODE push-button for
selecting the
operation mode
DOWN
push-button
Configuration
push-buttons
WALL-MOUNTING WIRELESS TIMED THERMOSTAT (GW 10 841 - GW 14 841)
The timed thermostat allows to automatically control, on a weekly basis, the temperature and timing inside the installation environment in
combination with the heating and air conditioning systems.
- Powered by alkaline batteries (3 x 1,5V AAA type);
- Weekly programming (program with an hourly profile that can be independently configured for each day of the week);
- Times setting on a 24 hour basis with 3 different temperature levels (T1, T2, T3) and display of the profile;
- Programming of times with a resolution of 15 minutes without any limits on the number of daily changes;
- Settable and differentiated adjustment residual current circuit breaker for HEATING and AIR CONDITIONING;
- PARTY and HOLIDAY functions to program the special operating times of different lengths;
- Activatable operating modes: AUTOMATIC / MANUAL / OFF;
- Possibility of selecting the system's thermal gradient self-learning function. This function optimises the advance of heating (up to 2 hours)
in order to guarantee the set temperature from program start;
- A serial connection can be made to the GSM repeater (GW 90 821) that permits the remote control via SMS;
- The device is wall-mounting (with wall plugs or double sided adhesive tape) or surface-mounting in flush-mounting boxes with 3 modules.
GW 10 841 - GW 14 841
TECHNICAL DATA
Power supply:
Dimensions:
Output contact:
Temperature reading display range:
Adjustment range:
Tolerance:
minimum 1 year
130x92x23 mm
1NO NC with contact without potential
5A(AC1) / 2A(AC15) 250V ac
-5 +45 C
0 +45C
+5 +40C
0,5C at 20C
Base for wall fixing with terminal block
Wiring terminal
Serial line: 4 - TX
5 - GND (common)
6 - RX
IMP00010 30-01-2007 11:25 Pagina 239
240
COVERAGE DIAGRAM
WIRELESS LIGHT SENSITIVE AND MOVEMENT DETECTOR
The detector is battery powered and equipped with an IR presence sensor and a photoelectric cell with threshold adjustable by a
potentiometer.
The device allows the electrical loads to be activated and deactivated by the radio transmission of messages to the output modules present
in the RF "Command and Control" system.
The device has three freely configurable operating modes:
1) Movement sensor;
2) Movement and light sensitive sensor;
3) Light-sensitive sensor.
This means that it can send differentiated messages to three groups of actuators; for example, the detector can be used at the same time
as a movement sensor to manage some RX output modules, and as a light sensitive and movement sensor to manage the others.
The device can be wall-mounted (fixed with plugs) or installed on a 3 module flush-mounting box.
TECHNICAL DATA
Power supply
Average battery life
Protection rating
Dimensions (BxHxD)
Light-sensitive threshold adjustment
Horizontal bearing angle
Vertical bearing angle
IR operating range
2 years
-5 +40C
IP20
118x90x20 mm
5 1000 lux
105
52,5
8 m
Horizontal Cover
Vertical Cover
ONE PLATE: GW 10 811 - GW 12 811 - GW 14 811
LUX PLATE: GW 10 816 GW 12 816 GW 14 816
Dip-Switch of operation
selection
Photocell threshold adjustment
Trasmission push-button
association
Segnalling
Green led
Accessible
taking off the plate
IMP00010 30-01-2007 11:25 Pagina 240
241
1 2
Traditional command equipment inputs
(switches, push-buttons)
INPUT 2 INPUT 1
WIRELESS 2 CHANNELS INPUT MODULE
The 2 channel interface module permits to send 2 on/off or relay actuator adjustment commands of the RF Command and Control system,
to control the electrical load (lights, motors, roller shutters, doors, gates, awnings, etc).
The mains powered device reads the input signals coming from the potential free contacts of traditional equipment (push-buttons, switches,
sensors, timers, etc) and sends commands using the built-in wireless transmitter.
The input signals are connected by two pairs of wires.
With the rotary selector the following function modes can be set:
- Combined inputs mode (logic identical to pushbutton control or RF remote control, with the two channels connected with the same
RX receiver);
- Status mode (periodical sending of input status);
- Inversion mode (inversion of relay status);
- ALWAYS ON mode (sending of ON command only);
- ALWAYS OFF mode (sending of OFF command only).
Both channels follow the same operating logic in the STATUS, ALWAYS ON and ALWAYS OFF operating mode (both channels operate in
the same mode) and can be associated to two different actuators.
GW 10 813 - GW 12 813 - GW 14 813
TECHNICAL DATA
Power supply
Protection rating
Dimensions
Section of supply cables
Characteristics of input cables
230V ac
-5 +40C
IP20
1 module CHORUS
max 2,5 mm
2
section 0,75 mm
2
length 200 mm
IMP00011 30-01-2007 9:28 Pagina 241
242
1 2
3
N L 1 2
TECHNICAL DATA
Control push-button Multifunctional LED Control push-button Multifunctional LED
Traditional command
equipment input
Traditional command
equipment input
GW 10 821 - GW 12 821 - GW 14 821 GW 10 822 - GW 12 822 - GW 14 822
OUTPUT MODULES - 1 CHANNEL ACTUATORS 3A AND 16A - 250V
When combined to transmitter devices (push-button panel, remote control, IR + light sensitive sensor, 2 channel interface module, timed
thermostat (RF) of the RF "Command and Control" system, the output module receives commands and activates the electrical load by means
of the relay output.
The actuations, selectable using the rotary selector, are of the following types:
- Bistable (e.g. for normal light management);
- Timed (e.g. for stair light);
- Monostable (e.g. for doorbell).
The relay can also be activated by the local key or by an input (two-wire) made available for reading of contact without potential.
Code
Power supply
Protection rating
Dimensions
Operating elements
Type of output
Output contact
Fluorescent lamp command
GW 10 821 - GW 12 821 - GW 14 821 GW 10 822 - GW 12 822 - GW 14 822
230V ac 230V ac
-5 +40C -5 +40C
IP20 IP20
1 module Chorus 2 modules Chorus
max 2,5 mm
2
max 2,5 mm
2
section 0,75 mm
2
section 0,75 mm
2
length 200 mm length 200 mm
1 rotary selector, 1 local relay command button,
2 cables (potential free input)
230V ac potential contact Potential free contact
3A(AC1) / 2A(AC15) 250V ac 16A(AC1) / 10A(AC15) 250V ac
non adatp max. 4A
IMP00011 30-01-2007 9:28 Pagina 242
243
N L 1 2
M
Local command button keys
Auto button key
Multifunctional LED
LED
Output status
OUTPUT MODULE - WIRELESS 1 CANNEL MOTOR COMMAND 8A 250V
When combined to transmitter devices (push-button panel, remote control, 2 channel interface module) of the RF "Command and Control"
system, the output module receives commands and activates the relay for the activation of the roller shutters, awnings and similar.
The output module provides for three operating states:
- UP position (corresponding to lifting in the case of roller shutters, etc.);
- DOWN position (corresponding to lowering in the case of roller shutters, etc.);
- STOP position (no output fed).
There is an operation time limit during UP and DOWN status (settable by means of the rotary selector), after which the device always goes
to STOP status with both outputs not fed.
GW 10 823 - GW 12 823 - GW 14 823
TECHNICAL DATA
Power supply
Protection rating
Dimensions
Operating elements
Output contact
230V ac
-5 +40C
IP20
2 module CHORUS
max 2,5 mm
2
section 0,75 mm
2
length 200 mm
1 rotary selector,
1 key for AUTO function,
2 relay local control keys
8A(AC1) / 3A(AC15) 250V ac
Traditional command
equipment input
IMP00011 30-01-2007 9:28 Pagina 243
244
1 2
WIRELESS SIGNAL REPEATER
The wireless repeater is use to resolve installation problems in which direct radio connections are not possible between the command device
and an activation device, due to excessive distance or obstacles (reinforced concrete structures, metal sheeting, etc) that limit the
transmission of the radio signal.
In this case the distance should be divided into shorted parts, or following a different course, placing a RF repeater capable of receiving
the messages sent by the command device and send them on to the activation device.
The device can manage up to 8 different radio connections (paths with several repeaters can be executed for covering long distances).
GW 10 831 - GW 12 831 - GW 14 831
Power supply
Protection rating
Dimensions
Operating elements
Reception distance
Transmission distance
No. of reception and transmission channels
230V ac
-5 +40C
IP20
2 module CHORUS
max 2,5 mm
2
1 key to send messages in the
learning phases 1 rotary
selector with 10 position
100m
100m
8
TECHNICAL DATA
Transmission button key
Multifunctional LED
IMP00011 30-01-2007 9:28 Pagina 244
245
1
2
3
1 1
1
1 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
7
5
5
6
AREA COVERED BY THE STATION
EXAMPLE OF RADIO BURGLAR ALARM SYSTEM
To execute a radio burglar alarm system, the position of the single devices must necessarily be appraised to guarantee optimum radio signal
reception.
Before fixing the devices to the walls, the test procedure must be carried out from the station in order to determine the signal intensity.
Particular attention must be paid to positioning the station and the siren for optimum coverage; the control unit must be placed near the centre of
gravity of the building, and the siren in a visible zone not too close to metal bodies, such as gutters and garrets, which would screen the radio
communication signal.
If communication between the devices cannot be guaranteed because of the particular size of the premises to be controlled or the type of building
structures, a signal repeater (GW 20 480) can be used.
Thereby enabling the coverage range offered by the station to be expanded.
All the system's devices are designed to work on replaceable batteries. The need of battery change is always indicated by the system. Control
unit and siren, the "central elements" of the system, have a buffer battery with specific characteristics: to guarantee high reliability. To guarantee
high reliability the control unit houses a rechargeable battery connected to the 230V supply, that has an autonomy of more than 24 hours in case
of a power failure;for the siren there is a high performance long-life lithium battery (7.2V 13Ah type LSH20).
For all the other devices the batteries are of the conventional type, readily available on the market, and very easy to replace (nearly all the
batteries used are of the alkaline type), lasting an average of 2-3 years.
RF BURGLAR ALARM SYSTEM
Smoke detector
GW 20 483
Push-button panel for
connection and slicing
GW 14 862
Perimeter detector
GW 20 478 - GW 20 493
Volumetric detector
GW 10 861
Control unit GW 20 471
KeyboardGW 20 473
Key GW 20 474
Siren for
outdoors
GW 20 490
IMP00011 30-01-2007 9:29 Pagina 245
246
() Total of remote control, keyboard, electronic key.
() 8 devices for GW 20 470; 16 devices for GW 20 471.
() 16 sensors for GW 20 470; 32 sensors for GW 20 471.
GW 20 470
DEVICE DESCRIPTION
Remote control
The remote control has four keys: two for turning the alarm system on/off and two for partial turning on (e.g.: LIVING area and SLEEPING area).
The antipanic function (voluntary alarm activation) is obtained by pressing the system shutting keys at the same time.
Common characteristics
All the devices in the range provide for a max. signal range of 100 m in free field (environment free of architectural obstacles and hindrances).
The system meets following reference standards: EN 50131-1, EN 50131-5-3, EN 300 220, CEI 79-2.
Control units
The control unit is produced in two models: both are supplied with rechargeable lead battery and have an indoor siren.
Control unit (GW 20 470): a max. of eight connection devices and sixteen sensors can be configured; all information relevant to "system status"
is readable by the lighting of LEDs; the alarm is switched off with the mechanical emergency key.
Control unit for telephone dialler (GW 20 471): a max. of sixteen connection devices and thirty two sensors can be configured; all information
relevant to "system status" is readable on the LCD display; the integrated telephone dialler allows eight phone numbers to be stored; the alarm
is deactivated by entering the secret code.
Keyboard
All the remote control functions are also obtainable with the keyboard, but the system only switches on after entering the security code.
All the operations are supported by a confirmation acoustic signal.
Power supply
Battery
Protection rating
Dimensions (BxHxD)
Indoor siren acoustic output
Output contacts
Max. no. of control devices per
system ()
Max. no. sensors for system
230V ac 50Hz
Pb 6V 1,2Ah
+5 +40C
IP3X
244x204x58 mm
90dB at 3 m
1NA + 1NC 2A 24V
8-16()
16-32()
TECHNICAL DATA
Power supply
Average battery duration
Dimensions (BxHxD)
No. channels
Max. no per system
12V alkaline battery MN21
2 years
35x68x15 mm
4
8-16
(remote controls+keyboards)
TECHNICAL DATA
Power supply
Average battery duration
Dimensions (BxHxD)
Max. no per system
9V 6LR61 Alkaline battery
2 years
166x136x33 mm
+5 +40C
8 - 16
(remote controls+keyboards)
TECHNICAL DATA
GW 20 472
GW 20 473
GW 20 471
IMP00011 30-01-2007 9:29 Pagina 246
247
PUSH-BUTTON PANEL FOR CONNECTION ANC SLICING
The wireless connection and slicing push-button panel allows to control and command the status of the burglar alarm system. The system
can be completely connected/disconnected by means of the four push-buttons on the front section or can be sliced in order to differentiate
the day and night modes.
The device has buttons to activate the anti-opening and anti-wrenching tampering functions. The electronic key must be positioned close to
the reader to activate/deactivate the push-button panel functions.
Electronic proximity key
The electronic proximity key (transponder technology) avoids having to introduce the secret code when positioned close to the GW 20 473
keyboard, while it permits the activation when used in association with the connection and slicing push-button panel.
Power supply
Protection rating
Dimensions
2 years
-5 +40C
IP20
118x90x20 mm
TECHNICAL DATA
Power supply
Supply variation
Absorption when idle
Absorption with all outputs active
Electronic outputs
Dimensions (BxHxD)
12/24V ac
from 9 to 36V dc
13mA
47mA
6x3mA or 2x10mA
47x100x30 mm
12/24V dc
from 11 to 27V ac
13mA
100mA
TECHNICAL DATA
Power supply
Connection to control station
Maximum distance from the control unit
Protection rating
Dimensions (BxHxD)
From control station
2x0,75 + 4x0,22 mm
2
cable
100 m
IP3X
270x47x30 mm
TECHNICAL DATA
Power supply
Average duration of batteries
Protection rating
Sound intensity
Sound
Indicator light
Dimensions (BxHxD)
Lithium battery 7,2V type LSH20
3 years
-25 +45C
IP34
92 dB at 3 m
Two-tone
Bright LED
253x290x85 mm
TECHNICAL DATA
GW 20 474
Display module
A module with radio receiver for displaying (LED) the system status; in addition to this function it is possible to manage six supplementary
outputs for displaying some of the functions visible from the control station.
GW 20 475
RF signal repeater
A secondary radio unit, with Transmitter/Receiver function, used whenever the range of some radio devices is reduced due to environmental
disturbance or architectural barriers. Cable connection to the control unit.
GW 20 480
External siren
Activated from the control unit by means of radio impulse. White plastic shell and orange flasher protective cap.
In addition to the classic functions, such as switching the siren off after a minute in case of fault and/or tampering with the system, it has an
external on/off check function and the information is given by the orange flasher.
GW 20 490
ONE PLATE: GW 10 862 - G W 12 862 - GW 14 862
LUX PLATE: GW 10 867 GW 12 867 GW 14 867
IMP00011 30-01-2007 9:29 Pagina 247
248
Wall-mounting infrared volumetric movement detector
Passive infrared volumetric detector, with RF transmitter module, in a white plastic case, suitable for fixed installation, adjustable and
angle installation.
A special lens, with 18 sectors, divided in four levels, guarantees optimum white light protection and an operating range of 15 metres.
Wall-mounting infrared volumetric movement detector
Passive infrared volumetric detector with wireless transmitter module suitable for wall mounting installation.
A special lens, with 18 sectors, divided in four levels, guarantees optimum white light protection and an operating range of 15 metres.
Diagram of coverage of lens with white light protection
Power supply
Protection rating
Stand-by between two signals
Dimensions (BxHxD)
Batteries (3x1,5V AAA type)
2 years
-10 +45C
IP3X
from 30s to 5 minutes
118x90x40 mm
TECHNICAL DATA
GW 20 477
Power supply
Protection rating
Direction adjustment
Stand-by between two signals
Dimensions (BxHxD)
Alkaline battery 9V type 6LR61
2,5 years
-10 +45C
IP3X
With articulated bracket supplied
from 30s to 5 minutes
64x110x48 mm
TECHNICAL DATA
RANGE:
15 metres
COVERAGE:
volumetric, opening 81
BEAM LAYOUT:
18 zones arranged on 4 levels
SIDE VIEW
TOP VIEW SIDE VIEW
COVERAGE AT MINIMUM CAPACITY
TOP VIEW
ONE PLATE: GW 10 861 - GW 12 861 - GW 14 861
LUX PLATE: GW 10 866 GW 12 866 GW 14 866
IMP00011 30-01-2007 9:29 Pagina 248
249
Perimetric detector with magnetic contact for doors and windows
A transmitter with built-in detector, used for signalling the opening of doors and windows and equipped with two bulbs with REED contact (one
for each side of the circuit) for facilitating magnet positioning. The device transmits when the magnet, fixed to the movable part of the fixture, is
moved away of brought near the contact placed on the fixed part of the fixture.
GW 20 478
Detector for conventional row contacts
A transmitter with two NC inputs with terminal: the first is used for signalling intrusion when doors and windows are opened; the second has a
circuit for the connection of wire contacts for roller shutters.
GW 20 479
Optical smoke detector
The smoke detectors work on the reflection of the smoke that enters in the analysis chamber; an alarm is generated when the safety threshold is
exceeded.
GW 20 483
Power supply
Operating magnet
Protection rating
Dimensions (BxHxD)
3 Lithium batteries 3V type DL2430
3 years
In plastic case
IP3X
77x40x26 mm
TECHNICAL DATA
Power supply
Protection rating
Dimensions (BxHxD)
No. channels
No. inputs
Type of cable for connections
Max. length
Alkaline battery 9V type 6LR61
4 years
IP3X
100x47x30 mm
2 independent
2 (1 dedicated for roller shutters)
2 x 0,22 mm
2
100 m for magnetic contacts
1 m for roller shutters
TECHNICAL DATA
Power supply
Protection rating
Dimensions (BxHxD)
Humidity without condensation
3 alkaline batteries 9V type 6LR61
2 years
IP3X
104x35 mm (base 50)
-10 +50C
10 93%
TECHNICAL DATA
GW 20 493
Cable contact for roller shutters and exposed magnetic contact
GW 20 493: for the protection of roller shutters, detects the
raising and lowering movement from the start position. This sensor
is equipped with a wire wound around a reel the end of which is
connected to the base of the roller shutter. The cyclic opening of the
contact is caused by the rotation of the reel. To avoid false alarms
caused by accidental movements, vibrations, gusts of wind, slow
sliding, etc, the analysis card, selected for this type of detector,
must be positioned between the wire detector and the circuit's
input.
GW 20 494; GW 20 495: plastic or metal magnetic contacts. To be
wired to the detector for traditional wire contacts GW 20 479.
PLASTIC: GW 20 494
METAL: GW 20 495
IMP00011 30-01-2007 9:29 Pagina 249
250
CHORUS CATALOGUE 2007 > GENERAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION
GENERAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Law 5 March 1990, N 46 "Standards for system safety"
Major considerations
The law is applied to all technical systems of civil buildings, but for the
electrical systems it also concerns production, trade, commerce and other
uses.
The activities governed by the law must only be carried out by accredited
subjects.
Where necessary, the systems must be designed by registered professionals.
Every system must be made in workmanlike fashion and accompanied with
the relative statement of conformity signed by the person in charge of the
installation firm.
The statement of conformity of the system must be delivered to the customer as
per the model envisaged by Italian Ministerial Decree of 20
th
February 1992
and must also have attached a report giving the type of materials used and
their suitability for the place of installation.
This information may be taken from the manufacturer's catalogue which is a
formal statement of the characteristics of the products put onto the market for their
use in accordance with system standards.
CEI 0-3 Guide
Guide for compiling the statement of conformity.
This guide also clarifies the contents of the enclosures to the statement of
conformity.
In particular, in the report with the types of material used, either the trademarks
or the markings on the products must be given.
If there are no trademarks or CE marking, the installer must quote the
compliance with standards of the installed materials declared by the
manufacturer.
For this purpose, the statements contained in the manufacturer's catalogue hold.
Current legislation in Italy requires all user electrical systems to be made in
workmanlike fashion using components likewise made in workmanlike fashion.
Standard CEI 64-8 V edition (*)
The main reason that led to drawing up the V edition of the system standard should
be sought in the constant work of adaptation to the international regulations,
especially European ones, so as to provide a sector operators in the Single European
Market with a single homogeneous rule for electrical systems.
The new 64-8 is divided into seven parts contained in separate files which on the left
columns give the corresponding texts of the international reference regulations and on
the right columns, where necessary, comments and interpretations of the articles of the
regulations. The seven files form the entire regulation and should be used together.
The V edition contains various innovations in technical content that state this complex
subject better.
It is advisable to remember the connections of the CEI standards with the IEC standards
and the European CENELEC standards.
As is known, the IEC is the organization appointed to study and prepare technical
standards at an international level in the electric and electronic sector.
CENELEC, on the other hand, is a technical organization composed of Electro-
Technical Committees of 28 European countries (EEC and EFTA countries).
Its purpose is to prepare a consistent body of electrotechnical standards to be used as
a basis to create a European Economic Market with no frontiers.
The most important sources of reference for CENELEC are the standards issued by IEC;
the publications coming out of the CENELEC work destined to be applied as is in all
member countries and are called EN European standards.
EN standards will therefore be the same in all EEC and EFTA countries and it will
therefore no longer be necessary to refer to national standards.
It may then be stated that also reference to a CEI standard means conformity with
CENELEC standards, finally in conformity with international standards.
Law No. 186/68
This law comprises just two articles:
Article 1 establishes that all electrical systems must be made in a workmanlike
fashion using components made in workmanlike fashion.
Article 2 establishes that systems made in compliance with the following CEI
standards must be considered in workmanlike fashion.
(*) CEI 64-8 Standards
Electrical user systems with nominal voltage no higher than 1000 V in
alternating current and 1500 V in direct current.
CEI 0-2 Guide
Guide to define the design documentation of electrical systems
This guide is prepared by CEI and lists and describes the documents necessary to
draw up a project in workmanlike fashion in conformity with the provisions of
Italian law no. 46/90.
In particular, the design of a system for a house or a typical commercial activity
must be accompanied by the following documents:
specialist's report
graphic printouts
executive protection co-ordination calculations, tables and diagrams
metric calculation
estimative metric calculation
special contract specifications
REFERENCE LAWS AND STANDARDS TO MAKE THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM IN WORKMANLIKE FASHION
IMP00011 30-01-2007 9:29 Pagina 250
251
The product /service combination is achieved by offering the market products designed
to resolve the real needs of Customers, made in compliance with the current laws and
regulations, providing them with all the technical performance information permitting
the best correct use.
The high quality of GEWISS products stands out on the global market because it is the
fruit of its direct participation in:
the study of national and international technical standards
(
CEI - IEC- CENELEC
)
;
conferences with operators in the sector;
meetings with installers and designers.
In this context there are the ultramodern meeting rooms of the headquarters of Cenate Sotto
(
BG
)
, equipped with the most sophisticated audiovisual tools. They are frequently used for
renowned gymnasium and for meetings with Customers and with prestigious
protagonists of the Italian and international world of electrotechnics.
The General Catalogue is a major figure in the process of integration between Customer
requirements and GEWISS products /services.
For years it has been not only a vast display of luminaries and components for electrical
systems destined for the global "market", but also as a precious technical guide that
helps our Customers in their daily work thanks to an accurate description of the products
and their technical characteristics, precise references to legal regulations and rules for
good workmanship, and a broad panorama of tips for better use of the products
presented.
In particular, the general technical information is a summary of the main plant
engineering and product regulations which are essential in order to compile project
documents and statements of conformity correctly, and in addition for easy reading of
the specific installation and technical features of each family of products.
GEWISS has obtained certification of its Quality Assurance System
CSQ. This additional acknowledgement is the formal act that
GEWISS, a market-oriented company, and in fulfilment of its
philosophy, offers its past, present and future Customers as a
guarantee of the quality of its products and services.
The CSQ approval mark indicates that the GEWISS quality
assurance is certified to the UNI 9000
(
*
)
standards. In particular,
in compliance with the provisions of the UNI EN 9001standard
referring to the entire manufacturing cycle, in other words: research, design,
development, production, testing, putting onto the market and Customer service.
CSQ is a certification board belonging to the CISQ
(
Italian Company Quality System
Certification
)
, which is a super-sectorial system of certification of Company Quality
Systems with an independent nature and managed by various bodies of certification,
each one operating in its own sector
(
electrotechnical, chemical, mechanical, etc.
)
.
CISQ groups together the national boards of certification, making it possible to
integrate their fields of activity and ensuring homogeneous and unitary representation
at an international level. CISQ belongs to Q-NET
(
**
)
, which virtually all the national
systems of certification of the EEC and EFTA member countries take part in.
(
*
)
The UNI EN 9000 standards correspond to ISO 9000.
(
**
)
IQ- NET: International Network for Quality System Assessment and Certification.
In July, 1998 GEWISS obtained the Certification for its
Environmental Management System in conformity with
the ISO 14001 standard, the international point of
reference for all companies wanting to demonstrate
their commitment to being environmentally friendly.
ISO 14001 Certification, which is of a voluntary
nature, was issued by the CSQ for all the company's
industrial sites. The decision to obtain this prestigious
international recognition was the natural consequence
of specific company programmes that place the
Environment, Company Quality and Safety of products
and the work environment at the top of its objectives.
GEWISS products, barring further special provisions, are in conformity with Italian
laws No. 186/68, N. 791/77
(
*
)
.
They are made in workmanlike fashion as regards safety and, when correctly installed
by expert personnel in conformity with their use and subjected, where necessary, to
maintenance in a non-defective manner, they protect the safety of people, pets and
property.
Every GEWISS product is always designed, made and tested in conformity with the
relevant CEI, IEC, CENELEC standards.
All GEWISS products are suitable to be used in electrical made in accordance with the
provisions of Italian law 46/90.
(
*
)
Law 186 of 1
st
March 1968.
Provisions concerning the production of materials, equipment, machinery, installations and electrical
and electronic systems.
Law no. 791 of 18th October 1977.
Implementation of the EEC directive no. 73/23 on the guarantees for safety that must be had by
electrical material destined to be used without some limits of voltage".
CE MARKING
The products indicated in the GEWISS illustrative/promotional
material (catalogues, price lists etc.) falling within the field of
application of the Directives 89/336/CEE and 92/31/CEE
(Electromagnetic Compatibility) and 73/23/CEE (Low
voltage) updated by Directive 93/68/CEE and subsequent amendments, (assimilated in
Italy with Legislative Decrees 615/96 and 626/96 respectively, and subsequent
amendments) must be in conformity with the essential requirements they contain in order
to be put on the market and commissioned in the European Union. Conformity with the
EEC directives is indicated by affixing the "CE" marking on the product and/or packing
and/or user information. Products lying outside the field of application of the above-
mentioned EEC Directives must anyhow conform to the Directive 2001/95/EEC
(General Product Safety - assimilated in Italy with Legislative Decree 172/04), while
products designated solely for export to countries outside the European Union (which
must not be put onto the market and commissioned in the European Union member
countries) are marked with the ( ) symbol throughout GEWISS illustrative/promotional.
PRODUCTS MODIFICATIONS AND WARRANTY
Within the framework of the above-mentioned regulations and principles, GEWISS
reserves the right to make all the modifications it alone believes expedient (at any time
and with no requirement to give notice thereof) to improve the operation and
performance of its products and meet its own technological and production
requirements. The indications related to product measurements and design are not
binding and are given solely for purposes of information and are subject to change
without notice.
All GEWISS products are covered by warranty for a period of two years from the date
of delivery, provided the claim is sent by recorded delivery with advice of receipt within
two months following the date of finding the manufacturing defects.
MAJOR WORLD MARKS OBTAINED BY THE GEWISS PRODUCTS
CONTAINED IN THE EURODOMO CATALOGUE
GEWISS has the following certification boards as a point of reference for the certification
of its products, where required:
Istituto Italiano del Marchio di Qualit
(
IMQ
)
VDE Prf- und Zertifizierungsinstitut
(
VDE
)
AENOR Asociacion Espanola de Normalizacion y Certificacion (AENOR)
LCIE Laboratoire Central des Industries Electriques (NF-USE) Elektrotechnicky
zkusebni ustav (EZU) Slovenian Institute of Quality and Metrology (SIQ) Koncar-
Institut za Elektrotehniku (HNR) PCBC Polish Centre for Testing and Certification (B-
MARK) ICECON S.A. (AR) Hungarian Institute for Testing and Certification of
Electrical Equipment Ltd. (MEEI) Gosstandard of Russia (GOSTR) STC-SCET (UKR)
Regional Listing Center Europe/Middle East/Africa (SASO)
Customers are urged to call the GEWISS sales organization should they need exact
information on products marked in the various countries by the relative certification
boards.
THE GEWISS GENERAL CATALOGUE, A GUIDING TOOL TO DESIGN AND CREATE PROFESSIONAL SYSTEMS
IMP00011 30-01-2007 9:29 Pagina 251
252
All systems must be designed so as to assure protection of conductors against
overcurrent, of people against the danger of direct and indirect contact, and
property against the risk of fire. For this purpose the preventions of the CEI 64-8
standard hold.
In particular, remember that:
cables for power circuits with a cross-section less than 1.5 mm
2
cannot be used
and use of conduits with an internal diameter greater than 10 mm is strongly
advised;
its mandatory to protect the upright column, the backbone lines and terminals
supplying the socket-outlets or appliances equipped with motors, all the
backbone lines that have been sized by adopting a contemporaneity factor
lower than 1 against overload using automatic miniature circuit breakers (or
fuses). Virtually it is better to protect all circuit sections in residential buildings
with miniature circuit breakers that have nominal current no greater than the
steady condition capacity of the cables and no less than the duty current of the
circuit;
usually, in order to easily get protection against overload the terminal circuits
are made to start from the control unit;
protection against direct contacts requires that all components have a
protection rating no lower than 20 and IP XXB except for the horizontal
surfaces that are within reach, which must have a protection rating no lower
than IP4X o IPXXD;
protection against indirect contacts requires earthing and at least the main
switch must be the residual current type, best if with 30 mA sensitivity;
it is advisable to protect the socket-outlets intended to supply users with low
holding at overvoltage of atmospheric origin (TV, Hi-Fi, Computer) using
voltage surge limiting devices * (available in the PLAYBUS and SYSTEM
ranges).
Choice of the nominal current of the contacts based on the category of use.
Devices compliant with the EN 60669-1 standard have closing and breaking
capacity suited for controlling resistive or weakly inductive loads and incandescent
lamps; for the fluorescent lamps, the utilization current must not exceed 0.25 times,
(power factor corrector in parallel) or 0.5 times (power factor corrector in series) the
nominal current of the command device. Devices not compliant with the EN 60669-
1 standards have closing and breaking capacity referring to the following
categories:
Installation criteria
Conduits flush-mounted in the walls must have horizontal or vertical paths aligned
with the flush-mounting boxes so that the course proves intuitive.
The cables belonging to different systems must have their own conduits and
boxes unless they do not have insulation suitable for the circuit with greater
voltage or are separated by special dividers.
It is strongly advisable to make the branchings in the device boxes.
Abound in reserve flush-mounted conduits to make future developments (burglar
alarms, speaker, technical alarms) possible.
For installation heights of the devices, refer to the CEI 64-50 guide.
Categories of use of the control and low voltage command devices
Category Typical application
DESIGN OF SYSTEMS IN RESIDENTIAL AND SIMILAR BUILDINGS
AC1 - Non-inductive or weakly inductive loads, resistor ovens.
AC5a - Discharge lamp control.
AC5b - Incandescent lamp control.
AC14 - Command of small electromagnetic loads.
AC15 - Command of electromagnets in alternating current.
IMP00011 30-01-2007 9:29 Pagina 252
253
Globe 50 mm Globe 12.5 mm
+ test finger
Stiff wire 2.5 mm Stiff wire 1 mm
Chamber circulation
of talcum
Chamber circulation
of talcum
IP 3 4 D W
Supplementary letters
(only for particular components)
H
High voltage device
Tested in motion
against water entering
Tested stationary
against water entering
With measures of
additional protection
to be specified
M
S
W
Protection against
the entry of solid bodies
IP LEVEL OF PROTECTION IP OF THE SHELLS ACCORDING TO THE CEI 70-1 (EN 60529) STANDARD
1
st
characteristic figure protection against the entry of solid bodies.
2
nd
characteristic figure protection against penetration of water.
Additional letters.
Example of full application of IP code:
Test gauge
According to
customer-manufacturer
agreements
1
ST
characteristic figure
Means of testing
Allowed use
None
Protection against
penetration of water
None
Means of testing
Allowed use
None
In dry rooms
In damp rooms with
component vertical
in position
predetermined
In damp rooms with
component in not
perfectly vertical
position
Places exposed to
the rain but not to
splashing from the
bottom
Places exposed to
the rain and to
splashes (e.g.: station
passage of vehicles)
Places subject to
washing with jets of
water of medium
power
Places subject to
energetic washing
and sea-storms
(piers)
Places subject to
flooding temporary
or to submersion
under the snow for
long periods
Functionality
underwater
Condensation
(falling drops vertical)
Collection tank
for drops
Globe 50 mm Test finger 12 mm
Stiff wire with stopping surface
2.5 mm
Stiff wire with stopping surface
1 mm
Collection tank
for drops
Spray from above
Spray rotating
through 360
Lance 6.3 mm with
12.5 capaci ty l /min
Lance 12.5 mm with
100 capaci ty l /min
In tank with 1 m
of water force
Condensation
(falling drops with
angle up to 15)
Sprinkling with angle
up to 60 from the
vertical
Splashing from all
directions
Jets from all
directions
Water protection
sea-storms
Immersion
temporary
Immersion
permanent
None
In enclosures
Closed places
(accessible only for
persons authorized and
trained)
Ordinary places with the
presence of only large
objects, laying on vertical
walls
Ordinary places laying
on vertical or on
inaccessible horizontal
surfaces.
Ordinary places laying
also on inaccessible
horizontal surfaces.
Places occasionally dusty Places permanently dusty
Solid bodies with size
minimum greater than
50 mm
Solid bodies with size
minimum greater than
12.5 mm
Threadlike bodies with a
diameter greater than
2.5 mm
Threadlike bodies with
diameter greater than
1 mm
Protected against dust Airtight to dust
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
2
ND
characteristic
figure
0
3
RD
ADDITIONAL LETTERS
Protection of persons
in contact with
Allowed use
Closed places (accessible only
for authorized persons)
PROTECTED AGAINST
WIRE ENTRANCE 2.5
SUITABLE FOR SPECIFIC USE
CONTACT PREVENTED WITH 1 mm WIRE.
PROTECTED AGAINST SPLASHING
INDEX
Accessible places for
non-trained people
Places where small tools are
used (screwdrivers)
Places where slender objects
are used
The back of the hand Fingers Small tools Threads, needles, nails
A B C D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
IMP00011 30-01-2007 9:29 Pagina 253
Q
U
I
C
K
R
E
F
E
R
E
N
C
E
254
QUICK REFERENCE
Code Pack/Carton Marks Page
CHORUS CATALOGUE 2007 > QUICK REFERENCE
Code Pack/Carton Marks Page Code Pack/Carton Marks Page
IMQ = 1 AENOR = 2 VDE = 3 NF = 4 ESS = 9 HR = 10 ICC = 11 MEEI = 13 IRAM = 12 CEBEC = 7 ENEC = 8 AR = 5 B-MARK = 6
UNIT = 25 UNESA = 24 EMC = 29 RINA = 16 GOST R = 17 SABS = 18 SEV-ASE = 19 SIQ = 20 SISIR = 21 UKR = 23 TSE = 22 EZU = 26 UL = 27
NEMKO = 14
GW10
GW 10 000 TB 1 159
GW 10 000 TB 1 185
GW 10 000 VA 1 159
GW 10 000 VA 1 185
GW 10 000 VT 1 159
GW 10 000 VT 1 185
GW 10 001 12/96 1 58
GW 10 002 12/24 1 58
GW 10 003 12/24 1 58
GW 10 004 12/48 1 58
GW 10 005 12/24 1 58
GW 10 006 1/12 1 58
GW 10 007 12/24 58
GW 10 021 6/24 1 58
GW 10 022 6/24 1 58
GW 10 031 6/24 1 58
GW 10 031 F 6/24 1 60
GW 10 032 6/24 1 58
GW 10 032 F 6/24 1 60
GW 10 033 6/24 1 58
GW 10 033 F 6/24 1 60
GW 10 034 6/24 1 58
GW 10 034 F 6/24 1 60
GW 10 035 6/24 1 58
GW 10 035 F 6/24 1 60
GW 10 040 1/2 1 62
GW 10 041 4/12 1 58
GW 10 042 4/12 1 58
GW 10 043 4/12 1 58
GW 10 051 12/96 1 58
GW 10 052 12/24 1 58
GW 10 053 12/24 1 58
GW 10 054 1/12 1 58
GW 10 061 6/24 1 58
GW 10 071 6/24 1 58
GW 10 071 F 6/24 1 60
GW 10 072 6/24 1 58
GW 10 072 F 6/24 1 60
GW 10 073 6/24 1 58
GW 10 073 F 6/24 1 60
GW 10 078 F 6/24 1 61
GW 10 081 4/12 1 58
GW 10 082 4/12 1 58
GW 10 083 4/12 1 58
GW 10 091 12/48 1 59
GW 10 092 12/24 1 59
GW 10 093 12/24 1 59
GW 10 101 6/12 1 59
GW 10 101 F 6/12 1 60
GW 10 102 6/12 1 59
GW 10 102 F 6/12 1 60
GW 10 103 6/12 1 59
GW 10 103 F 6/12 1 60
GW 10 111 4/12 1 59
GW 10 112 4/12 1 59
GW 10 113 4/12 1 59
GW 10 121 12/24 1 59
GW 10 131 12/96 1 59
GW 10 132 12/24 1 59
GW 10 133 12/24 1 59
GW 10 134 12/24 1 60
GW 10 135 12/24 1 60
GW 10 136 1/12 1 59
GW 10 137 12/24 1 59
GW 10 138 12/24 1 59
GW 10 139 12/24 1 59
GW 10 140 12/24 1 59
GW 10 141 12/24 1 59
GW 10 142 12/24 1 59
GW 10 143 12/24 1 59
GW 10 144 12/24 1 59
GW 10 145 1/12 1 60
GW 10 151 12/24 1 59
GW 10 152 12/24 1 59
GW 10 153 12/24 1 59
GW 10 159 F 6/24 1 61
GW 10 160 F 6/24 1 61
GW 10 161 6/24 1 59
GW 10 162 6/24 1 59
GW 10 171 6/24 1 59
GW 10 171 F 6/24 1 61
GW 10 172 6/24 1 59
GW 10 172 F 6/24 1 61
GW 10 173 6/24 1 59
GW 10 173 F 6/24 1 61
GW 10 181 4/12 1 59
GW 10 182 4/12 1 59
GW 10 183 4/12 1 59
GW 10 191 6/24 1 60
GW 10 192 4/16 1 60
GW 10 195 5/200 1 62
GW 10 196 1/48 1 62
GW 10 197 4/48 1 62
GW 10 198 1/48 1 62
GW 10 199 1/48 1 62
GW 10 201 12/96 1 64
GW 10 203 12/96 1 64
GW 10 204 6/48 64
GW 10 205 6/48 64
GW 10 208 6/24 1 64
GW 10 209 4/12 1 64
GW 10 213 12/24 1 116
GW 10 213 12/24 1 64
GW 10 213 12/24 1 90
GW 10 214 6/12 64
GW 10 214 6/12 90
GW 10 214 6/12 116
GW 10 223 12/24 1 116
GW 10 223 12/24 1 64
GW 10 223 12/24 1 90
GW 10 224 6/12 64
GW 10 224 6/12 90
GW 10 224 6/12 116
GW 10 233 12/24 1 116
GW 10 233 12/24 1 90
GW 10 233 12/24 1 64
GW 10 234 6/12 64
GW 10 234 6/12 90
GW 10 234 6/12 116
GW 10 241 6/48 1 65
GW 10 246 6/48 65
GW 10 247 6/48 65
GW 10 247 F 6/12 65
GW 10 251 6/12 117
GW 10 251 6/12 91
GW 10 251 6/12 65
GW 10 257 F 6/12 117
GW 10 257 F 6/12 91
GW 10 257 F 6/12 65
GW 10 260 10/100 118
GW 10 260 10/100 92
GW 10 260 10/100 66
GW 10 281 6/48 66
GW 10 286 12/48 66
GW 10 287 12/48 66
GW 10 291 6/12 92
GW 10 291 6/12 118
GW 10 291 6/12 66
GW 10 296 6/48 66
GW 10 297 6/48 66
GW 10 301 6/48 66
GW 10 302 6/48 66
GW 10 306 6/48 67
GW 10 307 6/48 67
GW 10 311 1/2 67
GW 10 312 1/2 67
GW 10 321 1/2 67
GW 10 322 1/2 67
GW 10 331 1/2 67
GW 10 341 6/12 65
GW 10 351 6/12 91
GW 10 351 6/12 117
GW 10 351 6/12 65
GW 10 361 1/48 1 68
GW 10 362 1/24 1 68
GW 10 363 1/24 1 68
GW 10 364 1/24 1 68
GW 10 365 1/24 1 68
GW 10 366 1/24 1 68
GW 10 371 1/48 1 68
GW 10 372 1/24 1 68
GW 10 373 1/24 1 68
GW 10 374 1/24 1 68
GW 10 375 1/24 1 68
GW 10 376 1/24 1 68
GW 10 381 1/24 68
GW 10 382 1/24 68
GW 10 401 1/24 68
GW 10 402 1/24 68
GW 10 403 1/24 68
GW 10 404 1/24 68
GW 10 405 1/24 68
GW 10 406 1/24 69
GW 10 421 1/24 69
GW 10 422 1/24 69
GW 10 423 1/24 69
GW 10 424 1/24 69
GW 10 425 1/24 69
GW 10 426 1/24 69
GW 10 427 1/24 69
GW 10 441 1/12 69
GW 10 442 1/12 69
GW 10 443 1/16 69
GW 10 444 1/12 69
GW 10 445 1/12 69
GW 10 446 1/12 69
GW 10 451 12/24 69
GW 10 452 12/24 69
IMP00011 30-01-2007 9:29 Pagina 254
Q
U
I
C
K
R
E
F
E
R
E
N
C
E
255
QUICK REFERENCE
Code Pack/Carton Marks Page Code Pack/Carton Marks Page Code Pack/Carton Marks Page
NEMKO = 14
GW 10 453 1/24 69
GW 10 454 1/24 69
GW 10 461 1/12 1 70
GW 10 462 1/12 1 70
GW 10 463 1/12 1 70
GW 10 466 1/12 1 70
GW 10 467 1/12 1 70
GW 10 468 1/12 1 70
GW 10 482 1/6 70
GW 10 483 1/6 70
GW 10 485 1/6 70
GW 10 486 1/6 70
GW 10 488 1/6 70
GW 10 489 1/6 70
GW 10 491 1/12 70
GW 10 492 1/12 70
GW 10 501 20/240 1 87
GW 10 501 20/240 1 61
GW 10 501 20/240 1 113
GW 10 502 20/240 1 113
GW 10 502 20/240 1 61
GW 10 502 20/240 1 87
GW 10 503 20/240 1 61
GW 10 503 20/240 1 113
GW 10 503 20/240 1 87
GW 10 504 20/240 1 113
GW 10 504 20/240 1 61
GW 10 504 20/240 1 87
GW 10 505 20/240 1 87
GW 10 505 20/240 1 113
GW 10 505 20/240 1 61
GW 10 506 20/240 1 61
GW 10 506 20/240 1 87
GW 10 506 20/240 1 113
GW 10 507 20/240 1 61
GW 10 507 20/240 1 113
GW 10 507 20/240 1 87
GW 10 508 20/240 1 61
GW 10 508 20/240 1 87
GW 10 508 20/240 1 113
GW 10 509 20/240 1 61
GW 10 509 20/240 1 87
GW 10 509 20/240 1 113
GW 10 510 20/240 1 113
GW 10 510 20/240 1 87
GW 10 510 20/240 1 61
GW 10 511 20/240 1 61
GW 10 511 20/240 1 113
GW 10 511 20/240 1 87
GW 10 512 20/240 1 113
GW 10 512 20/240 1 87
GW 10 512 20/240 1 61
GW 10 513 20/240 1 113
GW 10 513 20/240 1 61
GW 10 513 20/240 1 87
GW 10 514 20/240 1 87
GW 10 514 20/240 1 61
GW 10 514 20/240 1 113
GW 10 515 20/240 1 61
GW 10 515 20/240 1 113
GW 10 515 20/240 1 87
GW 10 516 20/240 1 61
GW 10 516 20/240 1 87
GW 10 516 20/240 1 113
GW 10 517 20/240 1 87
GW 10 517 20/240 1 113
GW 10 517 20/240 1 61
GW 10 518 20/240 1 113
GW 10 518 20/240 1 61
GW 10 518 20/240 1 87
GW 10 531 20/240 1 61
GW 10 531 20/240 1 113
GW 10 531 20/240 1 87
GW 10 532 20/240 1 113
GW 10 532 20/240 1 61
GW 10 532 20/240 1 87
GW 10 533 20/240 1 113
GW 10 533 20/240 1 61
GW 10 533 20/240 1 87
GW 10 534 20/240 1 61
GW 10 534 20/240 1 87
GW 10 534 20/240 1 113
GW 10 535 20/240 1 61
GW 10 535 20/240 1 87
GW 10 535 20/240 1 113
GW 10 536 20/240 1 113
GW 10 536 20/240 1 87
GW 10 536 20/240 1 61
GW 10 537 20/240 1 87
GW 10 537 20/240 1 61
GW 10 537 20/240 1 113
GW 10 538 20/240 1 113
GW 10 538 20/240 1 61
GW 10 538 20/240 1 87
GW 10 539 20/240 1 87
GW 10 539 20/240 1 61
GW 10 539 20/240 1 113
GW 10 540 20/240 1 87
GW 10 540 20/240 1 61
GW 10 540 20/240 1 113
GW 10 541 4/48 1 62
GW 10 542 4/48 1 62
GW 10 543 4/48 1 62
GW 10 544 4/48 1 62
GW 10 545 4/48 1 62
GW 10 546 4/48 1 62
GW 10 547 4/48 1 114
GW 10 547 4/48 1 88
GW 10 547 4/48 1 62
GW 10 548 4/48 1 62
GW 10 548 4/48 1 114
GW 10 548 4/48 1 88
GW 10 549 4/48 1 62
GW 10 549 4/48 1 88
GW 10 549 4/48 1 114
GW 10 550 4/48 1 62
GW 10 550 4/48 1 114
GW 10 550 4/48 1 88
GW 10 561 1/12 74
GW 10 564 1/12 74
GW 10 567 1/12 74
GW 10 568 1/12 74
GW 10 571 1/6 74
GW 10 574 1/12 74
GW 10 581 1/2 73
GW 10 582 1/2 73
GW 10 583 1/2 73
GW 10 591 1/4 62
GW 10 592 1/2 62
GW 10 597 1/4 63
GW 10 601 1/24 72
GW 10 602 1/24 72
GW 10 606 1/24 72
GW 10 607 1/24 72
GW 10 611 1/6 72
GW 10 612 1/6 72
GW 10 621 1/24 71
GW 10 622 1/24 71
GW 10 623 1/24 71
GW 10 624 1/24 71
GW 10 628 1/24 71
GW 10 629 1/24 71
GW 10 631 1/24 1 71
GW 10 632 1/24 1 71
GW 10 633 1/24 1 71
GW 10 634 1/24 1 71
GW 10 641 2/48 71
GW 10 642 2/48 71
GW 10 643 2/48 71
GW 10 644 2/48 71
GW 10 651 1/24 1 71
GW 10 656 1/2 1 71
GW 10 666 1/2 1 72
GW 10 701 1/2 99
GW 10 701 1/2 73
GW 10 701 1/2 125
GW 10 703 1/2 73
GW 10 705 1/2 73
GW 10 708 1/2 73
GW 10 711 1/2 75
GW 10 712 1/2 1 75
GW 10 716 1/2 75
GW 10 719 1/4 75
GW 10 721 1/12 1 63
GW 10 723 1/12 1 63
GW 10 724 1/12 63
GW 10 725 1/12 63
GW 10 726 1/12 63
GW 10 751 5/200 187
GW 10 751 5/200 165
GW 10 752 1 165
GW 10 756 1 166
GW 10 761 1 168
GW 10 763 1 168
GW 10 766 1 167
GW 10 767 1 167
GW 10 776 1 166
GW 10 782 1 187
GW 10 786 1 187
GW 10 791 1 190
GW 10 793 1 190
GW 10 796 1 189
GW 10 797 1 189
GW 10 798 1 187
GW 10 801 1 29 142
GW 10 802 1 29 142
GW 10 803 1 29 142
GW 10 804 1 29 142
GW 10 806 1 29 142
IMP00011 30-01-2007 9:29 Pagina 255
Q
U
I
C
K
R
E
F
E
R
E
N
C
E
256
QUICK REFERENCE
NEMKO = 14
GW 10 807 1 29 142
GW 10 808 1 29 142
GW 10 809 1 29 142
GW 10 811 1 29 143
GW 10 813 1 29 143
GW 10 816 1 29 143
GW 10 821 1 29 144
GW 10 822 1 29 144
GW 10 823 1 29 144
GW 10 831 1 29 145
GW 10 841 1 29 143
GW 10 851 1 144
GW 10 861 1 154
GW 10 862 1 152
GW 10 866 1 154
GW 10 867 1 153
GW 10 881 50 103
GW 10 881 50 77
GW 10 881 50 129
GW 10 882 50 77
GW 10 882 50 103
GW 10 882 50 129
GW 10 883 50 103
GW 10 883 50 129
GW 10 883 50 77
GW 10 884 50 129
GW 10 884 50 103
GW 10 884 50 77
GW 10 885 50 103
GW 10 885 50 129
GW 10 885 50 77
GW 10 891 50 77
GW 10 891 50 103
GW 10 891 50 129
GW 10 892 50 103
GW 10 892 50 77
GW 10 892 50 129
GW 10 898 50 187
GW 10 898 50 165
GW 10 899 50 187
GW 10 899 50 165
GW12
GW 12 001 12/96 1 84
GW 12 002 12/24 1 84
GW 12 003 12/24 1 84
GW 12 004 12/48 1 84
GW 12 005 12/24 1 84
GW 12 006 1/12 1 84
GW 12 007 12/24 84
GW 12 021 6/24 1 84
GW 12 022 6/24 1 84
GW 12 031 6/24 1 84
GW 12 031 F 6/24 1 86
GW 12 032 6/24 1 84
GW 12 032 F 6/24 1 86
GW 12 033 6/24 1 84
GW 12 033 F 6/24 1 86
GW 12 034 6/24 1 84
GW 12 034 F 6/24 1 86
GW 12 035 6/24 1 84
GW 12 035 F 6/24 1 86
GW 12 040 1/2 1 88
GW 12 041 4/12 1 84
GW 12 042 4/12 1 84
GW 12 043 4/12 1 84
GW 12 051 12/96 1 84
GW 12 052 12/24 1 84
GW 12 053 12/24 1 84
GW 12 054 1/12 1 84
GW 12 061 6/24 1 84
GW 12 071 6/24 1 84
GW 12 071 F 6/24 1 86
GW 12 072 6/24 1 84
GW 12 072 F 6/24 1 86
GW 12 073 6/24 1 84
GW 12 073 F 6/24 1 86
GW 12 078 F 6/24 1 87
GW 12 081 4/12 1 84
GW 12 082 4/12 1 84
GW 12 083 4/12 1 84
GW 12 091 12/48 1 85
GW 12 092 12/24 1 85
GW 12 093 12/24 1 85
GW 12 101 6/12 1 85
GW 12 101 F 6/12 1 86
GW 12 102 6/12 1 85
GW 12 102 F 6/12 1 86
GW 12 103 6/12 1 85
GW 12 103 F 6/12 1 86
GW 12 111 4/12 1 85
GW 12 112 4/12 1 85
GW 12 113 4/12 1 85
GW 12 121 12/24 1 85
GW 12 131 12/96 1 85
GW 12 132 12/24 1 85
GW 12 133 12/24 1 85
GW 12 134 12/24 1 86
GW 12 135 12/24 1 86
GW 12 136 1/12 1 85
GW 12 137 12/24 1 85
GW 12 138 12/24 1 85
GW 12 139 12/24 1 85
GW 12 140 12/24 1 85
GW 12 141 12/24 1 85
GW 12 142 12/24 1 85
GW 12 143 12/24 1 85
GW 12 144 12/24 1 85
GW 12 145 1/12 1 86
GW 12 151 12/24 1 85
GW 12 152 12/24 1 85
GW 12 153 12/24 1 85
GW 12 159 F 6/24 1 87
GW 12 160 F 6/24 1 87
GW 12 161 6/24 1 85
GW 12 162 6/24 1 85
GW 12 171 6/24 1 85
GW 12 171 F 6/24 1 87
GW 12 172 6/24 1 85
GW 12 172 F 6/24 1 87
GW 12 173 6/24 1 85
GW 12 173 F 6/24 1 87
GW 12 181 4/12 1 85
GW 12 182 4/12 1 85
GW 12 183 4/12 1 85
GW 12 191 6/24 1 86
GW 12 192 4/16 1 86
GW 12 195 5/200 1 88
GW 12 196 1/48 1 88
GW 12 197 4/48 1 88
GW 12 198 1/48 1 88
GW 12 199 1/48 1 88
GW 12 201 12/96 1 90
GW 12 203 12/96 1 90
GW 12 204 6/48 90
GW 12 205 6/48 90
GW 12 208 6/24 1 90
GW 12 209 4/12 1 90
GW 12 241 6/48 1 91
GW 12 246 6/48 91
GW 12 247 6/48 91
GW 12 247 F 6/12 91
GW 12 281 6/48 92
GW 12 286 12/48 92
GW 12 287 12/48 92
GW 12 296 6/48 92
GW 12 297 6/48 92
GW 12 301 6/48 92
GW 12 302 6/48 92
GW 12 306 6/48 93
GW 12 307 6/48 93
GW 12 311 1/2 93
GW 12 312 1/2 93
GW 12 321 1/2 93
GW 12 322 1/2 93
GW 12 331 1/2 93
GW 12 341 6/12 91
GW 12 361 1/48 1 94
GW 12 362 1/24 1 94
GW 12 363 1/24 1 94
GW 12 364 1/24 1 94
GW 12 365 1/24 1 94
GW 12 366 1/24 1 94
GW 12 371 1/48 1 94
GW 12 372 1/24 1 94
GW 12 373 1/24 1 94
GW 12 374 1/24 1 94
GW 12 375 1/24 1 94
GW 12 376 1/24 1 94
GW 12 381 1/24 94
GW 12 382 1/24 94
GW 12 401 1/24 94
GW 12 402 1/24 94
GW 12 403 1/24 94
GW 12 404 1/24 94
GW 12 405 1/24 94
GW 12 406 1/24 95
GW 12 421 1/24 95
GW 12 422 1/24 95
GW 12 423 1/24 95
GW 12 424 1/24 95
GW 12 425 1/24 95
GW 12 426 1/24 95
GW 12 427 1/24 95
GW 12 441 1/12 95
GW 12 442 1/12 95
GW 12 443 1/16 95
GW 12 444 1/12 95
GW 12 445 1/12 95
IMP00011 30-01-2007 9:29 Pagina 256
Q
U
I
C
K
R
E
F
E
R
E
N
C
E
257
QUICK REFERENCE
NEMKO = 14
GW 12 446 1/12 95
GW 12 451 12/24 95
GW 12 452 12/24 95
GW 12 453 1/24 95
GW 12 454 1/24 95
GW 12 461 1/12 1 96
GW 12 462 1/12 1 96
GW 12 463 1/12 1 96
GW 12 466 1/12 1 96
GW 12 467 1/12 1 96
GW 12 468 1/12 1 96
GW 12 482 1/6 96
GW 12 483 1/6 96
GW 12 485 1/6 96
GW 12 486 1/6 96
GW 12 488 1/6 96
GW 12 489 1/6 96
GW 12 491 1/12 96
GW 12 492 1/12 96
GW 12 541 4/48 1 88
GW 12 542 4/48 1 88
GW 12 543 4/48 1 88
GW 12 544 4/48 1 88
GW 12 545 4/48 1 88
GW 12 546 4/48 1 88
GW 12 561 1/12 100
GW 12 564 1/12 100
GW 12 567 1/12 100
GW 12 568 1/12 100
GW 12 571 1/6 100
GW 12 574 1/12 100
GW 12 581 1/2 99
GW 12 582 1/2 99
GW 12 583 1/2 99
GW 12 591 1/4 88
GW 12 592 1/2 88
GW 12 596 1/2 63
GW 12 596 1/2 89
GW 12 596 1/2 115
GW 12 597 1/4 89
GW 12 601 1/24 98
GW 12 602 1/24 98
GW 12 606 1/24 98
GW 12 607 1/24 98
GW 12 611 1/6 98
GW 12 612 1/6 98
GW 12 621 1/24 97
GW 12 622 1/24 97
GW 12 623 1/24 97
GW 12 624 1/24 97
GW 12 628 1/24 97
GW 12 629 1/24 97
GW 12 631 1/24 1 97
GW 12 632 1/24 1 97
GW 12 633 1/24 1 97
GW 12 634 1/24 1 97
GW 12 641 2/48 97
GW 12 642 2/48 97
GW 12 643 2/48 97
GW 12 644 2/48 97
GW 12 651 1/24 1 97
GW 12 656 1/2 1 97
GW 12 661 1/6 124
GW 12 661 1/6 98
GW 12 661 1/6 72
GW 12 666 1/2 1 98
GW 12 703 1/2 99
GW 12 705 1/2 99
GW 12 708 1/2 99
GW 12 711 1/2 101
GW 12 712 1/2 1 101
GW 12 716 1/2 101
GW 12 718 1/2 127
GW 12 718 1/2 75
GW 12 718 1/2 101
GW 12 719 1/4 101
GW 12 721 1/12 1 89
GW 12 723 1/12 1 89
GW 12 724 1/12 89
GW 12 725 1/12 89
GW 12 726 1/12 89
GW 12 751 5/200 165
GW 12 751 5/200 187
GW 12 752 1 165
GW 12 756 1 166
GW 12 766 1 167
GW 12 767 1 167
GW 12 771 TB 1 163
GW 12 771 VA 1 163
GW 12 771 VT 1 163
GW 12 772 TB 1 163
GW 12 772 TB 1 179
GW 12 772 VA 1 163
GW 12 772 VA 1 179
GW 12 772 VT 1 163
GW 12 772 VT 1 179
GW 12 776 1 166
GW 12 782 1 187
GW 12 786 1 187
GW 12 789 TB 1 185
GW 12 789 VA 1 185
GW 12 789 VT 1 185
GW 12 790 TB 1 185
GW 12 790 TB 1 179
GW 12 790 VA 1 179
GW 12 790 VA 1 185
GW 12 790 VT 1 179
GW 12 790 VT 1 185
GW 12 796 1 189
GW 12 797 1 189
GW 12 798 1 187
GW 12 801 1 29 142
GW 12 802 1 29 142
GW 12 803 1 29 142
GW 12 804 1 29 142
GW 12 806 1 29 142
GW 12 807 1 29 142
GW 12 808 1 29 142
GW 12 809 1 29 142
GW 12 811 1 29 143
GW 12 813 1 29 143
GW 12 816 1 29 143
GW 12 821 1 29 144
GW 12 822 1 29 144
GW 12 823 1 29 144
GW 12 831 1 29 145
GW 12 861 1 154
GW 12 862 1 152
GW 12 866 1 154
GW 12 867 1 153
GW14
GW 14 001 12/96 1 110
GW 14 002 12/24 1 110
GW 14 003 12/24 1 110
GW 14 004 12/48 1 110
GW 14 005 12/24 1 110
GW 14 006 1/12 1 110
GW 14 007 12/24 110
GW 14 021 6/24 1 110
GW 14 022 6/24 1 110
GW 14 031 6/24 1 110
GW 14 031 F 6/24 1 112
GW 14 032 6/24 1 110
GW 14 032 F 6/24 1 112
GW 14 033 6/24 1 110
GW 14 033 F 6/24 1 112
GW 14 034 6/24 1 110
GW 14 034 F 6/24 1 112
GW 14 035 6/24 1 110
GW 14 035 F 6/24 1 112
GW 14 040 1/2 1 114
GW 14 041 4/12 1 110
GW 14 042 4/12 1 110
GW 14 043 4/12 1 110
GW 14 051 12/96 1 110
GW 14 052 12/24 1 110
GW 14 053 12/24 1 110
GW 14 054 1/12 1 110
GW 14 061 6/24 1 110
GW 14 071 6/24 1 110
GW 14 071 F 6/24 1 112
GW 14 072 6/24 1 110
GW 14 072 F 6/24 1 112
GW 14 073 6/24 1 110
GW 14 073 F 6/24 1 112
GW 14 078 F 6/24 1 113
GW 14 081 4/12 1 110
GW 14 082 4/12 1 110
GW 14 083 4/12 1 110
GW 14 091 12/48 1 111
GW 14 092 12/24 1 111
GW 14 093 12/24 1 111
GW 14 101 6/12 1 111
GW 14 101 F 6/12 1 112
GW 14 102 6/12 1 111
GW 14 102 F 6/12 1 112
GW 14 103 6/12 1 111
GW 14 103 F 6/12 1 112
GW 14 111 4/12 1 111
GW 14 112 4/12 1 111
GW 14 113 4/12 1 111
GW 14 121 12/24 1 111
GW 14 131 12/96 1 111
GW 14 132 12/24 1 111
GW 14 133 12/24 1 111
GW 14 134 12/24 1 112
GW 14 135 12/24 1 112
GW 14 136 1/12 1 111
IMP00011 30-01-2007 9:29 Pagina 257
Q
U
I
C
K
R
E
F
E
R
E
N
C
E
258
QUICK REFERENCE
NEMKO = 14
GW 14 137 12/24 1 111
GW 14 138 12/24 1 111
GW 14 139 12/24 1 111
GW 14 140 12/24 1 111
GW 14 141 12/24 1 111
GW 14 142 12/24 1 111
GW 14 143 12/24 1 111
GW 14 144 12/24 1 111
GW 14 145 1/12 1 112
GW 14 151 12/24 1 111
GW 14 152 12/24 1 111
GW 14 153 12/24 1 111
GW 14 159 F 6/24 1 113
GW 14 160 F 6/24 1 113
GW 14 161 6/24 1 111
GW 14 162 6/24 1 111
GW 14 171 6/24 1 111
GW 14 171 F 6/24 1 113
GW 14 172 6/24 1 111
GW 14 172 F 6/24 1 113
GW 14 173 6/24 1 111
GW 14 173 F 6/24 1 113
GW 14 181 4/12 1 111
GW 14 182 4/12 1 111
GW 14 183 4/12 1 111
GW 14 191 6/24 1 112
GW 14 192 4/16 1 112
GW 14 195 5/200 1 114
GW 14 196 1/48 1 114
GW 14 197 4/48 1 114
GW 14 198 1/48 1 114
GW 14 199 1/48 1 114
GW 14 201 12/96 1 116
GW 14 203 12/96 1 116
GW 14 204 6/48 116
GW 14 205 6/48 116
GW 14 208 6/24 1 116
GW 14 209 4/12 1 116
GW 14 241 6/48 1 117
GW 14 246 6/48 117
GW 14 247 6/48 117
GW 14 247 F 6/12 117
GW 14 281 6/48 118
GW 14 286 12/48 118
GW 14 287 12/48 118
GW 14 296 6/48 118
GW 14 297 6/48 118
GW 14 301 6/48 118
GW 14 302 6/48 118
GW 14 306 6/48 119
GW 14 307 6/48 119
GW 14 311 1/2 119
GW 14 312 1/2 119
GW 14 321 1/2 119
GW 14 322 1/2 119
GW 14 331 1/2 119
GW 14 341 6/12 117
GW 14 361 1/48 1 120
GW 14 362 1/24 1 120
GW 14 363 1/24 1 120
GW 14 364 1/24 1 120
GW 14 365 1/24 1 120
GW 14 366 1/24 1 120
GW 14 371 1/48 1 120
GW 14 372 1/24 1 120
GW 14 373 1/24 1 120
GW 14 374 1/24 1 120
GW 14 375 1/24 1 120
GW 14 376 1/24 1 120
GW 14 381 1/24 120
GW 14 382 1/24 120
GW 14 401 1/24 120
GW 14 402 1/24 120
GW 14 403 1/24 120
GW 14 404 1/24 120
GW 14 405 1/24 120
GW 14 406 1/24 121
GW 14 421 1/24 121
GW 14 422 1/24 121
GW 14 423 1/24 121
GW 14 424 1/24 121
GW 14 425 1/24 121
GW 14 426 1/24 121
GW 14 427 1/24 121
GW 14 441 1/12 121
GW 14 442 1/12 121
GW 14 443 1/16 121
GW 14 444 1/12 121
GW 14 445 1/12 121
GW 14 446 1/12 121
GW 14 451 12/24 121
GW 14 452 12/24 121
GW 14 453 1/24 121
GW 14 454 1/24 121
GW 14 461 1/12 1 122
GW 14 462 1/12 1 122
GW 14 463 1/12 1 122
GW 14 466 1/12 1 122
GW 14 467 1/12 1 122
GW 14 468 1/12 1 122
GW 14 482 1/6 122
GW 14 483 1/6 122
GW 14 485 1/6 122
GW 14 486 1/6 122
GW 14 488 1/6 122
GW 14 489 1/6 122
GW 14 491 1/12 122
GW 14 492 1/12 122
GW 14 541 4/48 1 114
GW 14 542 4/48 1 114
GW 14 543 4/48 1 114
GW 14 544 4/48 1 114
GW 14 545 4/48 1 114
GW 14 546 4/48 1 114
GW 14 561 1/12 126
GW 14 564 1/12 126
GW 14 567 1/12 126
GW 14 568 1/12 126
GW 14 571 1/6 126
GW 14 574 1/12 126
GW 14 581 1/2 125
GW 14 582 1/2 125
GW 14 583 1/2 125
GW 14 591 1/4 114
GW 14 592 1/2 114
GW 14 597 1/4 115
GW 14 601 1/24 124
GW 14 602 1/24 124
GW 14 606 1/24 124
GW 14 607 1/24 124
GW 14 611 1/6 124
GW 14 612 1/6 124
GW 14 621 1/24 123
GW 14 622 1/24 123
GW 14 623 1/24 123
GW 14 624 1/24 123
GW 14 628 1/24 123
GW 14 629 1/24 123
GW 14 631 1/24 1 123
GW 14 632 1/24 1 123
GW 14 633 1/24 1 123
GW 14 634 1/24 1 123
GW 14 641 2/48 123
GW 14 642 2/48 123
GW 14 643 2/48 123
GW 14 644 2/48 123
GW 14 651 1/24 1 123
GW 14 656 1/2 1 123
GW 14 666 1/2 1 124
GW 14 701 1/2 73
GW 14 701 1/2 99
GW 14 701 1/2 125
GW 14 703 1/2 125
GW 14 705 1/2 125
GW 14 708 1/2 125
GW 14 711 1/2 127
GW 14 712 1/2 127
GW 14 716 1/2 1 127
GW 14 719 1/4 127
GW 14 721 1/12 1 115
GW 14 723 1/12 1 115
GW 14 724 1/12 115
GW 14 725 1/12 115
GW 14 726 1/12 115
GW 14 751 5/200 165
GW 14 751 5/200 187
GW 14 752 1 165
GW 14 756 1 166
GW 14 761 1 168
GW 14 763 1 168
GW 14 766 1 167
GW 14 767 1 167
GW 14 776 1 166
GW 14 782 1 187
GW 14 786 1 188
GW 14 791 1 190
GW 14 793 1 190
GW 14 796 1 189
GW 14 797 1 189
GW 14 798 1 187
GW 14 801 1 29 142
GW 14 802 1 29 142
GW 14 803 1 29 142
GW 14 804 1 29 142
GW 14 806 1 29 142
GW 14 807 1 29 142
GW 14 808 1 29 142
GW 14 809 1 29 142
GW 14 811 1 29 143
IMP00011 30-01-2007 9:29 Pagina 258
Q
U
I
C
K
R
E
F
E
R
E
N
C
E
259
QUICK REFERENCE
NEMKO = 14
GW 14 813 1 29 143
GW 14 816 1 29 143
GW 14 821 1 29 144
GW 14 822 1 29 144
GW 14 823 1 29 144
GW 14 831 1 29 145
GW 14 841 1 29 143
GW 14 851 1 144
GW 14 861 1 154
GW 14 862 1 152
GW 14 866 1 154
GW 14 867 1 153
GW16
GW 16 102 MC 12 1 15
GW 16 102 MO 12 1 15
GW 16 102 TB 96 1 15
GW 16 102 TN 12 1 15
GW 16 102 VA 12 1 15
GW 16 102 VB 12 1 16
GW 16 102 VG 12 1 16
GW 16 102 VM 12 1 16
GW 16 102 VR 12 1 16
GW 16 102 VS 12 1 16
GW 16 102 VT 12 1 15
GW 16 102 VV 12 1 16
GW 16 103 MC 12 1 15
GW 16 103 MO 12 1 15
GW 16 103 TB 96 1 15
GW 16 103 TN 24 1 15
GW 16 103 VA 12 1 15
GW 16 103 VB 24 1 16
GW 16 103 VG 24 1 16
GW 16 103 VM 24 1 16
GW 16 103 VR 24 1 16
GW 16 103 VS 24 1 16
GW 16 103 VT 24 1 15
GW 16 103 VV 24 1 16
GW 16 104 MC 12 1 15
GW 16 104 MO 12 1 15
GW 16 104 TB 96 1 15
GW 16 104 TN 12 1 15
GW 16 104 VA 12 1 15
GW 16 104 VB 12 1 16
GW 16 104 VG 12 1 16
GW 16 104 VM 12 1 16
GW 16 104 VR 12 1 16
GW 16 104 VS 12 1 16
GW 16 104 VT 12 1 15
GW 16 104 VV 12 1 16
GW 16 106 MC 6 1 15
GW 16 106 MO 6 1 15
GW 16 106 TB 12 1 15
GW 16 106 TN 6 1 15
GW 16 106 VA 6 1 15
GW 16 106 VB 6 1 16
GW 16 106 VG 6 1 16
GW 16 106 VM 6 1 16
GW 16 106 VR 6 1 16
GW 16 106 VS 6 1 16
GW 16 106 VT 6 1 15
GW 16 106 VV 6 1 16
GW 16 108 TB 6 1 15
GW 16 108 VT 6 1 15
GW 16 112 TB 6 1 15
GW 16 112 VT 6 1 15
GW 16 122 MC 12 1 38
GW 16 122 MO 12 1 38
GW 16 122 TB 12 1 37
GW 16 122 TN 12 1 37
GW 16 122 VA 12 1 37
GW 16 122 VB 12 1 38
GW 16 122 VG 12 1 39
GW 16 122 VM 12 1 39
GW 16 122 VR 12 1 38
GW 16 122 VS 12 1 38
GW 16 122 VT 12 1 37
GW 16 122 VV 12 1 38
GW 16 123 MC 6 1 38
GW 16 123 MO 6 1 38
GW 16 123 TB 12 1 37
GW 16 123 TN 12 1 37
GW 16 123 VA 6 1 37
GW 16 123 VB 12 1 38
GW 16 123 VG 12 1 39
GW 16 123 VM 12 1 39
GW 16 123 VR 12 1 38
GW 16 123 VS 12 1 38
GW 16 123 VT 12 1 37
GW 16 123 VV 12 1 38
GW 16 124 MC 6 1 38
GW 16 124 MO 6 1 38
GW 16 124 TB 12 1 37
GW 16 124 TN 12 1 37
GW 16 124 VA 6 1 37
GW 16 124 VB 12 1 38
GW 16 124 VG 12 1 39
GW 16 124 VM 12 1 39
GW 16 124 VR 12 1 38
GW 16 124 VS 12 1 38
GW 16 124 VT 12 1 37
GW 16 124 VV 12 1 38
GW 16 125 MC 6 1 38
GW 16 125 MO 6 1 38
GW 16 125 TB 12 1 37
GW 16 125 TN 12 1 37
GW 16 125 VA 6 1 37
GW 16 125 VB 12 1 38
GW 16 125 VG 12 1 39
GW 16 125 VM 12 1 39
GW 16 125 VR 12 1 38
GW 16 125 VS 12 1 38
GW 16 125 VT 12 1 37
GW 16 125 VV 12 1 38
GW 16 126 MC 6 1 38
GW 16 126 MO 6 1 38
GW 16 126 TB 6 1 37
GW 16 126 TN 6 1 37
GW 16 126 VA 6 1 37
GW 16 126 VB 6 1 38
GW 16 126 VG 6 1 39
GW 16 126 VM 6 1 39
GW 16 126 VR 6 1 38
GW 16 126 VS 6 1 38
GW 16 126 VT 6 1 37
GW 16 126 VV 6 1 38
GW 16 127 MC 6 1 38
GW 16 127 MO 6 1 38
GW 16 127 TB 6 1 37
GW 16 127 TN 6 1 37
GW 16 127 VA 6 1 37
GW 16 127 VB 6 1 38
GW 16 127 VG 6 1 39
GW 16 127 VM 6 1 39
GW 16 127 VR 6 1 38
GW 16 127 VS 6 1 38
GW 16 127 VT 6 1 37
GW 16 127 VV 6 1 38
GW 16 202 CA 1 1 24
GW 16 202 CG 1 1 24
GW 16 202 CO 1 1 24
GW 16 202 LA 1 1 23
GW 16 202 LC 1 1 23
GW 16 202 LW 1 1 23
GW 16 202 MA 1 1 23
GW 16 202 MC 6 1 22
GW 16 202 MF 1 1 23
GW 16 202 MI 1 1 23
GW 16 202 MO 6 1 22
GW 16 202 PB 1 1 24
GW 16 202 PN 1 1 24
GW 16 202 PR 1 1 24
GW 16 202 TB 12 1 22
GW 16 202 TN 12 1 22
GW 16 202 VA 6 1 22
GW 16 202 VT 12 1 22
GW 16 203 CA 1 1 24
GW 16 203 CG 1 1 24
GW 16 203 CO 1 1 24
GW 16 203 LA 1 1 23
GW 16 203 LC 1 1 23
GW 16 203 LW 1 1 23
GW 16 203 MA 1 1 23
GW 16 203 MC 6 1 22
GW 16 203 MF 1 1 23
GW 16 203 MI 1 1 23
GW 16 203 MO 6 1 22
GW 16 203 PB 1 1 24
GW 16 203 PN 1 1 24
GW 16 203 PR 1 1 24
GW 16 203 TB 12 1 22
GW 16 203 TN 12 1 22
GW 16 203 VA 6 1 22
GW 16 203 VT 12 1 22
GW 16 204 CA 1 1 24
GW 16 204 CG 1 1 24
GW 16 204 CO 1 1 24
GW 16 204 LA 1 1 23
GW 16 204 LC 1 1 23
GW 16 204 LW 1 1 23
GW 16 204 MA 1 1 23
GW 16 204 MC 6 1 22
GW 16 204 MF 1 1 23
GW 16 204 MI 1 1 23
GW 16 204 MO 6 1 22
GW 16 204 PB 1 1 24
GW 16 204 PN 1 1 24
GW 16 204 PR 1 1 24
GW 16 204 TB 12 1 22
IMP00011 30-01-2007 9:29 Pagina 259
Q
U
I
C
K
R
E
F
E
R
E
N
C
E
260
QUICK REFERENCE
NEMKO = 14
GW 16 204 TN 12 1 22
GW 16 204 VA 6 1 22
GW 16 204 VT 12 1 22
GW 16 206 CA 1 1 24
GW 16 206 CG 1 1 24
GW 16 206 CO 1 1 24
GW 16 206 LA 1 1 23
GW 16 206 LC 1 1 23
GW 16 206 LW 1 1 23
GW 16 206 MA 1 1 23
GW 16 206 MC 6 1 22
GW 16 206 MF 1 1 23
GW 16 206 MI 1 1 23
GW 16 206 MO 6 1 22
GW 16 206 PB 1 1 24
GW 16 206 PN 1 1 24
GW 16 206 PR 1 1 24
GW 16 206 TB 6 1 22
GW 16 206 TN 6 1 22
GW 16 206 VA 6 1 22
GW 16 206 VT 6 1 22
GW 16 222 LA 12 1 44
GW 16 222 LC 12 1 44
GW 16 222 LW 12 1 44
GW 16 222 MC 12 1 43
GW 16 222 MO 12 1 44
GW 16 222 PB 12 1 44
GW 16 222 PN 12 1 44
GW 16 222 PR 12 1 45
GW 16 222 RL 12 1 45
GW 16 222 RN 12 1 45
GW 16 222 RS 12 1 45
GW 16 222 TB 12 1 43
GW 16 222 TN 12 1 43
GW 16 222 VA 12 1 43
GW 16 222 VT 12 1 43
GW 16 223 LA 6 1 44
GW 16 223 LC 6 1 44
GW 16 223 LW 6 1 44
GW 16 223 MC 6 1 43
GW 16 223 MO 6 1 44
GW 16 223 PB 6 1 44
GW 16 223 PN 6 1 44
GW 16 223 PR 6 1 45
GW 16 223 RL 6 1 45
GW 16 223 RN 6 1 45
GW 16 223 RS 6 1 45
GW 16 223 TB 6 1 43
GW 16 223 TN 6 1 43
GW 16 223 VA 6 1 43
GW 16 223 VT 6 1 43
GW 16 224 LA 6 1 44
GW 16 224 LC 6 1 44
GW 16 224 LW 6 1 44
GW 16 224 MC 6 1 43
GW 16 224 MO 6 1 44
GW 16 224 PB 6 1 44
GW 16 224 PN 6 1 44
GW 16 224 PR 6 1 45
GW 16 224 RL 6 1 45
GW 16 224 RN 6 1 45
GW 16 224 RS 6 1 45
GW 16 224 TB 6 1 43
GW 16 224 TN 6 1 43
GW 16 224 VA 6 1 43
GW 16 224 VT 6 1 43
GW 16 225 LA 6 1 44
GW 16 225 LC 6 1 44
GW 16 225 LW 6 1 44
GW 16 225 MC 6 1 43
GW 16 225 MO 6 1 44
GW 16 225 PB 6 1 44
GW 16 225 PN 6 1 44
GW 16 225 PR 6 1 45
GW 16 225 RL 6 1 45
GW 16 225 RN 6 1 45
GW 16 225 RS 6 1 45
GW 16 225 TB 6 1 43
GW 16 225 TN 6 1 43
GW 16 225 VA 6 1 43
GW 16 225 VT 6 1 43
GW 16 226 LA 6 1 44
GW 16 226 LC 6 1 44
GW 16 226 LW 6 1 44
GW 16 226 MC 6 1 43
GW 16 226 MO 6 1 44
GW 16 226 PB 6 1 44
GW 16 226 PN 6 1 44
GW 16 226 PR 6 1 45
GW 16 226 RL 6 1 45
GW 16 226 RN 6 1 45
GW 16 226 RS 6 1 45
GW 16 226 TB 6 1 43
GW 16 226 TN 6 1 43
GW 16 226 VA 6 1 43
GW 16 226 VT 6 1 43
GW 16 227 LA 6 1 44
GW 16 227 LC 6 1 44
GW 16 227 LW 6 1 44
GW 16 227 MC 6 1 43
GW 16 227 MO 6 1 44
GW 16 227 PB 6 1 44
GW 16 227 PN 6 1 44
GW 16 227 PR 6 1 45
GW 16 227 RL 6 1 45
GW 16 227 RN 6 1 45
GW 16 227 RS 6 1 45
GW 16 227 TB 6 1 43
GW 16 227 TN 6 1 43
GW 16 227 VA 6 1 43
GW 16 227 VT 6 1 43
GW 16 302 CA 1 1 32
GW 16 302 CG 1 1 32
GW 16 302 CO 1 1 32
GW 16 302 LA 1 1 31
GW 16 302 LC 1 1 31
GW 16 302 LW 1 1 31
GW 16 302 MC 6 1 30
GW 16 302 MO 6 1 30
GW 16 302 PB 1 1 31
GW 16 302 PN 1 1 31
GW 16 302 PR 1 1 31
GW 16 302 RL 1 1 32
GW 16 302 RN 1 1 32
GW 16 302 RS 1 1 32
GW 16 302 TB 6 1 30
GW 16 302 TN 6 1 30
GW 16 302 VA 6 1 30
GW 16 302 VT 6 1 30
GW 16 303 CA 1 1 32
GW 16 303 CG 1 1 32
GW 16 303 CO 1 1 32
GW 16 303 LA 1 1 31
GW 16 303 LC 1 1 31
GW 16 303 LW 1 1 31
GW 16 303 MC 6 1 30
GW 16 303 MO 6 1 30
GW 16 303 PB 1 1 31
GW 16 303 PN 1 1 31
GW 16 303 PR 1 1 31
GW 16 303 RL 1 1 32
GW 16 303 RN 1 1 32
GW 16 303 RS 1 1 32
GW 16 303 TB 12 1 30
GW 16 303 TN 12 1 30
GW 16 303 VA 6 1 30
GW 16 303 VT 12 1 30
GW 16 304 CA 1 1 32
GW 16 304 CG 1 1 32
GW 16 304 CO 1 1 32
GW 16 304 LA 1 1 31
GW 16 304 LC 1 1 31
GW 16 304 LW 1 1 31
GW 16 304 MC 6 1 30
GW 16 304 MO 6 1 30
GW 16 304 PB 1 1 31
GW 16 304 PN 1 1 31
GW 16 304 PR 1 1 31
GW 16 304 RL 1 1 32
GW 16 304 RN 1 1 32
GW 16 304 RS 1 1 32
GW 16 304 TB 6 1 30
GW 16 304 TN 6 1 30
GW 16 304 VA 6 1 30
GW 16 304 VT 6 1 30
GW 16 502 5/80 133
GW 16 503 3/60 133
GW 16 504 1/40 133
GW 16 512 5/60 133
GW 16 513 2/40 133
GW 16 514 1/30 133
GW 16 702 TB 1/24 130
GW 16 702 TN 1/12 130
GW 16 703 TB 1/24 130
GW 16 703 TN 1/12 130
GW 16 704 TB 1/24 130
GW 16 704 TN 1/12 130
GW 16 711 TB 1/48 1 130
GW 16 711 TN 1/24 1 130
GW 16 711 VT 1/12 1 130
GW 16 712 TB 1/48 1 130
GW 16 712 TN 1/24 1 130
GW 16 712 VT 1/12 1 130
GW 16 723 TB 1/24 1 132
GW 16 723 TN 1/12 1 132
GW 16 724 TB 1/24 1 132
GW 16 724 TN 1/12 1 132
GW 16 743 3/60 131
GW 16 744 1/30 131
IMP00011 30-01-2007 9:29 Pagina 260
Q
U
I
C
K
R
E
F
E
R
E
N
C
E
261
QUICK REFERENCE
NEMKO = 14
GW 16 752 1/30 131
GW 16 753 1/15 131
GW 16 754 1/15 131
GW 16 773 3/30 131
GW 16 774 1/30 131
GW 16 782 1/30 131
GW 16 783 1/15 131
GW 16 784 1/15 131
GW 16 802 12/120 1 132
GW 16 803 12/240 1 132
GW 16 804 12/120 1 132
GW 16 806 12/120 1 132
GW 16 808 12/48 1 132
GW 16 812 12/48 1 132
GW 16 821 12/120 1 132
GW 16 841 5/300 1 132
GW 16 842 5/150 1 132
GW 16 854 1/30 1 130
GW 16 856 1/15 1 130
GW 16 864 1/30 1 130
GW 16 866 1/15 1 130
GW18
GW 18 001 1 177
GW 18 006 1 177
GW 18 011 1 177
GW 18 016 1 177
GW 18 021 1 177
GW 18 026 1 177
GW 18 031 1 178
GW 18 036 1 178
GW 18 071 VA 1 176
GW 18 071 VT 1 176
GW 18 072 VA 1 176
GW 18 072 VT 1 176
GW 18 081 VA 1 176
GW 18 081 VT 1 176
GW 18 082 VA 1 176
GW 18 082 VT 1 176
GW 18 101 VA 1 178
GW 18 101 VT 1 178
GW 18 102 VA 1 178
GW 18 102 VT 1 178
GW 18 103 VA 1 178
GW 18 103 VT 1 178
GW 18 121 1 178
GW 18 122 1 178
GW 18 123 1 178
GW 18 131 1 178
GW 18 132 1 178
GW 18 133 1 178
GW 18 141 1 178
GW 18 142 1 178
GW 18 143 1 178
GW 18 161 1 180
GW 18 162 1 180
GW 18 166 1 180
GW 18 167 1 180
GW 18 171 1 181
GW 18 172 1 181
GW 18 173 1 181
GW 18 181 1 181
GW 18 222 TB 1 179
GW 18 222 VA 1 179
GW 18 222 VT 1 179
GW 18 232 TB 1 179
GW 18 232 VA 1 179
GW 18 232 VT 1 179
GW 18 250 1 179
GW 18 252 1 179
GW 18 254 1 179
GW 18 260 1 180
GW 18 270 1 180
GW 18 272 1 180
GW 18 274 1 180
GW20
GW 20 277 50/200 1 120
GW 20 277 50/200 1 94
GW 20 277 50/200 1 68
GW 20 277 50/200 1 94
GW 20 277 50/200 1 68
GW 20 277 50/200 1 120
GW 20 470 1 23 152
GW 20 471 1 23 152
GW 20 472 1/2 23 152
GW 20 473 1 23 152
GW 20 474 1/10 23 153
GW 20 475 1 23 153
GW 20 476 1 155
GW 20 476 1 190
GW 20 476 1 168
GW 20 477 1 154
GW 20 478 1 154
GW 20 479 1 154
GW 20 480 1 153
GW 20 483 1 23 154
GW 20 490 1 153
GW 20 493 1/2 155
GW 20 494 1/10 155
GW 20 495 1/5 155
GW 20 497 1 152
GW 20 499 1 155
GW 20 901 1/100 10 129
GW 20 901 1/100 10 77
GW 20 901 1/100 10 103
GW 20 902 50 10 129
GW 20 902 50 10 77
GW 20 902 50 10 103
GW 20 903 50 10 77
GW 20 903 50 10 129
GW 20 903 50 10 103
GW 20 963 1 29 142
GW24
GW 24 203 10/500 1-10-17-23 134
GW 24 204 10/240 1-10-17-23 134
GW 24 205 10/170 1-10-17-23 134
GW 24 207 5/200 1-10-17 134
GW 24 208 270 1-10-17 135
GW 24 209 312 1-10-17 135
GW 24 210 152 1-10-17 135
GW 24 231 5/200 1-4-10-17-23 135
GW 24 232 5/200 1-4-10-17-23 135
GW 24 233 20/200 10-17 135
GW 24 234 5/200 10-17-23 135
GW 24 236 3/36 1-10-17-23 134
GW 24 237 2/24 1-10-17-23 133
GW 24 238 2/24 1-10-17-23 133
GW 24 239 2/16 1-10-17-23 133
GW 24 245 2/108 1-10-17 134
GW 24 246 2/80 1-10-17 134
GW 24 282 5/200 10-17-23 135
GW 24 303 5/165 10-17-23 133
GW 24 304 5/135 1-10-17-23 133
GW 24 306 3/36 1-10-17-23 133
GW 24 321 200 10-17 133
GW 24 328 200 10-17 133
GW26
GW 26 407 200/1.600 10 133
GW30
GW 30 912 1/100 10 77
GW 30 912 1/100 10 103
GW 30 912 1/100 10 129
GW40
GW 40 251 1/2 10-23 11
GW 40 256 1/2 10-23 11
GW 40 261 1/2 10-23 11
GW 40 266 1/2 10-23 11
GW 40 271 1/2 10-23 11
GW 40 276 1/2 10-23 11
GW 40 801 1/2 11
GW 40 806 1/2 11
GW 40 811 1/2 11
GW 40 821 1/2 11
GW 40 826 1/2 11
GW 40 831 1/2 11
GW 40 981 TB 1/2 1 11
GW 40 981 VA 1/2 1 11
GW 40 981 VT 1/2 1 11
GW 40 991 TB 1/2 1 11
GW 40 991 VA 1/2 1 11
GW 40 991 VT 1/2 1 11
GW90
GW 90 582 100 168
GW 90 583 100 168
GW 90 721 1 187
GW 90 740 1 189
GW 90 769 1 188
GW 90 769 1 166
GW 90 770 1 166
GW 90 770 1 188
GW 90 815 1 186
GW 90 816 1 186
GW 90 816 1 159
GW 90 821 1 102
GW 90 821 1 128
GW 90 821 1 76
GW 90 822 1 102
GW 90 822 1 76
GW 90 822 1 145
GW 90 822 1 128
GW 90 823 1 128
GW 90 823 1 155
GW 90 823 1 76
IMP00011 30-01-2007 9:29 Pagina 261
Q
U
I
C
K
R
E
F
E
R
E
N
C
E
262
QUICK REFERENCE
NEMKO = 14
GW 90 823 1 102
GW 90 824 1 159
GW 90 824 1 159
GW 90 824 1 181
GW 90 824 1 186
GW 90 825 1 181
GW 90 825 1 186
GW 90 825 1 164
GW 90 831 1 163
GW 90 832 1 163
GW 90 834 1 165
GW 90 836 1 167
GW 90 841 1 167
GW 90 842 1 167
GW 90 846 1 165
GW 90 861 1 164
IMP00011 30-01-2007 9:29 Pagina 262

CHORUS Catalogue

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Descrizione originale:

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

CHORUS Catalogue

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Index

Renovations where it would be hard or

Places for people with a disability.

Potrebbero piacerti anche